Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 228

ENGINEERING

DESIGN
INFORMATION

2016

The E uropean T yre and R im T echnical O rganisation

78/80, rue Defacqz – B-1060 Brussels

Belgium

☎ 32-2-344.40.59 — E-mail : info@etrto.org


I n t e r n e t : h t t p : / / w w w. e t r t o . o r g
E.T.R.T.O. PUBLICATIONS

“Standards Manual”
Contains all approved E.T.R.T.O. Standards for tyres/rims/valves for ground
vehicles. Published annually in January.(Also available in electronic format)

“Recommendations”
Recommendations on care and maintenance and the selection of replacement
tyres. Separate English, French and German editions (Free download from the
E.T.R.T.O. website).

“Technical Dictionary”
Equivalent English/French/German/Spanish terms used in the
Industry. (Also available in electronic format)

“Engineering Design Information”


Design Guides and Engineering Data, plus data on products no longer included in
the E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual because generally no more subject to changes or
further developments, but which are still on the market and can still be used
without restrictions, and are therefore still required for legal purposes.(Also
available in electronic format)

“Standards Manual and Engineering Design Information for Aircraft Tyres”


Approved E.T.R.T.O. Standards and design guides for Aircraft tyres and rims.
(Also available in electronic format)

Possible corrigendum are available on the E.T.R.T.O. web site : www.etrto.org

The above publications are available only from the E.T.R.T.O. Secretariat in Brussels.
All enquiries concerning prices and availability should be addressed to the General Secretary.

© 2016 E.T.R.T.O. Dépot légal D/2016/8480/2


Rue Defacqz, 78/80
B. - 1060 Bruxelles

No part of this book may be reproduced in any form, by print, photoprint, microfilm or any
other means, including translations, without written permission of the publisher.
All rights reserved for all countries.

Logo designed by D. CORNET


Graphic design, creation, realisation and printing by Ch.HERALY in Belgium .

Technical Director : S. FALCIONI


Secretariat : M. BEKISZ
J. BOONEN
Tel 32-2-344.40.59
E-mail : info@etrto.org
Internet : http://www.etrto.org

Editeur responsable : Simone Falcioni, E.T.R.T.O., Rue defacqz, 78/80 – B-1060 Bruxelles
INTRODUCTION

E.T.R.T.O. ENGINEERING DESIGN INFORMATION contains six Sections.

GENERAL INFORMATION
Data of general application such as definitions, size designations and basic formulae for the calculation of dimensions.

DESIGN GUIDE
Design principles in detail for all categories of tyres, rims and valves for establishing engineering data.

TESTING METHODS
Recommended test methods for Passenger Car Tyres under winter conditions and for snap-in tubeless tyre valves.

LEGISLATIVE DATA
Information on legal requirements for tyres, rims and valves in Europe including ECE Regulations.

INSTRUCTIONS ON TYRE USE


Instructions on the fitment, care and maintenance of tyres and the choice of replacements.

PREVIOUS STANDARD DATA

Data for products listed in previous Standards Manuals but not shown in the current edition which have been
superseded by new standards, or will be phased out, or are no longer manufactured. These products may still be
available in the market and can still be used without restrictions, and this data is still therefore required for legal
purposes. (*)
(*) ETRTO recommends that the current edition of the Standards Manual be consulted for new applications and/or new vehicle development.

This sign shown in the margin indicates where a new line has been added during
the last up-dating of the Engineering Design Information.

Although every care has been taken in the compilation and assembly of the
data in this publication, E.T.R.T.O. does not accept any responsibility for the
consequences of any errors or omissions, particularly in relation to the
product liability and legal obligations of users.
PREVIOUS STANDARD DATA

PREVIOUS STANDARD DATA SECTION


AVAILABLE ONLINE ON THE ETRTO WEBSITE
(www.etrto.org)

PREVIOUS STANDARD DATA


The Previous Standard Data section
has been removed from the printed edition
of the Engineering Design Information manual
and it has been posted on the ETRTO website.

It is possible to download the pdf version of the section


from the public part of the website.
Such download is free of charge
for the owners of the EDI manual.

The code to download


the Previous Standard Data section is

pR3vSt2016!

(the code is case sensitive)

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
General Information

Design Guide

Testing Methods

Legislative Data
G
GENERAL INFORMATION
INDEX PAGE
I
DEFINITIONS
Pneumatic and solid Tyres GI.6 to GI.8
Rims
Main components GI.5
Pre-standard GI.5
CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS GI.6 to GI.8

GUIDELINES FOR ESTABLISHING TYRE LOAD CAPACITIES GI.8

REFERENCE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS


Définitions GI.9, GI.10
Specificatiohs (Tyres) GI.10, GI.11
Specifications (Rims) GI.11
Specifications (Wheels) GI.12
Specifications (Valves) GI.13
Test Procedures GI.13 to GI.15

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 GI.1
GENERAL INFORMATION

DEFINITIONS
TYRES

PNEUMATIC TYRE DEFINITION


A pneumatic tyre is a flexible component of the wheel assembly made of rubber and reinfor-
cing materials.
Inflating the tyre with compressed gas enables it to carry the wheel load as a part of an axle
load and to transmit longitudinal and transversal forces.
In the unladen condition, the inflated tyre is essentially toroidal.

A. PNEUMATIC TYRES GENERAL


1. New Tyre
A tyre which has been neither used nor subjected to a retreading operation.
2. Grown Tyre
A tyre which has undergone expansion due to use in service.
3. Retreaded Tyre
A tyre to which a new tread has been applied to extend the useful life of the tyre.

B. PNEUMATIC TYRE STRUCTURE


1. Bias (Diagonal) Tyre
A pneumatic tyre in which the ply cords extend to the beads and are laid at alternate angles
substantially less than 90° to the centre-line of the tread.
2. Bias Belted Tyre
A pneumatic tyre structure of bias ply (diagonal) type the carcass being restricted by a subs-
tantially inextensible circumferential belt.
3. Radial Ply Tyre
A pneumatic tyre in which the ply cords extenjd to the beads and are laid substantially at 90
degrees to the centre-line of the tread, the carcass being stabilized by an essentially inextensible
circumferential belt.

GI.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
GENERAL INFORMATION

C. MAIN COMPONENTS OF A PNEUMATIC TYRE G


I

1. Bead (1)
That part of the tyre which is shaped to fit the rim. It has a core made of one or several essen-
tially inextensible strands with the plies wrapped around the core.
2. Carcass (2)
The rubber-bonded cord structure of a tyre integral with the bead, which contains the inflation
pressure.
3. Sidewall (3)
The part of a pneumatic tyre between the tread and the bead.
4. Sidewall Rubber (4)
The rubber layer on the sidewall of the tyre and over the carcass, which may include ornamen-
tal or protective ribs and fitting lines.
5. Tread (5)
The part of a pneumatic tyre which normally comes in contact with the ground.
6. Cord (6)
Textile or non-textile strands (threads) used in various components of the tyre carcass, plies,
belt, breakers, etc.
7. Ply (7)
A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
8. Breaker - Diagonal Tyre
An intermediate ply between carcass and tread.
9. Belt or Bracing Ply - Radial Tyre (9)
A layer of material underneath the tread, laid substantially in the direction of the tread centre-
line, that restricts the carcass in a circumferential direction.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 GI.3
GENERAL INFORMATION

D. PNEUMATIC TYRE DIMENSIONS

SG
h
S

h
dr
dG d

dr
a h

1. New Tyre Dimensions


The dimensions of an unloaded new tyre mounted on its Measuring Rim at the recommended infla-
tion pressure and allowed to stand for a minimum of 24 hours at normal room temperature before
readjustment of the pressure back to its original level.
2. Design Dimensions
Tyre dimensions to be used for Tyre design purposes.
3. Maximum Tyre Dimensions in Service
Inflated tyre dimensions, including manufacturing tolerances and growth in service, to be used by
vehicle manufacturers in designing for tyre clearances. Distortions of the tyre due to Load, Lateral
and Centrifugal Forces are not included.
4. Design Section width(s)
The linear distance between the outsides of the sidewalls of an inflated tyre excluding elevations due to
labelling (markings), decorations, or protective bands or ribs.
5. Nominal Section Width (sN)
The Section Width indicated in the Tyre Size Designation, and used for calculation of Tyre Dimensions.
6. Overall Width
The linear distance between the outsides of the sidewalls of an inflated tyre including elevations due to
labelling (markings), decorations, protective bands or ribs and excluding rim protectors.
Rim protector: a rim protector is defined as a protruding circumferential rubber rib in the lower sidewall
which is intended to protect the wheel rim flange from damage.
7. Maximum Overall (Grown) Width in Service (sG)
The overall width (6 above) plus
(1) Manufacturing tolerances
(2) Tolerances for service growth
8. Design Overall Diameter (d)
The diameter of an inflated tyre at the outermost surface of the tread.

GI.4 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
GENERAL INFORMATION

9. Nominal Rim Diameter (dr)


The size code figure for reference purpose only as indicated in the tyre and rim size designation.
G
I
10. Maximum and Minimum New Tyre Overall Diameter (dmax, dmin)
The maximum and minimum diameters of the new tyre, after 24 hours inflation growth to allow for de-
sign and manufacturing tolerances (±).
11 Maximum Overall (Grown) Diameter in Service (dG)
The maximum overall diameter plus
(1) Manufacturing tolerances
(2) Tolerances for service growth.
12. Design Section Height (h)
Half the difference between the design overall diameter and the nominal rim diameters.
Note: Value calculated for Metric tyres by multyplying the Nominal Aspect Ratio by the Nominal Section
Width and dividing by 100, except for Metric "A" Tyres.
13. Nominal Aspect Ratio (ar)
One hundred times the ratio of the Design Section Height to the Nominal Section Width (h/sN).
For some existing code designated series the value shown is only approximate.

E. SOLID TYRES
A SOLID TYRE is a flexible component of the wheel assembly with a cross section made of rubber or
another elastomer material containing some reinforcing material to guarantee a proper seat on the rim
whereas air or compressed gas does not contribue to the load carrying capacity.

RIMS
Main rim components
Wheel
A rotating load carrying member between the tyre and the axle, usually consisting of two major parts,
the rim and the wheel centre.
Rim
That part of the wheel on which the tyre or tyres and tube assembly is mounted and supported.
Measuring Rim Width (a)
Linear distance between the rim flanges of the measuring rim.
Bead Flange and Bead Seat
The parts of the rim which support the tyre.
Well
That part of the rim so located with sufficient depth and width to enable the beads to be mounted and
dismounted over the mounting side rim flange or bead seat taper.
Valve hole / valve aperture
The hole or slot in the rim which accommodates the valve for tyre inflation.
Gutter
The groove in the rim base in which the rim parts, such as the spring lock ring or detachable spring
flange, fit and are retained by the gutter tip.

PRE-STANDARD

A new standard, or a change of an existing standard, or a new size, or new load version of an existing size, within
the rules of the Engineering Design Information, being under consideration by ETRTO, but wich has not yet rea-
ched the status of standard.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 GI.5
GENERAL INFORMATION

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS


The formulae below apply to all tyre categories.
For factors which vary according to the tyre category, reference should be made to the relevant sub-sec-
tion for the tyre category concerned.

1. THEORETICAL RIM WIDTH (a1)

a1 = sN • R Formula (1)
a1 – Theoretical Rim Width
sN – Nominal Section Width
R – Ratio (see relevant sub-section for the tyre category concerned)
No rounding is to be performed after calculation of Theoretical Rim Width.

2. MEASURING RIM WIDTH (a)


a – Standardised Rim Width closest to the Theoretical or to the calculated Measuring Rim Width,if
it differs from the Theoretical.
See relevant sub-section for the tyre category concerned.

3. DESIGN SECTION WIDTH (s)

s = sN + k ( a – a1 )
Formula (2)

s – Design Section Width (1)


sN – Nominal Section Width
a – Measuring Rim Width
a1 – Theoretical Rim Width
k – Factor (see relevant sub-section for the tyre category concerned)

4. MINIMUM SECTION WIDTH (smin)

s min = s • F s Formula (9)


min

smin – Minimum Section Width (1)


s – Design Section Width
Fs – Coefficient (see relevant sub-section for the tyre category concerned)
min

5. MAXIMUM OVERALL WIDTH IN SERVICE (sG)

sG = s • FsG Formula (3)

sG – Maximum Overall Width in Service (1)


s – Design Section Width
F s G – Coefficient to provide for design and manufacturing differences
and for the increase of the Design Section Width including elevations due to labelling (mar-
kings), decorations, protective ribs or bands and growth due to service, but excluding rim pro-
tectors (see relevant sub-section for the tyre category concerned)

(1) Rounding to the NEAREST MILLIMETER, in accordance with ISO 80000-1:2009 Annex B, Section B.3, Rule B.

GI.6 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
GENERAL INFORMATION

6. DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (h) G


ar

I
h = s N • -------------------
Formula (4)
100

h – Design Section Height (1)


sN – Nominal Section Width
ar – Nominal Aspect Ratio (Example : 60 series = 60)

7. DESIGN OVERALL DIAMETER (d)

d = 2h + dr Formula (5)
d – Design Overall Diameter
h – Design Section Height
dr – Nominal Rim Diameter (see Note 2 below)

8. MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM NEW TYRE OVERALL DIAMETER (dmax , dmin)

d max = 2h max + dr Formula (6)

d min = 2h min + dr Formula (7)

dmax - Maximum New Tyre Overall Diameter


dmin - Minimum New Tyre Overall Diameter
h = h•F (1)
min h min
h max = h • F h (1)
max

h - Design Section Height


Fh , Fh - Coefficient (±) to provide for design and manufacturing differences (see relevant sub-section
max min
for the tyre category concerned)
dr - Nominal Rim Diameter (see Note 2 below)

9. MAXIMUM OVERALL DIAMETER IN SERVICE (dG)

d G = 2h G + dr Formula (8)
dG - Maximum Overall Diameter in Service

hG = h • Fh - Maximum in Service Section Height (1)


G

h - Design Section Height


Fh - Coefficient to provide for design and manufacturing differences
G
plus service growth (see relevant sub-section for the tyre category concerned)
dr - Nominal Rim Diameter (see Note 2 below)

(1) Rounding to the NEAREST MILLIMETER, in accordance with ISO 80000-1:2009 Annex B, Section B.3, Rule B.
(2) When the Nominal Rim Diameter is not expressed in mm, see equivalent value on page GI.8.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 GI.7
GENERAL INFORMATION

NOMINAL RIM DIAMETERS FOR CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS


Nominal Rim Diameter Code Nominal Rim Diameter Nominal Rim Diameter Code Nominal Rim Diameter
5° tapered 15°tapered (dr) 5° tapered 15°tapered (dr)
or flat base rims (D.C. Rims) mm or flat base rims (D.C. Rims) mm
4 - 102 23 - 584
5 - 127 24 - 610
6 - 152 - 24.5 622
7 - 178 25 - 635
8 - 203 26 - 660
9 - 229 - 26.5 673
10 - 254 28 - 711
11 - 279 29 - 737
12 - 305 30 - 762
13 - 330 - 30.5 775
14 - 356 32 - 813
- 14.5 368 33 - 838
15 - 381 34 - 864
15.3 - 389 35 - 889
- 15.5 394 36 - 914
16 - 406 38 - 965
- 16.5 419 39 - 991
17 - 432 40 - 1016
- 17.5 445 42 - 1067
18 - 457 44 - 1118
19 - 483 46 - 1168
- 19.5 495 48 - 1219
20 - 508 49 - 1245
- 20.5 521 50 - 1270
21 - 533 51 - 1295
22 - 559 54 - 1372
- 22.5 572 57 - 1448
The above Nominal Rim Diameters are for calculation of tyre dimensions ONLY (see page GI.6).
For Specified Rim Diameters, see page RM.2.
For Metric A Rim (Asymetric) applications, the following equivalence applies for the Nominal Rim Diameter:
XXXA Code corresponds to XXX mm (e.g; 420A gives dr = 420mm).

GUIDELINES ESTABLISHING TYRE LOAD CARRYING CAPACITIES


A. DEFINITIONS
1. Tyre Load Carrying Capacity
The maximum load (kg) a tyre is permitted to carry under specified operating conditions.
2. Inflation Pressure
The ‘cold’ pressure (kPa) of the fluid with which the tyre is inflated.
3. Speed Category
The speed (km/h), indicated by a code letter, for which the tyre load carrying capacity has been
established.
4. Main Tyre Dimensions
Within the scope of this section the following are considered to be main dimensions of the tyre.
– section width
– nominal rim diameter
– section height or overall diameter
5. Service
The primary use for which a tyre has been designated as shown on the tyre by means of a
Service Description consisting of :
– a Speed Symbol (speed category marking)
– a Load Index

B. SPECIFICATIONS
The load carrying capacity of every tyre series will be determined by the relevant sub-committee.
The sub-committee will also establish, for the individual sizes within a series, the minimum load indices
steps between the different load capacity versions with the aim of avoiding unnecessary proliferation.

GI.8 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
GENERAL INFORMATION

REFERENCE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS


Definitions
G
I
STANDARD LAST ISSUE TITLE NOTES
ISO 3 1973 Preferred numbers - Series of preferred numbers
ISO 497 1973 Guide to the choiceof series of preferred numbers and of series containing
more rounded values of preferred numbers
ISO 612 1978 Road vehicles Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles – Terms and
definitions
ISO 938 1975 Hand operated stillage trucks - principal dimensions
ISO 1176 1990 Road vehicles – Masses – Vocabulary and codes
ISO 2416 1992 Passenger cars – Mass distribution
ISO 3339-0 1986 Tractors and machinery for agriculture and forestry – Classification and ter-
minology – Classification system and classification
ISO 3833 1977 Road vehicles – Types – Terms and definitions
ISO 3877-1 1997 Tyres, valves and tubes – List of equivalent terms : Tyres Tyres
ISO 3877-2 1997 Tyres, valves and tubes – List of equivalent terms – Valves Valves
ISO 3877-3 1978 Tyres, valves and tubes – List of equivalent terms : Tubes Tyres
ISO 3877-4 1984 Tyres, valves and tubes – List of equivalent terms : Solid tyres Tyres IN
ISO 4130 1978 Road vehicles – Three dimensional reference system and fiducial marks –
Definitions
ISO 4223-1 2011 Definition of some terms used in the tyre industry : Pneumatic tyres Tyres
ISO 4223-2 1991 Definition of some terms used in the tyre industry : Solid Tyres Tyres IN
ISO 4306-1 2007 Cranes – Vocabulary - Part 1: General
ISO 4306-2 2012 Cranes – Vocabulary - Mobile cranes
ISO 5005 1977 Earthmoving machinery - Method for locating the center of gravity
ISO 5053 1987 Powered Industrial trucks – Terminology
ISO 6014 1986 Earthmoving machinery – Determination of ground speed
ISO 6016 2008 Earthmoving machinery – Method of measuring the masses of whole
machines, their equipment and components
ISO 6165 2012 Earthmoving machinery – Basic types – Vocabulary
ISO 6689-1 1997 Equipment for harvesting - Combines and functional components - Part 1:
vocabulary
ISO 6725 1981 Dimensions of two wheeled moped and motorcycles – Terms and definitions
ISO 6726 1988 Mopeds and motorcycles with two wheels – Masses – Vocabulary
ISO 6746-1 2003 Earthmoving machinery – Definitions of dimensions and symbols – Part 1:
Base machine
ISO 6746-2 2003 Earthmoving machinery – Definitions of dimensions and symbols – Part 2:
Equipment
ISO 6747 2013 Earthmoving machinery – Tractor – Terminology and commercial specifica-
tions
ISO 6814 2009 Machinery for forestry – Mobile and self propelled machinery – Identification
vocabulary
ISO 7131 2009 Earthmoving machinery – Loaders – Terminology and commercial specifica-
tions
ISO 7132 2003 Earthmoving machinery – Dumpers – Terminology and commercial specifi-
cations
ISO 7133 2013 Earthmoving machinery – Tractor-scrapers – Terminology and commercial
specifications
ISO 7134 2013 Earthmoving machinery – Graders – Terminology and commercial specifica-
tions
ISO 7135 2009 Earthmoving machinery – Hydraulic escavators – Terminology and commer-
cial specifications
@ = a revised edition is due to be published

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 GI.9
GENERAL INFORMATION

REFERENCE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS (Cont'd)


Definitions
STANDARD LAST ISSUE TITLE NOTES
ISO 7136 2006 Earthmoving machinery – Pipelayers – Terminology and commercial specifi-
cations
ISO 7237 2001 Caravans – Masses and dimensions – Vocabulary
ISO 8090 1990 Cycles – Terminology
ISO 8601 2004 Data elements and Interchange formats – Information interchange –
Representation of dates and times
ISO 8811 2002 Earthmoving machinery – Rollers and compactors – Definitions and commer-
cial specifications
ISO 8812 1999 Earthmoving machinery – Backhoe Loaders – Definitions and commercial
specifications
ISO 8855 1991 Road vehicle dynamic and holding ability – Vocabulary
ISO 9131 1993 Three wheeled mopeds and motorcycles – Dimensions – Vocabulary
ISO 9132 1990 Three wheeled mopeds and motorcycles – Masses – Vocabulary
ISO 9245 1991 Earthmoving machinery - Machine productivity - Vocabulary, symbols and
units
ISO 11838 2011 Motorcycle and motorcycle-rider kinematics - Vocabulary
ISO 12934 2013 Tractors and Machinery for agriculture and forestry.
ISO 13860 2000 Machinery for Forestry - Forwarders - Terminology
ISO 13861 2000 Machinery for Forestry - Wheeled Skidders - Terminology
ISO 14722 2011 Moped and moped-rider kinematics - Vocabulary
ISO 15696 2000 Cranes -- List of equivalent terms
ISO 16992 2010 Passenger car tyres - Spare unit substitutive equipment (SUSE)
ISO 17591 2002 Machinery for Forestry - knuckleboom log loaders - Identification, terminol-
ogy, classification and nomenclature
ISO 17900 2002 Agricultural trailers -- Balanced and semi-mounted trailers -- Determination
of payload, vertical static load and axle load
ISO 21750 2006 Road vehicles -- Safety enhancement in conjunction with tyre inflation pres-
sure monitoring (TPMS)
ISO 22877 2004 Castors and wheels- Vocabulary, symbols and multilingual terminology
ISO 29846- 2008 Tyres, valves and tubes- kPa/psi equivalents for inflation pressures
TR
@ = a revised edition is due to be published

REFERENCE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS


Specifications (Tyres)
STANDARD LAST ISSUE TITLE NOTES
ISO 3324-1 2013 Aircraft Tyres and rims : specifications Tyres AC
ISO 3739-1 2007 Industrial Tyres and rims – Pneumatic tyres (metric series) on 5° tapered Tyres IN
rims: Designation, dimensions and marking
ISO 3739-2 1992 Industrial Tyres and rims – Pneumatic tyres (metric series) on 5° tapered Tyres IN
rims: Load ratings
ISO 4000-1 2013 Passenger Car tyres and rims : Tyres (metric series) Tyres PC
ISO 4209-1 2001 Truck and bus tyres and rims (metric series) : Tyres Tyres CV
ISO 4249-1 1985 Motorcycle tyres and rims (code designated series) : Tyres Tyres MC
ISO 4249-2 1990 Motorcycle tyres and rims (code designated series) : Tyres Load Rating Tyres MC
ISO 4250-1 2006 Earth-mover tyres and rims - Part 1: Tyre designation and dimensions Tyres EM
ISO 4250-2 2006 Earth-mover tyres and rims - Part 2: Loads and inflation pressures. Tyres EM
@ = a revised edition is due to be published

GI.10 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
GENERAL INFORMATION

REFERENCE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS (Cont'd)


Specifications (Tyres)
G
I
STANDARD LAST ISSUE TITLE NOTES
ISO 4251-1 2012 Tyres (ply rating marked series) and rims for agricultural tractors and Tyres AG
machines : Tyre designation and dimensions
ISO 4251-2 2011 Tyres (ply rating marked series) and rims for agricultural tractors and Tyres AG
machines : Tyre Load Ratings
ISO 4251-4 2010 Tyres (ply rating marked series) and rims for agricultural tractors and Tyres AG
machines : Tyre classification and nomenclature
ISO 4251-5 1998 Tyres (ply rating marked series) and rims for agricultural tractors and Tyres AG
machines : Log Skidder Tyres
ISO 5751-1 2010 Motorcycle tyres and rims (metric series) : Tyres, all series Tyres MC
ISO 5751-2 2010 Motorcycle tyres and rims (metric series) : Tyre series 100, 90, 80, 70, 60 Tyres MC
ISO 5775-1 1997 Bicycle tyres and rims : Tyre designation and dimensions Tyres MC
ISO 6054-1 1994 Motorcycle tyres and rims (code designated series) – Tyres MC
diameter codes 4 to 12 : Tyres
ISO 7867-1 2005 Tyres and rims (metric series) for agricultural tractors and machines : Tyre Tyres AG
designation, dimensions and markings
ISO 7867-2 2010 Tyres and rims (metric series) for agricultural tractors and machines : Service Tyres AG
condition characteristics and load ratings
ISO 8664 2010 Agricultural tractor drive wheel tyres – Service description marked tyres Tyres AG
ISO 10499-1 1997 Industrial tyres and rims – Solid tyres (metric series) for pneumatic tyre rims Tyres IN
: designation, dimensions and marking
ISO 10499-2 1998 Industrial tyres and rims – Rubber solid tyres (metric sizess) for pneumatic Tyres IN
tyre rims Part 2 : Load Ratings
ISO 10500 1991 Industrial tyres and rims – Cylindrical and conical base rubber solid tyres Tyres IN
(metric series) : designation, dimensions and marking
ISO 10571 2011 Tyres for mobile cranes and similar specialized machines Tyres EM
ISO 13442 2004 Tyres and rims for construction machines Tyres EM
ISO 29802 2009 All Terrain (AT) tyres and rims - Symbol marked pneumatic tyres on 5° Tyres MC
tapered rims - Designation, dimensions, markings and load ratings.
@ = a revised edition is due to be published

REFERENCE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS


Specifications (Rims)
STANDARD LAST ISSUE TITLE NOTES
ISO 3739-3 2008 Industrial Tyres and rims – Rims Rims
ISO 4000-2 2007 Passenger Car tyres and rims : Rims Rims
ISO 4209-2 2012 Truck and bus tyres and rims (metric series) : Rims Rims
ISO 4249-3 2010 Motorcycle tyres and rims (code designated series) : Rims Rims
ISO 4250-3 2011 Earth-mover tyres and rims - Part 3: Rims Rims
ISO 4251-3 2006 Tyres (ply rating marked series) and rims for agricultural tractors and Rims
machines : Rims
ISO 5751-3 2010 Motorcycle tyres and rims (metric series) : Rims
Rims for tyres of series 100, 90, 80, 70 and 60
ISO 5775-2 2001 Bicycle tyres and rims : Rims Rims
ISO 6054-2 1990 Motorcycle tyres and rims (code designated series) – Rims
diameter codes 4 to 12 : Rims
@ = a revised edition is due to be published

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 GI.11
GENERAL INFORMATION

REFERENCE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS


Specifications (Wheels)
STANDARD LAST ISSUE TITLE NOTES
ISO 2175 1981 Industrial wheels for non powered equipments : Dimensions and nominal
load capacities
ISO 3911 2004 Wheels/Rims for pneumatic tyres- Vocabulary, designation and markings Wheels
ISO 4107 2010 Commercial vehicles – Wheel hub attachment dimensions Wheels
ISO 5711 1995 Tractors and machinery for agriculture and forestry : wheel to hub fixing
dimensions
ISO 6701 1991 Cycles – External dimensions of spoke nipples
ISO 7575 1993 Commercial vehicles – Flat attachment wheel fixing nuts Wheels
ISO 8016 1985 Machinery for agriculture: wheel with integral hub
ISO 14400 2005 Wheels and rims- use, general maintenance and safety requirements and out-
of-service conditions
ES 1.01 Mar. 1992 General Information – Reliability requirements for wheels EUWA Wheels
ES 1.02 Apr. 1993 General Information – Using description, including the fixation EUWA Wheels
ES 1.03 Apr. 1995 General Information – Safety and maintenance recommendations for Wheels EUWA Wheels
ES 1.04 Apr. 1996 General Information – Safety recommendations for divided wheels EUWA Wheels
ES 1.05 Apr. 1997 General Information – Pratical advice for car wheel remounting EUWA Wheels
ES 2.01 Apr. 1991 Quality Control – Quality audit system EUWA
ES 3.01 Mar. 1992 Technical Specifications – Dimensions for wheel, rim and disc drawings for EUWA Wheels
steel wheels
ES 3.02 Mar. 1992 Technical Specifications – Dimension for wheel, rim and disc drawings for EUWA Wheels
light metal wheels
ES 3.03 Mar. 1992 Technical Specifications – Surface standard of steel wheels. Surface specifica- EUWA Wheels
tion of coated wheels: Coat thickness, measuring method and evaluation.
ES 3.04 Apr. 1993 Technical Specifications – Definition of static unbalance of steel and light EUWA Wheels
metal wheels for: cars, estate cars, vans and car trailers
ES 3.05 Apr. 1993 Technical Specifications – Definition of static unbalance of commercial vehi- EUWA Wheels
cle wheels made of steel or light alloy
ES 3.06 Mar. 1992 Technical Specifications – Safety recommendations in connection with wear EUWA Wheels
on rim flanges of vehicle wheels
ES 3.08 Apr. 1993 Technical Specifications – Wheel and rim markings EUWA Wheels
ES 3.09 Apr. 1993 Technical Specifications – Characteristics for steel wheels of road vehicles EUWA Wheels
ES 3.13 Apr. 1993 Technical Specifications – Characteristics for light metal wheels of road vehi- EUWA Wheels
cles
ES 3.14 Apr. 1993 Technical Specifications – Painting of aluminium alloy wheels: characteristics EUWA Wheels
and test specification
ES 3.15 Apr.1995 Technical Specifications – Stud hole designation - Truck wheels EUWA Wheels
ES 3.16 Apr.1995 Technical Specifications – Standardisation of fixing holes - Truck wheels EUWA Wheels
ES 3.20 May 2000 Technical Specifications – Characteristics of rim flanges on steel wheels to fix EUWA Wheels
balancing weights
ES 3.21 Apr. 2003 Technical Specifications – High speed wheels for agricultural tractors (50 EUWA Wheels
MPH)
ES 3.22 Apr. 2003 Technical Specifications – Static stiffness of 15° drop centre truck steel EUWA Wheels
wheels
ES 4.03 Mar. 1994 Logistic Specifications – Data transmition - EDI Electronic Data Interchange EUWA Wheels
system
ES 4.04 Apr.1996 Logistic Specifications – Data transmition - Bar-code system EUWA Wheels
ES 4.05 Apr. 2001 Logistic Specifications – Standardised packaging of car and truck wheels EUWA Wheels
(EWPS)
@ = a revised edition is due to be published
EUWA = Association of European Wheel Manufacturers.

GI.12 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
GENERAL INFORMATION

REFERENCE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS


Specifications (Valves)
G
I
STANDARD LAST ISSUE TITLE NOTES
ISO 4570 2002 Tyre valve threads Valves
ISO 7295 1988 Tyre valves for aircrafts : Interchangeability dimensions Valves
ISO 9413 2012 Tyre valves : Dimensions and designation Valves
ISO 20562 2004 Tyre valves : ISO core chambers No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 Valves
@ = a revised edition is due to be published

REFERENCE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS


Test Procedures
STANDARD LAST ISSUE TITLE NOTES
ISO 789-6 1996 Agricultural Tractors – Test procedures – Centre of gravity
ISO 789-11 1996 Agricultural Tractors – Test procedures – Part 11 : Steering capability of
wheeled Tractors
ISO 3006 2005 Passenger Car Wheels – Test Method Rims
ISO 3324-2 2013 Aircraft tyres and rims – Test method for tyres Tyres AC
ISO 3888-1 1999 Road vehicles – Test procedure for a severe lane-change manoeuvre Test Track
Part 1 : Double Lane - change
ISO 3888-2 2011 Passenger Cars – Test Track for a severe lane-change manoeuvre
Part 2 : Obstacle avoidance
ISO 3894 2005 Truck Wheels/Rims – Test Methods Rims
ISO 3965 1990 Agricultural wheeled Tractors – Maximum speeds – Method of determina-
tion
ISO 4138 2012 Passenger cars – Steady-state circular driving behaviour – Open-loop test
procedure
ISO 5687 1999 Equipment for harvesting - Combine harvesters - Determination and desig-
nation of grain tank capacity and unloading device performance
ISO 7117 2010 Motorcycles - measurement of maximum speed
ISO 7141 2005 Wheels – Impact test procedure Rims
ISO 7401 2011 Road vehicles – Lateral transient response test methods – Open-loop test
ISO 7975 2006 Passenger cars – Braking in a turn – Open-loop test procedure
ISO 8349 2002 Road vehicles – Measurement of road surface friction
ISO 8644 2006 Motorcycle Light Alloy Wheel – Test method Rims
ISO 8645 1988 Moped Light Alloy Wheel – Test method Rims
ISO/TR 8725 1988 Road vehicles – Transient open-loop response test method with one period
of sinusoidal input
ISO/TR 8726 1988 Road vehicles – Transient open-loop response test method with pseudo-ran-
dom steering input
ISO 9112 2008 Truck and bus Tyres – Methods for measuring tyre rolling circumference Tyres CV
ISO 9475 1994 Aircraft inner tube and tubeless tyres : valves, cores and caps – Valves
Test methods
ISO 9815 2010 Passenger car/trailer combinations – Lateral stability test
ISO 9816 2006 Passenger car – Power-off reactions of a vehicle in a turn –
Open-loop test method
ISO 10191 2010 Passenger Car Tyres – Verifying tyre capabilities – Tyres PC
Laboratory Test methods
ISO 10231 2003 Motorcycle tyres – Test methods for verifying tyre capabilities Tyres MC
ISO 10392 2011 Road vehicles with two axles : Determination of centre of gravity
ISO 10454 1993 Truck and bus Tyres – Verifying tyre capabilities – Tyres CV
Laboratory Test methods
@ = a revised edition is due to be published

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 GI.13
GENERAL INFORMATION

REFERENCE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS (Cont'd)


Test Procedures
STANDARD LAST ISSUE TITLE NOTES
ISO 10597 2012 Commercial vehicles – Flat attachment fixing nuts – Test methods Rims
ISO 11795 2010 Agricultural tractor drive wheel tyres – tyre rolling circumference – Tyres AG
determination
ISO 12021-1 2011 Road vehicle – Sensitivity to lateral wind – Part 1: Open-loop test method
using wind generator input
ISO 13325 2003 Coast-by methods for measurement of tyre-to-road sound emissions Tyres
ISO 13326 1998 Test methods for measuring tyre uniformity Tyres
ISO 13328 2000 Motorcycle tyres – Methods for measuring tyre rolling circumference Tyres MC
ISO 13674-1 2010 Road vehicles - Test method for the quantification of on center handling -
Part 1: weave test
ISO 13674-2 2006 Road vehicles - Test method for the quantification of on center handling -
Part 2: transition test
ISO 13988 2008 Passenger vehicle wheels - Clip balance weight and rim flange nomencla-
ture, test procedures and performance requirements
ISO 14512 1999 Passenger cars – Straight ahead braking on surface with split coefficient of
friction – Open loop test procedure
ISO 14791 2000 Road vehicles – Heavy commercial vehicle combinations and articulated
buses – Lateral stability methods
ISO 14792 2011 Road vehicles – Heavy commercial vehicle combinations and articulated
buses – Steady state circular test
ISO 14793 2011 Road vehicles – Heavy commercial vehicle combinations and articulated
buses – Lateral transient response test method
ISO 14794 2011 Road vehicles – Heavy commercial vehicle combinations and articulated
buses – Open loop test method
ISO 14960 2004 Tubeless tyres – Valves and components - Test methods Valves
ISO 15037-1 2006 Road vehicles – Vehicle dynamics test methods – Part 1: General conditions Tyres PC
for passenger cars
ISO 15037-2 2002 Road vehicles – Vehicle dynamics test methods – Part 2: General conditions Tyres CV
for heavy vehicles and buses
ISO 15172 2005 Wheels - Nut seat strength test
ISO 15222 2011 Truck and bus tyres — Method for measuring relative wet grip performance Tyres CV
— Loaded new tyres
ISO 16234 2006 Heavy commercial vehicles and buses - straight ahead braking on surfaces
with split coefficient of friction - open loop test method
ISO 16333 2011 Heavy commercial vehicles and busses - steady state rollover threshold - tilt
table test method
ISO 16392 2007 Tyres Electrical resistance - Test method for measuring electrical resistance
of tyres on a test rig
ISO 16833 2006 Wheels - measurement of radial and lateral run-out
ISO 17269 2000 Passenger cars – Method for measuring rolling circumference – Loaded new Tyres PC
Tyres
ISO 18164 2005 Passenger car, truck, bus and motorcycles tyres – Method of measuring roll-
ing resistance
ISO 21994 2007 Passenger cars - stopping distance at straight line braking with ABS - open
loop test method
ISO 23671 2006 Passenger car tyres - Method for measuring relative wet grip performance - Tyres PC
Loaded new tyres
ISO 28580 2009 Cars, truck and bus tyres - method of measuring rolling resistance - single
point test and correlation of measurement units
ES 3.07 Apr.2003 Technical Specifications – First harmonic measurement and marking for EUWA Wheels
motor vehicles wheels
ES 3.10 Apr.1993 Technical Specifications – Test requirements for caravan and car trailer EUWA Wheels
wheels
ES 3.11 Apr.1993 Technical Specifications – Test requirements for truck steel wheels EUWA Wheels
@ = a revised edition is due to be published

GI.14 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
GENERAL INFORMATION

REFERENCE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS (Cont'd)


Test Procedures
G
I
STANDARD LAST ISSUE TITLE NOTES
ES 3.12 Apr.2004 Technical Specifications – Test requirements for agricultural wheels EUWA Wheels
ES 3.17 Apr.1996 Technical Specifications – Method of measuring disc flatness on truck EUWA Wheels
wheels
ES 3.18 Apr.1996 Technical Specifications – Test requirements for temporary-use spare EUWA Wheels
wheels for cars
ES 3.19 May 2000 Technical Specifications – Car, caravan and car trailer wheels + nut/bolt EUWA Wheels
assembly test
@ = a revised edition is due to be published

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 GI.15
DESIGN GUIDE
Passenger Car Tyres

INDEX PAGE
CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS PC.2

D
GUIDELINES FOR CODE DESIGNATED RIM WIDTHS AND RIM WIDTH FOR CALCULATION
PC.3
OF TYRE DIMENSIONS

STATIC ENVELOPE CONTOUR PC.4 to PC.6

G
THEORETICAL ROLLING CIRCUMFERENCE PC.7

THEORETICAL STATIC LOADED RADIUS PC.7

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE SERIES


Series ’80’ to ’75’ PC.8
’70’ to ’65’ PC.9
’60’ to ’55’ PC.10
’50’ to ’45’ PC.11
’40’ to ’35’ PC.12
’30’, ’25’ and ’20’ PC.13
DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR T TYPE TEMPORARY-USE SPARE TYRES
Metric Designation — Radial, Diagonal and Bias Belted
Series ’95’ to ’90’
Series ’85’ to ’80’
PC.14
PC.15
P
Series ’75’ to ’70’ PC.16
Series ’65’ to ’60’ PC.17
Series ’55’ to ’50’ PC.18
SERVICE CONDITIONS
Aim – Definitions PC.19
Formulae PC.19 to PC.21
Service Conditions PC.22
GUIDELINES ON HARMONISATION OF LOAD CAPACITIES
Established Harmonized Load Carrying Capacity for Future Developments PC.23 to PC.39

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.1
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS


The information below applies to the calculation of tyre dimensions using the formulae shown on pages GI.6 to
GI.8.

1. Theoretical Rim Width (a1) (mm) Formula (1)


Ratio R = 0.70 for tyres of aspect ratio ≥ 50
= 0.85 for tyres of aspect ratio 20 to 45
For tyres with other aspect ratios and new tyre/rim concepts, other ratios (R) may be fixed.

2. Measuring Rim Width (a) (mm)


The standardised rim width closest to the calculated measuring rim width.
For metric "A" tyres, Measuring rim width ’a’ = Nominal section ’sN’

3. Design Section Width (s) (mm) Formula (2)


Factor (k)= 0.4
For Metric "A" Tyres, Design Section Width "s" = Nominal Section Width "sN".

4. Minimum Section Width (smin) (mm) Formula (9)


Factor Fs = 0.96 ( Fs = 0.97 for Metric "A" Tyres)
min min
Also applicable to Temporary Use Spare Tyres.

5. Maximum Overall Width in Service (sG) (mm) Formula (3)


Factor (Fs ) =1.04 ( Fs = 1.03 for Metric "A" Tyres)
G G
The above factor does not apply to T-Type Temporary Use Spare Tyres, for which Fs = 1.04 for Radial and
G
1.06 for Diagonal / Bias belted tyres.
6. Nominal Overall Diameter (dN) (mm)
For Metric "A" Tyres, the Overall Diameter indicated in the Tyre Size Designation, and used for calculation
of Tyre Dimensions.

7. Design Overall Diameter (d) (mm) Formula (5)


Note: For Metric "A" Tyres, d = Nominal Overall Diameter (dN).

8. Design Section Height (h) (mm) Formula (4)


For Metric "A" Tyres, Design Section Height h = 0.5 ( d - dr )
Design Section Height (h) shall be rounded to the nearest millimeter.
9. Maximum New Tyre Overall Diameter (dmax)(mm) Formula (6)
Factor Fh =1.03 (For Metric "A" Tyres, h.( Fmax - 1) ≥ 3 mm ).
max
The above factor applies only to normal highway tyres. For snow tyres (M+S), the maximum New Tyre Ove-
rall Diameter may be increased by 1%.
10. Minimum New Tyre Overall Diameter (dmin)(mm) Formula (7)
Factor Fh =0.97 (For Metric "A" Tyres, h.( 1 - Fh ) ≥ 3 mm ).
min min
The above factor does not apply to T-Type Temporary Use Spare Tyres, for which Fh = 0.97 for Radial
min
and 0.96 for Diagonal / Bias belted tyres.
11. Maximum Overall Diameter in Service (dG)(mm) Formula (8)
Factor Fh =1.04 (For Metric "A" Tyres, hG = hmax ).
G
The above factor applies only to normal highway tyres. For snow tyres (M+S), the Maximum Overall Dia-
meter may be increased by 1%.
The above factor does not apply to T-Type Temporary Use Spare Tyres, for which Fh = 1.04 for Radial and
G
1.08 for Diagonal / Bias belted tyres.

PC.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

GUIDELINES FOR CODE DESIGNATED RIM WIDTHS


MEASURING, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM RIM WIDTHS

Theoretical Rim Width, Measuring Rim Width and Permitted Alternative rim widths are obtained from the fol-
lowing relationships :
RIM WIDTH = R x TYRE SECTION
where, (i) Calculated RIM WIDTHS, except for the theoretical rim width a1, shall be rounded to the nearest
existing rim width
(ii) TYRE SECTION is the Design Section Width for Code Designated Tyres,
and the Nominal Section Width for Metric Designated Tyres.
(iii) R is given in the following table :

R
D
Nominal

G
Permitted Alternatives (**)
Aspect ratios Theoretical Rim Measuring Rim
Minimum Maximum
95 0.70 0.70 0.65 0.85
90 0.70 0.70 0.65 0.85
85 0.70 0.70 0.65 0.85
80 0.70 0.70 0.65 0.85
75 0.70 0.70 0.65 0.85
70 0.70 0.75 0.65 0.85
65 0.70 0.75 0.70 0.90
60 0.70 0.75 0.70 0.90
55 0.70 0.80 0.70 0.90
50 0.70 0.80 0.70 0.90
45 0.85 0.85 0.80 0.95
40 0.85 0.90 0.85 1.00
35 0.85 0.90 0.85 1.00
30
25
20
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.90
0.92
0.92
MRWC - 1/2 (*)
MRWC - 1/2 (*)
MRWC - 1/2 (*)
MRWC + 1/2 (*)
MRWC + 1/2 (*)
MRWC + 1/2 (*)
P
(*) MRWC = Measuring Rim Width Code
(**) min. rim width = max rim width = MRWC if Design Section Height h < 74 mm. Does not apply to Temporary Spare tyres.

RIM WIDTH FOR CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS


RIM CONTOUR A RIM CONTOUR A RIM CONTOUR A
3.00B 76.2 4½ J 114.3 9½ J 241.3
3.50B 88.9 5J 127.0 10J 254
4.00B 101.6 5½ J 139.7 10½ J 266.7
4.50B 114.3 6J 152.4 11J 279.4
5.00B 127.0 6½ J 165.1 11½ J 292.1
5.50B 139.7 7J 177.8 12J 304.8
6.00B 152.4 7½ J 190.5 l2½ J 317.5
3J 76.2 8J 203.2 13J 330.2
3½ J 88.9 8½ J 215.9 13½ J 342.9
4J 101.6 9J 228.6 14J 355.6

Special Applications :
For modifications or transformations of Type Approved Vehicles, consideration could be given to the use of
1/2 rim width code above the range of approved rims. When there is only one approved rim width, conside-
ration could also be given to the use of 1/2 rim width code below the range of approved rims.
This will depend on the Vehicle Type (Geometry, Load distribution, Camber Angle,…), actual Tyre Size and
Construction.
Tyre and Rim Manufacturers have to be consulted for approval of such derogations.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.3
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

STATIC ENVELOPE CONTOUR DE L’ENVELOPPE


1. CONTOUR FOR PASSENGER
STATISCHE HÜLLKURVE FÜR
STATIQUE DES PNEUS POUR PKW-REIFEN
CAR TYRES VOITURES PARTICULIERES
1.1. INSTRUCTIONS FOR DRAWING THE INSTRUCTIONS POUR LE TRACÉ DE VORSCHRIFTEN FÜR ZEICH-
ENVELOPE (1) L’ENVELOPPE (1) NUNG (1)
1.1.1. Draw the outer box by using : Tracer la boîte extérieure au départ de : Man zeichne den äußeren Rahmen mit :
sG = Maximum Overall Width in Service sG = Grosseur Boudin Hors Tout Maxi- sG = Maximale Gesamtbreite im Betrieb auf
referred to the intended rim width (Amax) mum en Service sur la largeur de Jante consi- der verwendeten Felgenbreite (Amax)
(Note : sG varies 5 mm every change of dérée (Amax) (Bemerkung : mit jeder Änderung der Fel-
1/2 in nominal rim width). (Note : sG varie de 5 mm par changement de gen-Nennbreite um 1/2, ändert sich sG um
DG = Maximum Overall Diameter in Ser- 1/2 en largeur nominale de Jante). 5 mm).
vice, increased by 1 % in case of M+S DG = Diamètre Extérieur Maximum en DG = Maximaler Außendurchmesser im
Tyres. Service, augmenté de 1 % pour les pneus Betrieb, um 1 % vergrößert für M+S Reifen.
dr = Nominal Rim Diameter M+S. dr = Felgen-Nenndurchmesser.
Amax = Verwendete Felgenbreite ein-
Amax = width of the intended rim inclu- dr = Diamètre de Jante Nominal
schließlich maximaler Toleranz.
sive of maximum tolerance. Amax = largeur de la jante considérée y com-
pris la Tolérance Maximum.
1.1.2. Identify point s as the midpoint between Identifier le point s à mi-hauteur entre DG et Punkt s ist in der Mitte zwischen DG und dr
DG and dr dr
1.1.3. Draw the rim flange by using Gmin Dessiner le rebord de jante au départ de Man zeichne das Felgenhorn mit Gmin
(flange height of intended rim minus 0.6 Gmin (hauteur du rebord de la jante considé- (Felgenhorn minus 0.6 mm) und Bmax
mm) and Bmax (maximum flange width) rée moins 0.6 mm) et Bmax (largeur maxi- (Maximale Felgenhornbreite) und Bmax
and extend horizontally Bmax by 4 mm mum du Rebord) et prolonger horizontale- plus 4 mm, um Punkt P zu erreichen.
to obtain point P. ment Bmax de 4 mm pour obtenir le point P.
1.1.4. Draw an arc of circumference symmetric Dessiner un arc de circonférence symétrique Man zeichne eine Kurve symmetrisch zur
to the centreline with tread arc radius Rt par rapport à la ligne de centre au moyen du Mittellinie mit Radius Rt bis zum Punkt T
and stop it in point T at distance C/2 (ref- Rayon de l’Arc de la Bande de Roulement mit einem Abstand von C/2 (Referenz-
erence tread width) from the centreline. Rt et arrêter au point T à la distance C/2 laufflächenbreite) von der Mittellinie.
(Largeur Roulement de Reference) de la
ligne de centre.
1.1.5. Draw an arc of circumference starting Dessiner un arc de circonférence en partant Man zeichne eine Kurve ausgehend vom
from point T and tangent to the vertical du point T et tangent verticalement au point Punkt T und führe sie als Tangente zum
in point s with an adequate radius Rf (up- s au moyen du rayon Rf (Rayon au flanc su- Punkt s mit Radius Rf (oberer Seitenwand-
per sidewall Radius). périeur). Radius).
1.1.6. Draw an arc of circumference Re (shoul- Dessiner un arc de circonférence Re (rayon Man zeichne eine Kurve Re (Schulterradi-
der radius) tangent to above arc Rf and to d’épaulement) tangent à l’arc Rf ci-dessus et us) als Tangente zur Kurve mit Radius Rf
arc Rt. à l’arc Rt. und Kurve mit Radius Rt.
1.1.7. Connect point P to point s. Two cases Joindre le point P au point s. Deux cas Man zeichne eine Linie zwischen Punkt P
can be met : peuvent se présenter : und Punkt s, zwei Fälle sind möglich :
1.1.8. [A max + 2(B max + 4)] ≥ s G , draw a [Amax + 2(Bmax + 4)] ≥ sG, tracer une ligne [Amax + 2(Bmax + 4)] ≥ sG, man zeichne
straight line from P to S. droite de P en S. eine Gerade von P bis S.
1.1.9. [Amax + 2(Bmax + 4)] < sG, draw a curve [Amax + 2(Bmax + 4)] < sG, tracer une courbe [Amax + 2(Bmax + 4)] < sG, man zeichne eine
with Radius Rbf from P and tangent in S. au moyen du Rayon Rbf du point P et tan- Kurve mit Radius Rbf von Punkt P und füh-
gent en S. re sie als Tangente zum Punkt S.
The Contour will be closed by a vertical Le Contour sera limité par une droite verti- Die Hüllkurve wird mit einer senkrechten
straight line from P to base line to take cale de P à la base prenant en compte l’épais- von Punkt P zur Basis Geraden abgeschlos-
the rim thickness in-to account as well as seur de la jante ainsi que les masses d’équili- sen, um die Felgendicke sowie die Aus-
balancing weights. brage. wuchtgewichtemit einzuschließen.

(1) See formulae on page PC.6.

PC.4 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

STATIC ENVELOPE CONTOUR FOR PASSENGER CAR TYRES k


All dimensions in mm.
1st case :
Amax + 2 (Bmax + 4) ≥ sG

SG

T
Re Rt

D
C
Rf
DG

s s

Centreline G
G min.

P
P
dr

B max. A max.

2nd case :
Amax + 2 (Bmax + 4) < sG

T
SG
P
Re Rt
C
Rf
DG

s s

Rbf
Centreline
G min.

P P
dr

A max.
B max.

Notes Notes Hinweise


(1) The above envelope Contour does not apply to Le contour de l'enveloppe ci-dessus ne Die obenstehende Hüllkurve ist nicht auf Me-
Metric "A" and ’C’ Type Tyres of the same Tyre s'applique pas aux pneumatiques de type tric "A" und 'C' Reifen der gleichen Reifengrös-
Size Designation. For ’C’ and ’CP’ type tyres see ’C’ ayant la même Désignation de Dimen- sen-Bezeichnung anwendbar. Für "C" und "CP"
page CV.6. sions de Pneumatiques ni aux pneuma- - Reifen s. Seite CV.6.
tiques Métriques "A".Pour les types ’C’ et
’CP’, voir page CV.6.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.5
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

1. STATIC ENVELOPE CONTOUR DE L’ENVELOPPE STATISCHE HÜLLKURVE FÜR PKW-


CONTOUR FOR PASSENGER STATIQUE DES PNEUS POUR
³ CAR TYRES VOITURES PARTICULIERES REIFEN

1.2. CALCULATION FORMULAE FORMULES DE CALCUL BERECHNUNGSFORMELN


1.2.1. Tread Arc Radius (Rt) Rayon de l'Arc de la Bande de Roulement Laufflächenbogenradius (Rt)
(Rt)

Rt = (14.8 - 0.14 ar) sG Rt = (14.8 - 0.14 ar) sG Rt = (14.8 - 0.14 ar) sG


ar = Nominal aspect ratio ar = rapport nominal d’aspect ar = Nennquerschnittsverhältnis
(Example: 60 Series = 60) (Exemple : Serie 60 = 60) (Beispiel: Serie 60 = 60)
sG = See page PC.4 sG = Voir page PC.4 sG = Siehe Seite PC.4

1.2.2. Reference Tread Width (C) Largeur de Référence de la bande de Roule- Referenzlaufflächenbreite (C)
ment (C)
C = (1.075 - 0.005 ar) s1.001 C = (1.075 - 0.005 ar) s1.001 C = (1.075 - 0.005 ar) s1.001
s = Design Section Width on s = Grosseur Boudin Théorique s = Konstruktionsquerschnittsbreite
Measuring Rim sur la Jante de Mesure auf Messfelge

1.2.3. Upper Sidewall Radius (Rf ) Rayon au Flanc Supérieur (Rf ) Oberer Seitenwandradius (Rf )

1.2.4. Shoulder Radius (Re) Rayon à l'épaule (Re) Schulterradius (Re)

• for ar = 25 or 30, Re = Remax • pour ar = 25 or 30, Re = Remax • für ar = 25 or 30, Re = Remax

• for ar > 30, • pour ar > 30, • für ar > 30,

Re = 0.032(hG•sG)0.688 Re = 0.032(hG•sG)0.688 Re = 0.032(hG•sG)0.688


hG  2
hG  2 C 
2 hG  2 C 
2 2 C 
Re max = -------- –  R t – R t – --------  Re max = -------- –  R t – R t – --------  Re max = -------- –  R t – R t – -------- 
2  4 2  4 2  4
1 1 1
h G = ---- ( D G – dr ) h G = -- ( D G – dr ) h G = -- ( D G – dr )
2 2 2

DG = See page PC.4 DG = Voir page PC.4 DG = Siehe Seite PC.4


dr = Siehe Seite PC.4
dr = See page PC.4 dr = Voir page PC.4
hG = Maximale Betriebsquerschnitts-
hG = Maximum in Service Section hG = Hauteur de Section Maximale
höhe
Height en Service

1.2.5. Width of Rim Protector (P) Largeur du Protecteur de Jante (P) Breite des Schutzes der Felge (P)

P = Bmax + 4 mm P = Bmax + 4 mm P = Bmax + 4 mm

Notes Notes Hinweise


INSTRUCTIONS FOR DRAWING THE INSTRUCTIONS POUR LE TRACÉ DE ANLEITUNG ZUM ZEICHNEN DER
ENVELOPE : See Pages PC.4 and PC.5 L’ENVELOPPE : Voir Pages PC.4 et PC.5 HÜLLKURVE:
Siehe Seiten PC.4 und PC.5

In any case, the envelope contour Dans tous les cas, le contour enveloppe In jedem Fall muss die Hüllkurve den
must be in line with UN ECE doit être en accord avec les exigences du Anforderungen der UN/ECE-Regelung
Regulation 30 requirements regarding Règlement UN ECE N° 30 concernant les 30 in Bezug auf die Reifenabmessungen
dimensions of tyres. cotes des pneumatiques. entsprechen.

PC.6 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

THEORETICAL ROLLING CIRCUMFERENCE

The following formula for Theoretical Rolling Circumference, FOR REGULATION PURPOSES ONLY, is given as a guide to vehicle
manufacturers to cover E.T.R.T.O. Members’ tyres, on a flat surface, including M + S Tyres.

C =F.d
R
Where C = Theoretical Rolling Circumference
R
F = 3.05 ( 3.07 for Temporary Use Spare Tyres)

d = Design Overall Diameter

D
Basis: 60 km/h
E.T.R.T.O. Maximum Load
E.T.R.T.O. Reference Inflation Pressure

For specific vehicle approval purposes if other conditions apply, consult the tyre manufacturer.

THEORETICAL STATIC LOADED RADIUS


G
The following formula for Theoretical Nominal Static Loaded Radius, FOR REGULATION PURPOSES ONLY, is given as a guide to
vehicle manufacturers to cover E.T.R.T.O. Members’ tyres.

RS = dr/2 + FR (d - dr) / 2
Where : RS =Theoretical Static Loaded Radius
dr = Nominal Rim Diameter (see page GI.8), in mm
d = Design Overall Diameter
FR = 0.78
= 0.75 for Metric "A" Tyres and Temporary Use Spare Tyres

Basis: E.T.R.T.O. Maximum Load


E.T.R.T.O. Reference Inflation Pressure P
For specific vehicle approval purposes if other conditions apply, consult the tyre manufacturer.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.7
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE ’80’ to ’75’ SERIES


ON 5° TAPERED CODE DESIGNATED RIMS
’80’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
Nominal Section Width Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall
(mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code Height (mm) Height in service (mm) Width (mm) Width in Service (mm)
115 3,0 3,0 4,0 92 96 113 118
125 3,0 3,5 4,0 100 104 126 131
135 3,5 3,5 4,5 108 112 133 138
145 3,5 4,0 5,0 116 121 145 151
155 4,0 4,5 5,0 124 129 157 163
165 4,0 4,5 5,5 132 137 165 172
175 4,5 5,0 6,0 140 146 177 184
185 4,5 5,0 6,0 148 154 184 191
195 5,0 5,5 6,5 156 162 196 204
205 5,0 5,5 7,0 164 171 203 211
215 5,5 6,0 7,0 172 179 216 225
225 6,0 6,0 7,5 180 187 223 232
235 6,0 6,5 8,0 188 196 235 244
245 6,5 7,0 8,0 196 204 248 258
255 6,5 7,0 8,5 204 212 255 265
265 7,0 7,5 9,0 212 220 267 278
275 7,0 7,5 9,0 220 229 274 285
285 7,5 8,0 9,5 228 237 286 297
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

’75’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
Nominal Section Width Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall
(mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code Height (mm) Height in service (mm) Width (mm) Width in Service (mm)
125 3,0 3,5 4,0 94 98 126 131
135 3,5 3,5 4,5 101 105 133 138
145 3,5 4,0 5,0 109 113 145 151
155 4,0 4,5 5,0 116 121 157 163
165 4,0 4,5 5,5 124 129 165 172
175 4,5 5,0 6,0 131 136 177 184
185 4,5 5,0 6,0 139 145 184 191
195 5,0 5,5 6,5 146 152 196 204
205 5,0 5,5 7,0 154 160 203 211
215 5,5 6,0 7,0 161 167 216 225
225 6,0 6,0 7,5 169 176 223 232
235 6,0 6,5 8,0 176 183 235 244
245 6,5 7,0 8,0 184 191 248 258
255 6,5 7,0 8,5 191 199 255 265
265 7,0 7,5 9,0 199 207 267 278
275 7,0 7,5 9,0 206 214 274 285
285 7,5 8,0 9,5 214 223 286 297
295 7,5 8,0 10,0 221 230 294 306
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

PC.8 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE ’70’ to ’65’ SERIES


ON 5° TAPERED CODE DESIGNATED RIMS
’70’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
Nominal Section Width Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall
(mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code Height (mm) Height in service (mm) Width (mm) Width in Service (mm)
125 3,0 3,5 4,0 88 92 126 131
135 3,5 4,0 4,5 95 99 138 144
145 3,5 4,5 5,0 102 106 150 156
155 4,0 4,5 5,0 109 113 157 163
165 4,0 5,0 5,5 116 121 170 177
175 4,5 5,0 6,0 123 128 177 184

D
185 4,5 5,5 6,0 130 135 189 197
195 5,0 6,0 6,5 137 142 201 209
205 5,0 6,0 7,0 144 150 209 217
215 5,5 6,5 7,0 151 157 221 230
225 6,0 6,5 7,5 158 164 228 237

G
235 6,0 7,0 8,0 165 172 240 250
245 6,5 7,0 8,0 172 179 248 258
255 6,5 7,5 8,5 179 186 260 270
265 7,0 8,0 9,0 186 193 272 283
275 7,0 8,0 9,0 193 201 279 290
285 7,5 8,5 9,5 200 208 292 304
295 7,5 8,5 10,0 207 215 299 311
305 8,0 9,0 10,0 214 223 311 323
315 8,0 9,5 10,5 221 230 323 336
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

’65’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
Nominal Section Width Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall
(mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code Height (mm) Height in service (mm) Width (mm) Width in Service (mm)
125
135
145
3,5
3,5
4,0
3,5
4,0
4,5
4,5
5,0
5,0
81
88
94
84
92
98
126
138
150
131
144
156
P
155 4,5 4,5 5,5 101 105 157 163
165 4,5 5,0 6,0 107 111 170 177
175 5,0 5,0 6,0 114 119 177 184
185 5,0 5,5 6,5 120 125 189 197
195 5,5 6,0 7,0 127 132 201 209
205 5,5 6,0 7,5 133 138 209 217
215 6,0 6,5 7,5 140 146 221 230
225 6,0 6,5 8,0 146 152 228 237
235 6,5 7,0 8,5 153 159 240 250
245 7,0 7,0 8,5 159 165 248 258
255 7,0 7,5 9,0 166 173 260 270
265 7,5 8,0 9,5 172 179 272 283
275 7,5 8,0 9,5 179 186 279 290
285 8,0 8,5 10,0 185 192 292 304
295 8,0 8,5 10,5 192 200 299 311
305 8,5 9,0 11,0 198 206 311 323
315 8,5 9,5 11,0 205 213 323 336
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.9
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE ’60’ to ’55’ SERIES


ON 5° TAPERED CODE DESIGNATED RIMS
’60’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
Nominal Section Width Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall
(mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code Height (mm) Height in service (mm) Width (mm) Width in Service (mm)
125 3,5 3,5 4,5 81 84 126 131
135 3,5 4,0 5,0 88 92 138 144
145 4,0 4,5 5,0 94 98 150 156
155 4,5 4,5 5,5 101 105 157 163
165 4,5 5,0 6,0 107 111 170 177
175 5,0 5,0 6,0 114 119 177 184
185 5,0 5,5 6,5 120 125 189 197
195 5,5 6,0 7,0 127 132 201 209
205 5,5 6,0 7,5 133 138 209 217
215 6,0 6,5 7,5 140 146 221 230
225 6,0 6,5 8,0 146 152 228 237
235 6,5 7,0 8,5 153 159 240 250
245 7,0 7,0 8,5 159 165 248 258
255 7,0 7,5 9,0 166 173 260 270
265 7,5 8,0 9,5 172 179 272 283
275 7,5 8,0 9,5 179 186 279 290
285 8,0 8,5 10,0 185 192 292 304
295 8,0 8,5 10,5 192 200 299 311
305 8,5 9,0 11,0 198 206 311 323
315 8,5 9,5 11,0 205 213 323 336
325 9,0 9,5 11,5 195 203 331 344
335 9,0 10,0 12,0 201 209 343 357
345 9,5 10,0 12,0 207 215 350 364
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

’55’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
Nominal Section Width Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall
(mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code Height (mm) Height in service (mm) Width (mm) Width in Service (mm)
145 4,0 4,5 5,0 80 83 150 156
155 4,5 5,0 5,5 85 88 162 168
165 4,5 5,0 6,0 91 95 170 177
175 5,0 5,5 6,0 96 100 182 189
185 5,0 6,0 6,5 102 106 194 202
195 5,5 6,0 7,0 107 111 201 209
205 5,5 6,5 7,5 113 118 214 223
215 6,0 7,0 7,5 118 123 226 235
225 6,0 7,0 8,0 124 129 233 242
235 6,5 7,5 8,5 129 134 245 255
245 7,0 7,5 8,5 135 140 253 263
255 7,0 8,0 9,0 140 146 265 276
265 7,5 8,5 9,5 146 152 277 288
275 7,5 8,5 9,5 151 157 284 295
285 8,0 9,0 10,0 157 163 297 309
295 8,0 9,5 10,5 162 168 309 321
305 8,5 9,5 11,0 168 175 316 329
315 8,5 10,0 11,0 173 180 328 341
325 9,0 10,0 11,5 179 186 336 349
335 9,0 10,5 12,0 184 191 348 362
345 9,5 11,0 12,0 190 198 360 374
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

PC.10 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE ’50’ to ’45’ SERIES


ON 5° TAPERED CODE DESIGNATED RIMS
’50’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
Nominal Section Width Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall
(mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code Height (mm) Height in service (mm) Width (mm) Width in Service (mm)
145 4,0 4,5 5,0 73 76 150 156
155 4,5 5,0 5,5 78 81 162 168
165 4,5 5,0 6,0 83 86 170 177
175 5,0 5,5 6,0 88 92 182 189
185 5,0 6,0 6,5 93 97 194 202
195 5,5 6,0 7,0 98 102 201 209

D
205 5,5 6,5 7,5 103 107 214 223
215 6,0 7,0 7,5 108 112 226 235
225 6,0 7,0 8,0 113 118 233 242
235 6,5 7,5 8,5 118 123 245 255
245 7,0 7,5 8,5 123 128 253 263

G
255 7,0 8,0 9,0 128 133 265 276
265 7,5 8,5 9,5 133 138 277 288
275 7,5 8,5 9,5 138 144 284 295
285 8,0 9,0 10,0 143 149 297 309
295 8,0 9,5 10,5 148 154 309 321
305 8,5 9,5 11,0 153 159 316 329
315 8,5 10,0 11,0 158 164 328 341
325 9,0 10,0 11,5 163 170 336 349
335 9,0 10,5 12,0 168 175 348 362
345 9,5 11,0 12,0 173 180 360 374
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

’45’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
Nominal Section Width Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall
(mm)
165
175
Width Code Width Code Width Code Height (mm) Height in service (mm)
5,0
5,5
5,5
6,0
6,0
6,5
74
79
77
82
Width (mm)
165
176
Width in Service (mm)
172
183
P
185 6,0 6,0 7,0 83 86 183 190
195 6,0 6,5 7,5 88 92 195 203
205 6,5 7,0 7,5 92 96 206 214
215 7,0 7,0 8,0 97 101 213 222
225 7,0 7,5 8,5 101 105 225 234
235 7,5 8,0 9,0 106 110 236 245
245 7,5 8,0 9,0 110 114 243 253
255 8,0 8,5 9,5 115 120 255 265
265 8,5 9,0 10,0 119 124 266 277
275 8,5 9,0 10,5 124 129 273 284
285 9,0 9,5 10,5 128 133 285 296
295 9,5 10,0 11,0 133 138 296 308
305 9,5 10,0 11,5 137 142 303 315
315 10,0 10,5 12,0 142 148 315 328
325 10,0 11,0 12,0 146 152 326 339
335 10,5 11,0 12,5 151 157 333 346
345 11,0 11,5 13,0 155 161 345 359
355 11,0 12,0 13,5 160 166 356 370
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.11
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE ’40’ to ’35’ SERIES


ON 5° TAPERED CODE DESIGNATED RIMS
’40’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
Nominal Section Width Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall
(mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code Height (mm) Height in service (mm) Width (mm) Width in Service (mm)
165 6,0 6,0 6,0 66 69 170 177
175 6,0 6,0 6,0 70 73 176 183
185 6,0 6,5 7,5 74 77 188 196
195 6,5 7,0 7,5 78 81 200 208
205 7,0 7,5 8,0 82 85 212 220
215 7,0 7,5 8,5 86 89 218 227
225 7,5 8,0 9,0 90 94 230 239
235 8,0 8,5 9,5 94 98 241 251
245 8,0 8,5 9,5 98 102 248 258
255 8,5 9,0 10,0 102 106 260 270
265 9,0 9,5 10,5 106 110 271 282
275 9,0 9,5 11,0 110 114 278 289
285 9,5 10,0 11,0 114 119 290 302
295 10,0 10,5 11,5 118 123 301 313
305 10,0 11,0 12,0 122 127 313 326
315 10,5 11,0 12,5 126 131 320 333
325 11,0 11,5 13,0 130 135 331 344
335 11,0 12,0 13,0 134 139 343 357
345 11,5 12,0 13,5 138 144 350 364
355 12,0 12,5 14,0 142 148 361 375
365 12,0 13,0 14,0 146 152 373 388
375 12,5 13,5 15,0 150 156 385 400
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

’35’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
Nominal Section Width Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall
(mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code Height (mm) Height in service (mm) Width (mm) Width in Service (mm)
205 7,5 7,5 7,5 72 75 212 220
215 7,0 7,5 8,5 75 78 218 227
225 7,5 8,0 9,0 79 82 230 239
235 8,0 8,5 9,5 82 85 241 251
245 8,0 8,5 9,5 86 89 248 258
255 8,5 9,0 10,0 89 93 260 270
265 9,0 9,5 10,5 93 97 271 282
275 9,0 9,5 11,0 96 100 278 289
285 9,5 10,0 11,0 100 104 290 302
295 10,0 10,5 11,5 103 107 301 313
305 10,0 11,0 12,0 107 111 313 326
315 10,5 11,0 12,5 110 114 320 333
325 11,0 11,5 13,0 114 119 331 344
335 11,0 12,0 13,0 117 122 343 357
345 11,5 12,0 13,5 121 126 350 364
355 12,0 12,5 14,0 124 129 361 375
365 12,0 13,0 14,0 128 133 373 388
375 12,5 13,5 15,0 131 136 385 400
385 13,0 13,5 15,0 135 140 391 407
395 13,0 14,0 15,5 138 144 403 419
405 13,5 14,5 16,0 142 147 415 432
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

PC.12 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE ’30’, ’25’ and ’20’ SERIES


ON 5° TAPERED CODE DESIGNATED RIMS
’30’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
Nominal Section Width Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall
(mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code Height (mm) Height in service (mm) Width (mm) Width in Service (mm)
225 8,0 8,0 8,0 68 71 230 239
235 8,5 8,5 8,5 71 74 241 251
245 8,0 8,5 9,0 74 77 248 258
255 8,5 9,0 9,5 77 80 260 270
265 9,0 9,5 10,0 80 83 271 282
275 9,0 9,5 10,0 83 86 278 289

D
285 9,5 10,0 10,5 86 89 290 302
295 10,0 10,5 11,0 89 93 301 313
305 10,5 11,0 11,5 92 96 313 326
315 10,5 11,0 11,5 95 99 320 333
325 11,0 11,5 12,0 98 102 331 344

G
335 11,5 12,0 12,5 101 105 343 357
345 11,5 12,0 12,5 104 108 350 364
355 12,0 12,5 13,0 107 111 361 375
365 12,5 13,0 13,5 110 114 373 388
375 13,0 13,5 14,0 113 118 385 400
385 13,0 13,5 14,0 116 121 391 407
395 13,5 14,0 14,5 119 124 403 419
405 14,0 14,5 15,0 122 127 415 432
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

’25’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
Nominal Section Width Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall
(mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code Height (mm) Height in service (mm) Width (mm) Width in Service (mm)

P
255 9,0 9,0 9,0 64 67 260 270
265 9,5 9,5 9,5 66 69 271 282
275 10,0 10,0 10,0 69 72 283 294
285 10,5 10,5 10,5 71 74 295 307
295 10,0 10,5 11,0 74 77 301 313
305 10,5 11,0 11,5 76 79 313 326
315 11,0 11,5 12,0 79 82 325 338
325 11,5 12,0 12,5 81 84 336 349
335 11,5 12,0 12,5 84 87 343 357
345 12,0 12,5 13,0 86 89 355 369
355 12,5 13,0 13,5 89 93 366 381
365 12,5 13,0 13,5 91 95 373 388
375 13,0 13,5 14,0 94 98 385 400
385 13,5 14,0 14,0 96 100 396 412
395 14,0 14,5 15,0 99 103 408 424
405 14,0 14,5 15,0 101 105 415 432
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

’20’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
Nominal Section Width Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall
(mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code Height (mm) Height in service (mm) Width (mm) Width in Service (mm)
375 13,0 13,5 14,0 75 78 385 400
385 13,5 14,0 14,0 77 80 396 412
395 14,0 14,5 15,0 79 82 408 424
405 14,0 14,5 15,0 81 84 415 432
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.13
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE ’95’, to ’90’ SERIES


FOR T TYPE TEMPORARY USE SPARE TYRES
ON 5° TAPERED CODE DESIGNATED RIMS
’95’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
T TYPE
Section Maximum Section Maximum Section Section Maximum Overall Maximum Overall
Nominal Section Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Height in service Design Width in Service
Height Height in service Width Width in Service
Width (mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code (mm) DIAGONAL (mm) DIAGONAL
(mm) (mm) RADIAL and (mm) (mm) RADIAL and
BIAS BELTED BIAS BELTED
95 3,0 3,0 3,0 90 94 97 99 103 105
105 3,0 3,0 3,5 100 104 108 106 110 112
115 3,0 3,0 4,0 109 113 118 113 118 120
125 3,0 3,5 4,0 119 124 129 126 131 134
135 3,5 3,5 4,5 128 133 138 133 138 141
145 3,5 4,0 5,0 138 144 149 145 151 154
155 4,0 4,5 5,0 147 153 159 157 163 166
165 4,0 4,5 5,5 157 163 170 165 172 175
175 4,5 5,0 6,0 166 173 179 177 184 188
185 4,5 5,0 6,0 176 183 190 184 191 195
195 5,0 5,5 6,5 185 192 200 196 204 208
205 5,0 5,5 7,0 195 203 211 203 211 215
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

’90’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
T TYPE
Section Maximum Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall Maximum Overall
Nominal Section Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Height in service Width in Service
Height Height in service (mm) DIAGONAL Width Width in Service (mm)
Width (mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code DIAGONAL
(mm) (mm) RADIAL and BIAS BELTED (mm) (mm) RADIAL and BIAS BELTED
95 3,0 3,0 3,0 86 89 93 99 103 105
105 3,0 3,0 3,5 95 99 103 106 110 112
115 3,0 3,0 4,0 104 108 112 113 118 120
125 3,0 3,5 4,0 113 118 122 126 131 134
135 3,5 3,5 4,5 122 127 132 133 138 141
145 3,5 4,0 5,0 131 136 141 145 151 154
155 4,0 4,5 5,0 140 146 151 157 163 166
165 4,0 4,5 5,5 149 155 161 165 172 175
175 4,5 5,0 6,0 158 164 171 177 184 188
185 4,5 5,0 6,0 167 174 180 184 191 195
195 5,0 5,5 6,5 176 183 190 196 204 208
205 5,0 5,5 7,0 185 192 200 203 211 215
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

PC.14 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE ’85’, to ’80’ SERIES


FOR T TYPE TEMPORARY USE SPARE TYRES
ON 5° TAPERED CODE DESIGNATED RIMS
’85’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
T TYPE
Section Maximum Section Maximum Section Section Maximum Overall Maximum Overall
Nominal Section Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Height in service Design Width in Service
Height Height in service Width Width in Service
Width (mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code (mm) DIAGONAL (mm) DIAGONAL
(mm) (mm) RADIAL and (mm) (mm) RADIAL and
BIAS BELTED BIAS BELTED
95 3,0 3,0 3,0 81 84 87 99 103 105
105 3,0 3,0 3,5 89 93 96 106 110 112

D
115 3,0 3,0 4,0 98 102 106 113 118 120
125 3,0 3,5 4,0 106 110 114 126 131 134
135 3,5 3,5 4,5 115 120 124 133 138 141
145 3,5 4,0 5,0 123 128 133 145 151 154
155 4,0 4,5 5,0 132 137 143 157 163 166
165 4,0 4,5 5,5 140 146 151 165 172 175
175
185
195
205
4,5
4,5
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,5
5,5
6,0
6,0
6,5
7,0
149
157
166
174
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.
155
163
173
181
161
170
179
188
177
184
196
203
184
191
204
211
188
195
208
215
G
’80’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
T TYPE
Section Maximum Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall Maximum Overall
Nominal Section Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Height in service Width in Service
Height Height in service (mm) DIAGONAL Width Width in Service (mm)
Width (mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code DIAGONAL
(mm) (mm) RADIAL and BIAS BELTED (mm) (mm) RADIAL and BIAS BELTED
95 3,0 3,0 3,0 76 79 82 99 103 105

P
105 3,0 3,0 3,5 84 87 91 106 110 112
115 3,0 3,0 4,0 92 96 99 113 118 120
125 3,0 3,5 4,0 100 104 108 126 131 134
135 3,5 3,5 4,5 108 112 117 133 138 141
145 3,5 4,0 5,0 116 121 125 145 151 154
155 4,0 4,5 5,0 124 129 134 157 163 166
165 4,0 4,5 5,5 132 137 143 165 172 175
175 4,5 5,0 6,0 140 146 151 177 184 188
185 4,5 5,0 6,0 148 154 160 184 191 195
195 5,0 5,5 6,5 156 162 168 196 204 208
205 5,0 5,5 7,0 164 171 177 203 211 215
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.15
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE ’75’, to ’70’ SERIES


FOR T TYPE TEMPORARY USE SPARE TYRES
ON 5° TAPERED CODE DESIGNATED RIMS
’75’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
T TYPE
Section Maximum Section Maximum Section Section Maximum Overall Maximum Overall
Nominal Section Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Height in service Design Width in Service
Height Height in service Width Width in Service
Width (mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code (mm) DIAGONAL (mm) DIAGONAL
(mm) (mm) RADIAL and (mm) (mm) RADIAL and
BIAS BELTED BIAS BELTED
95 3,0 3,0 3,0 71 74 77 99 103 105
105 3,0 3,0 3,5 79 82 85 106 110 112
115 3,0 3,0 4,0 86 89 93 113 118 120
125 3,0 3,5 4,0 94 98 102 126 131 134
135 3,5 3,5 4,5 101 105 109 133 138 141
145 3,5 4,0 5,0 109 113 118 145 151 154
155 4,0 4,5 5,0 116 121 125 157 163 166
165 4,0 4,5 5,5 124 129 134 165 172 175
175 4,5 5,0 6,0 131 136 141 177 184 188
185 4,5 5,0 6,0 139 145 150 184 191 195
195 5,0 5,5 6,5 146 152 158 196 204 208
205 5,0 5,5 7,0 154 160 166 203 211 215
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

’70’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
T TYPE
Section Maximum Section Maximum Section Design Section Maximum Overall Maximum Overall
Nominal Section Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Height in service Width in Service
Height Height in service (mm) DIAGONAL Width Width in Service (mm)
Width (mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code DIAGONAL
(mm) (mm) RADIAL and BIAS BELTED (mm) (mm) RADIAL and BIAS BELTED
95 3,0 3,0 3,0 67 70 72 99 103 105
105 3,0 3,0 3,5 74 77 80 106 110 112
115 3,0 3,5 4,0 81 84 87 118 123 125
125 3,0 3,5 4,0 88 92 95 126 131 134
135 3,5 4,0 4,5 95 99 103 138 144 146
145 3,5 4,5 5,0 102 106 110 150 156 159
155 4,0 4,5 5,0 109 113 118 157 163 166
165 4,0 5,0 5,5 116 121 125 170 177 180
175 4,5 5,0 6,0 123 128 133 177 184 188
185 4,5 5,5 6,0 130 135 140 189 197 200
195 5,0 6,0 6,5 137 142 148 201 209 213
205 5,0 6,0 7,0 144 150 156 209 217 222
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

PC.16 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE ’65’, to ’60’ SERIES


FOR T TYPE TEMPORARY USE SPARE TYRES
ON 5° TAPERED CODE DESIGNATED RIMS
’65’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
T TYPE
Section Maximum Section Maximum Section Section Maximum Overall Maximum Overall
Nominal Section Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Height in service Design Width in Service
Height Height in service Width Width in Service
Width (mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code (mm) DIAGONAL (mm) DIAGONAL
(mm) (mm) RADIAL and (mm) (mm) RADIAL and
BIAS BELTED BIAS BELTED
105 3,0 3,0 3,0 68 71 73 106 110 112
115 3,0 3,5 4,0 75 78 81 118 123 125

D
125 3,5 3,5 4,5 81 84 87 126 131 134
135 3,5 4,0 5,0 88 92 95 138 144 146
145 4,0 4,5 5,0 94 98 102 150 156 159
155 4,5 4,5 5,5 101 105 109 157 163 166
165 4,5 5,0 6,0 107 111 116 170 177 180
175 5,0 5,0 6,0 114 119 123 177 184 188
185
195
205
5,0
5,5
5,5
5,5
6,0
6,0
6,5
7,0
7,5
120
127
133
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.
125
132
138
130
137
144
189
201
209
197
209
217
200
213
222 G
’60’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
T TYPE
Section Maximum Section Maximum Section Section Maximum Overall Maximum Overall
Nominal Section Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Height in service Design Width in Service
Height Height in service Width Width in Service
Width (mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code (mm) DIAGONAL (mm) DIAGONAL
(mm) (mm) RADIAL and (mm) (mm) RADIAL and
BIAS BELTED BIAS BELTED
115 3,5 3,5 3,5 69 72 75 118 123 125
125 3,5 3,5 4,5 75 78 81 126 131 134

P
135 3,5 4,0 5,0 81 84 87 138 144 146
145 4,0 4,5 5,0 87 90 94 150 156 159
155 4,5 4,5 5,5 93 97 100 157 163 166
165 4,5 5,0 6,0 99 103 107 170 177 180
175 5,0 5,0 6,0 105 109 113 177 184 188
185 5,0 5,5 6,5 111 115 120 189 197 200
195 5,5 6,0 7,0 117 122 126 201 209 213
205 5,5 6,0 7,5 123 128 133 209 217 222
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.17
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE ’55’, to ’50’ SERIES


FOR T TYPE TEMPORARY USE SPARE TYRES
ON 5° TAPERED CODE DESIGNATED RIMS
’55’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
T TYPE
Section Maximum Section Maximum Section Section Maximum Overall Maximum Overall
Nominal Section Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Height in service Design Width in Service
Height Height in service Width Width in Service
Width (mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code (mm) DIAGONAL (mm) DIAGONAL
(mm) (mm) RADIAL and (mm) (mm) RADIAL and
BIAS BELTED BIAS BELTED
125 4,0 4,0 4,0 69 72 75 131 136 139
135 3,5 4,5 5,0 74 77 80 143 149 152
145 4,0 4,5 5,0 80 83 86 150 156 159
155 4,5 5,0 5,5 85 88 92 162 168 172
165 4,5 5,0 6,0 91 95 98 170 177 180
175 5,0 5,5 6,0 96 100 104 182 189 193
185 5,0 6,0 6,5 102 106 110 194 202 206
195 5,5 6,0 7,0 107 111 116 201 209 213
205 5,5 6,5 7,5 113 118 122 214 223 227
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

’50’ Series Approved Rim Width Codes Tyre Section Height Tyre Width on the Measuring Rim Width Code
T TYPE
Section Maximum Section Maximum Section Section Maximum Overall Maximum Overall
Nominal Section Minimum Rim Measuring Rim Maximum Rim Design Height in service Design Width in Service
Height Height in service Width Width in Service
Width (mm) Width Code Width Code Width Code (mm) DIAGONAL (mm) DIAGONAL
(mm) (mm) RADIAL and (mm) (mm) RADIAL and
BIAS BELTED BIAS BELTED
135 3,5 4,5 5,0 68 71 73 143 149 152
145 4,0 4,5 5,0 73 76 79 150 156 159
155 4,5 5,0 5,5 78 81 84 162 168 172
165 4,5 5,0 6,0 83 86 90 170 177 180
175 5,0 5,5 6,0 88 92 95 182 189 193
185 5,0 6,0 6,5 93 97 100 194 202 206
195 5,5 6,0 7,0 98 102 106 201 209 213
205 5,5 6,5 7,5 103 107 111 214 223 227
Note : For Tyres Size Designations and Notes, see the current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual.

PC.18 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

SERVICE CONDITIONS
Calculation of parameters for Standard Load and Extra Load Tyres
(T and S types are excluded)

1. AIM
To calculate the minimum inflation pressure for any speed up to the maximum speed including the tolerance,
the tyre size, the load index and the speed symbol, the camber angle and the tyre load in practice must be consi-
dered.
To specify a framework for the application area of a tyre which could be used as a guide for the Research De-
partment of Vehicle Manufacturers in order to define better the dimensional choices and the conditions of service
of tyres.

2. DEFINITIONS

The Inflation Pressure of passenger car tyres is dependent on the following parameters:
D
G
QT Reference Load Capacity [kg] according to Load Index

QR Tyre Load in practice (0.5 x axle Load) [kg]


QR should be lower than QT

PT Reference Inflation Pressure [kPa]

V Speed of the car up to the maximum speed including tolerances [km/h]

γ Camber Angle [°]

KS Camber - Factor (see item 10)

QV Load Capacity dependent on speed [kg] (for V, W, Y - tyres)

P
p Minimum Inflation Pressure [kPa], rounded to the upper 10 kPa.
p should be lower than the maximum inflation pressure as reported in paragraph 11.

a Pressure exponent, a = 0.80 except for sizes with Load Index marked with an asterisk ( * )
for which a = 0.65 (refer to Standards Manual for current standards and to EDI for future
developments)

3. UP TO 160 km/h
p = PT x KS x (QR/QT)1/a in any case p ≥ 150 kPa

4. S - TYRES : above 160 km/h


For speeds above 160 km/h, the minimum inflation pressure is 180 kPa
Over 160 to 180 km/h:
p = [PT + 0.5 x (V - 160)] x KS x (QR/QT)1/a

5. T - TYRES : above 160 km/h


For speeds above 160 km/h, the minimum inflation pressure is 180 kPa.
Over 160 to190 km/h:
p = [PT + 0.667 x (V - 160)] x KS x (QR/QT)1/a

6. H - TYRES : above 160 km/h


For speeds above 160 km/h, the minimum inflation pressure is 180 kPa.
Consult the tyre manufacturer before inflation pressures below 200 kPa are used at speeds higher than 190 km/h
Over 160 to 210 km/h :
p = [PT + 0.6 x (V - 160)] x KS x (QR/QT)1/a

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.19
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

SERVICE CONDITIONS (continued)


7. V - TYRES : above 160 km/h
For speeds above 160 km/h, the minimum inflation pressure is 180 kPa.
Consult the tyre manufacturer before inflation pressures below 200 kPa are used at speeds higher than 190 km/h

Over 160 to 210 km/h:


p = [PT + 0.6 x (V - 160)] x KS x (QR/QT)1/a

Over 210 to 240 km/h


p = (PT + 30) x KS x (QR/QV)1/a
QV = [1 - 0.003 x (V - 210)] x QT
QV must be > QR

8. W - TYRES : above 160 km/h


For speeds above 160 km/h, the minimum inflation pressure is 180 kPa.
Consult the tyre manufacturer before inflation pressures below 200 kPa are used at speeds higher than 190 km/h

Over 160 to 190 km/h:


p = PT x KS x (QR/QT)1/a

Over 190 to 240 km/h


p = [PT + (V - 190)] x KS x (QR/QT)1/a

Over 240 to 270 km/h


p = (PT + 50) x KS x (QR/QV)1/a
QV = [1 - 0.005 x (V - 240)] x QT
QV must be > QR

9. Y - TYRES : above 160 km/h


For speeds above 160 km/h, the minimum inflation pressure is 180 kPa.
Consult the tyre manufacturer before inflation pressures below 200 kPa are used at speeds higher than 190 km/h

Over 160 to 220 km/h:


p = PT x KS x (QR/QT)1/a

Over 220 to 270 km/h


p = [PT + (V - 220)] x KS x (QR/QT)1/a

Over 270 to 300 km/h


p = (PT + 50) x KS x (QR/QV)1/a
QV = [1 - 0.005 x (V - 270)] x QT
QV must be > QR

For applications outside the range of the Y speed symbol, the service conditions (including the actual
speed capabilities, load capabilities and the relevant inflation pressures) for vehicle characteristics will
be agreed between the vehicle and tyre manufacturers when using ZR marked tyres with a service des-
cription within brackets, for example, "(95Y)".

PC.20 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

SERVICE CONDITIONS (continued)

10. CAMBER - FACTOR Ks

To be calculated

KS =
1 for aspect ratio 50 and above
(1.1 - 0.05 x γ) 1.25
1
KS = for aspect ratio 45 to 25
(1 + (0.2625 - 0.00325 x AR) x (1- γ/2 ) ) (1.25)

KS =
1
(1 + 0.3 x (1 - γ /2)) 1.25
for aspect ratio 20 D
where γ = static camber angle (in degrees) including tolerances
and AR = aspect ratio, with 25 ≤ AR ≤ 45

Camber For AR For AR For AR For AR For AR For AR For AR


G
Degrees Degrees 50 and above 45 40 35 30 25 20
Minutes
γ KS KS KS KS KS KS KS
2° and below 2° and below 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2.25° 2° 15’ 1.0158 1.0185 1.0211 1.0237 1.0264 1.0291 1.0489
2.50° 2° 30’ 1.0322 1.0376 1.0430 1.0485 1.0541 1.0597 1.1024
2.75° 2° 45’ 1.0489 1.0573 1.0658 1.0744 1.0831 1.0920 1.1609
3° 3° 1.0662 1.0777 1.0895 1.1014 1.1136 1.1261 1.2253
3.25°
3.50°
3.75°
3° 15’
3° 30’
3° 45’
1.0840
1.1024
1.1213
1.0989
1.1208
1.1435
1.1141
1.1398
1.1665
1,1297
1.1594
1.1904
1.1457
1.1795
1.2152
1.1622
1.2004
1.2409
P
4° 4° 1.1408 1.1670 1.1944 1.2230 1.2528 1.2840

Vehicle camber angles on a passenger car should not exceed the following values for different aspect ratio:

Maximum camber angle for different aspect ratio


Aspect ratio Maximum camber angle
up to 270 km/h above 270 km/h
80 to 25 4° 3°
20 3° 3°

Equivalent aspect ratio for Metric A tyres:


Equivalent AR = 100 x (((Design OD - nominal rim diameter)/2) - 5)/ nominal SW rounded to the nearest 5.

11. MAXIMUM INFLATION PRESSURE

The maximum inflation pressure as shown in paragraph 3.1 of the PC section of the Standard Manual has
to be observed, which means: 320 kPa for standard load tyres with speed symbol up to T and 350 kPa for all
the other metric tyres. For a given size, if the calculated pressure exceeds the maximum, then this size is not
suitable for this application.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.21
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

SERVICE CONDITIONS (continued)


A TYRE IS CAPABLE OF CARRYING A LOAD THANKS TO ITS INTERNAL AIR PRESSURE
The following scheme is a simplified representation of a possible service condition of a generic tyre.

Maximum Load
Maximum Pressure ( safety )
350

290
INFLATION PRESSURE ( kPa )

LI(Extra Load)
EXTRA LOAD

250

(Wear)

s
rn
lc N
ce
(Rolling Resistance) tia TIO
on
ten EC
STANDARD
po EFL

200
nc D

(Comfort)
ra ER
e
V
O
du
En

*
Minimum Pressure
150
( Handling,
rim roll off )

130
50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
LOAD/LOAD CAPACITY ( % )
* for speeds above 160 km/h, the minimum inflation pressure is 180 kPa.

Load, Pressure and Deflection greatly influence Tyre performances

Vehicle Manufacturers shall select the recommended Inflation Pressure within this diagram,
when Camber Angle is lower than or equal to 2°
and/or Speed is lower than or equal to 160 km/h.
Adapted Diagrams shall be used for any other case.
In any case, regardless of load, the minimum recommended pressure should not be lower than
- 150 kPa up to 160 km/h and
- 180 kPa above 160 km/h.

PC.22 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Tyres for normal service
’80’ Series Tyre Sizes
NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER
NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH
10 12 13 14
(mm)
SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
115 59 63 60 64 62 66
125 60 64 64i 68i 65i 69i 67i 71i
135 65 69 69 73 70 (1) 74 (1) 72i 76i
145 69 (1) 73(1) 73 77 75 (1) 79 (1) 76 i 80i
155
165
175
185
74
78
81
85
78
82
85
89
77 (1)
81i
85i
89i
81 (1)
85i
89i
93i
79 (1)
83 (1)
87
90 (1)
83 (1)
87 (1)
91
94 (1)
81 (1)
85(1)
88 (1)
91
85 (1)
89 (1)
92 (1)
95
D
195 92i 96i 93i 97i 95 99
205
215
225
235
95i
98i
100i
102i*
99i
102i
104i
106i*
97i
100i
101i*
104i*
101i
104i
105i*
107i*
98
100i
103i*
106i*
102
104i
106i*
109i*
G
245 105i* 108i* 107i* 110i* 108i* 112i*
255 108i* 111i* 109i* 113i* 111i* 114i*
265 110i* 114i* 112i* 115i* 113i* 116i*
275 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
285 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH
15 16 17
(mm)
SL XL SL XL SL XL
115
125
135
64
69i
73i
68
73i
77i
65
70i
75i
69
74i
79i
66
71i
76i
70
75i
80i
P
145 77i 81i 79i 83i 80i 84i
155 83 (1) 87(1) 83i 87i 84i 88i
165 87 (1) 91 (1) 88 (1) 92 (1) 88i 92i
175 89 93 90 94 92i 96i
185 93i 97i 94i 98i 95i 99i
195 96 (1) 100 (1) 97 101 99i 103i
205 99i 103i 100(1) 104 (1) 102i* 105i*
215 102 (1) 106 (1) 103* 107* 105i* 108i*
225 104* 108* 106i* 110i* 108i* 111i*
235 107i* 111i* 109 (1) 113 (1) 110i* 114i*
245 110i* 113i* 111i* 115i* 113i* 116i*
255 112i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i*
265 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
275 116* 116* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
285 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

Notes
SL: standard load version; based on a reference pressure of 250 kPa except for (1) sizes which are based on a reference pressure of 240 kPa
XL: reinforced or extra load version; based on a reference pressure of 290 kPa except for (1) sizes which are based on a reference pressure of 280 kPa
Load indices in bold are published in the current Standards Manual
i denotes internationally harmonized
* Pressure exponent 0.65 instead of 0.80
Armoured Vehicles :
Directive 92/23/EEC is not applicable to armoured vehicles.
Special Certification may be issued by Tyre Manufacturer to cover Load Requirements higher than the Load Carrying Capacity indicated on the tyre, taking into account the Service Conditions
of the Vehicle (rim width, maximum speed, camber, angle, operating inflation pressure,…).

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.23
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Tyres for normal service
‘75’ Series Tyre Sizes
NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER
NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH
12 13 14 15
(mm)
SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
125 63 i 67i 64i 68i 66i 70i 68i 72i
135 67i 71i 69i 73i 71i 75i 72i 76i
145 72i 76i 74i 78i 75i 79i 76i 80i
155 76i 80i 77i 81i 79i 83i 80i 84i
165 80i 84i 81i 85i 83i 87i 85i 89i
175 84i 88i 85i 89i 87 91 88i 92i
185 87i 91i 89i 93i 90 94 92i 96i
195 90i 94i 92i 96i 94 98 95 99
205 94i 98i 95i 99i 97 101 98 102
215 97i 101i 98i 102i 100 104 100 104
225 99i 103i 100i 104i 101* 104* 102 106
235 100i 104i 102i* 105i* 103i* 107i* 105 109
245 102i* 106i* 104i* 108i* 106i* 109i* 108* 111*
255 105i* 109i* 107i* 110i* 108i* 112i* 110 114
265 108i* 111i* 109i* 113i* 111i* 114i* 112 116
275 110i* 114i* 112i* 115i* 113i* 116i* 115i* 116i*
285 112i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
295 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH
16 17 18
(mm)
SL XL SL XL SL XL
125 69 i 73i 70i 74i 72i 76i
135 73i 77i 75i 79i 76i 80i
145 78i 82i 79i 83i 80i 84i
155 82i 86i 83i 87i 85i 89i
165 86i 90i 87i 91i 89i 93i
175 89i 93i 91i 95i 92i 96i
185 93i 97i 94i 98i 95i 99i
195 96i 100i 97i 101i 99i 103i
205 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 104i*
215 101* 104* 102i* 106i* 104i* 107i*
225 104 108 105i* 109i* 107i* 110i*
235 108 112 109 113 109i* 113i*
245 111 115 112 116 112i* 115i*
255 111i* 115i* 115 116 114i* 116i*
265 116 116 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
275 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
285 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
295 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

See Notes page PC.26

PC.24 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Tyres for normal service
‘70’ Series Tyre Sizes
NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER
NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH 12 13 14 15
(mm)
SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
125 61i 65i 62i 66i 64i 68i 65i 69i
135 65i 69i 68 72 69i 73i 70i 74i
145 70 74 71 75 73i 77i 74 78
75 77i 81i 78i 82i

D
155 74 78 79
165 77 81 79 83 81 85 82i 86i
175 81 85 83 87 85 89 86 90
185 85i 89i 87 91 88 92 89 93
195 88i 92i 90 94 91 95 93 97
205 91i 95i 93 97 94 98 96 100
215
225
235
245
94i
97i
99i
100i
98i
101i
103i
104i
96i
99i
100i
102i*
100i
103i
104i
105i*
97
100
101i*
103*
101
104
104i*
107*
99
100
102*
106
103
104
106*
110
G
255 102i* 106i* 104i* 108i* 106i* 109i* 108 112
265 105i* 108i* 107i* 110i* 108i* 112i* 112 116
275 107i* 111i* 109i* 113i* 111i* 114i* 112* 116*
285 110i* 113i* 111i* 115i* 113i* 116i* 115* 116*
295 112i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
305 114i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH 16 17 18 19
(mm)

125
135
SL
67
71i
i
XL
71i
75i
SL
68i
73i
XL
72i
77i
SL
69i
74i
XL
73i
78i
SL
71i
75i
XL
75i
79i
P
145 76i 80i 77i 81i 78i 82i 79i 83i
155 80i 84i 81i 85i 82i 86i 84i 88i
165 84i 88i 85i 89i 86i 90i 88i 92i
175 87i 91i 89i 93i 90i 94i 91i 95i
185 91i 95i 92 96 93i 97i 94i 98i
195 94i 98i 95i 99i 96i 100i 98i 102i
205 97 101 98i 102i 99i 103i 100i 104i
215 100 104 101 105 102i* 105i* 103i* 106i*
225 103 107 104 108 104i* 108i* 106i* 109i*
235 106 109 105* 109* 107i* 110i* 108i* 112i*
245 107 111 110 114 110i* 113i* 111i* 114i*
255 111 115 112 116 113 116 113i* 116i*
265 112 116 115 116 116 116 116i* 116i*
275 114 116 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
285 116i* 116i* 116 116 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
295 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
305 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
315 125

See Notes page PC.26

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.25
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Tyres for normal service
‘65’ Series Tyre Sizes
NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER
NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH
12 13 14 15 16
(mm)
SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
i i i i i i i i i
125 58 62 60 64 62 66 63 67 65 69i
135 63i 67i 65i 69i 66i 70i 68i 72i 69i 73i
145 67i 71i 69 73 71 75 72 76 74i 78i
155 72 76 73 77 75 79 77 81 77i 81i
165 75i 79i 77 81 79 83 81 85 81i 85i
175 79i 83i 81 85 82 86 84i 88i 85i 89i
185 82i 86i 84i 88i 86 90 88 92 89 93
195 86i 90i 88 92 89 93 91 95 92i 96i
205 89i 93i 90i 94i 92 96 94 99 95 99
215 92i 96i 94i 98i 95 99 97 101 98 102
225 95i 99i 96i 100i 98i 102i 99 103 100 104
235 98i 102i 99i 103i 99i 103i 101* 105* 103 107
245 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 104i* 102* 106* 104i* 107i*
255 100i 104i 102i* 105i* 103i* 107i* 106 110 109 113
265 102i* 106i* 104i* 108i* 106i* 109i* 107i* 111i* 109* 112*
275 105i* 108i* 106i* 110i* 108i* 112i* 110i* 113i* 111* 115*
285 107i* 110i* 109i* 112i* 110i* 114i* 112i* 115i* 113 116
295 109i* 113i* 111i* 114i* 113i* 116i* 114* 116* 116* 116*
305 111i* 115i* 113i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
315 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH
17 18 19 20
(mm)
SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
125 66i 70i 67i 71i 69i 73i 70i 74i
135 71i 75i 72i 76i 73i 77i 75i 79i
145 75i 79i 76i 80i 77i 81i 78i 82i
155 79i 83i 80i 84i 81i 85i 83i 87i
165 83i 87i 84i 88i 85i 89i 86i 90i
175 87i 91i 88i 92i 89i 93i 90i 94i
185 90i 94i 91i 95i 92i 96i 93i 97i
195 93i 97i 94i 98i 95i 99i 97i 101i
205 96i 100i 97i 101i 98i 102i 99i 103i
215 99 103 100i 104i 101i* 104i* 102i* 105i*
225 102 106 103 107 103i* 107i* 104i* 108i*
235 104 108 106 110 106i* 109i* 107i* 111i*
245 107 111 107i* 110i* 108i* 112i* 110i* 113i*
255 110 114 111 115 111i* 114i* 112i* 116i*
265 112 116 114 116 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i*
275 115 119 116 116 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
285 116 116 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
295 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
305 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
315 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

See Notes page PC.26

PC.26 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Tyres for normal service
‘60’ Series Tyre Sizes
NOMINAL SECTION NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER
WIDTH 12 13 14 15 16 17
(mm) SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
125 55 59 57 61 59 63 61 65 62 66 64 68
135 60 64 62i 66i 64i 68i 65i 69i 67i 71i 68i 72i
145 65 69 66i 70i 68i 72i 69i 73i 71i 75i 72i 76i
155 69 73 70i 74i 72i 76i 74 78 75i 79i 76i 80i

D
165 73 77 74 78 76 80 77 81 79i 83i 80i 84i
175 76 80 78 82 79 83 81 85 82 86 84i 88i
185 79 83 81 85 83 87 84 88 86i 90i 87i 91i
195 83 87 85 89 86 90 88 92 89 93 90i 94i
205 86 90 88 92 89 93 91 95 92 96 93 97
94 98 95 99 96 100

G
215 89 93 91 95 92 96
225 92 96 94i 98i 95 99 97 101 98 102 99 103
235 95 99 96 100 98 102 99 103 100 104 102 106
245 98 102 99i 103i 100 104 101 105 102 106 104 108
255 100 104 99i 103i 101* 104* 102 106 104* 107* 106 110
265 100* 104* 101i* 105i* 103* 106* 105* 108* 106* 110* 108 112
275 102* 105* 104i* 107i* 105* 109* 107 111 109 113 110 114
285 104* 108* 106i* 109i* 108i* 111i* 109i* 113i* 111* 114* 114 116
295 106* 110* 108i* 112i* 110i* 113i* 111* 115* 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i*
305 109* 112* 110i* 114i* 112i* 115i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
315 111* 114* 112i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 116* 116* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
325 113* 116* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
335 115* 116* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
345 116* 116* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116* 116*

NOMINAL SECTION
WIDTH
(mm) SL
18
XL SL
19
XL SL
NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER
20
XL SL
21
XL SL
22
XL SL XL
P
125 65 69 66 70 67 71 69 73 70 74
135 69i 73i 71i 75i 72i 76i 73i 77i 74i 78i
145 74i 78i 75i 79i 76i 80i 77i 81i 78i 82i
155 77i 81i 79i 83i 80i 84i 81i 85i 82i 86i
165 81i 85i 83i 87i 84i 88i 85i 89i 86i 90i
175 85i 89i 86i 90i 88i 92i 89i 93i 89i 93i
185 88i 92i 89i 93i 91i 95i 92i 96i 93i 97i
195 92i 96i 93i 97i 94i 98i 95i 99i 96i 100i
205 95i 99i 96i 100i 97i 101i 98i 102i 99i 103i
215 98i 102i 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 104i* 102i* 105i*
225 100 104 101i* 104i* 102i* 105i* 103i* 107i* 105i* 108i*
235 103 107 103i* 107i* 105i* 108i* 106i* 109i* 107i* 111i*
245 105 109 106* 109* 107i* 111i* 108i* 112i* 110i* 113i*
255 108 112 109 113 109i* 113i* 111i* 114i* 112i* 116i*
265 110 114 110i* 114i* 112i* 115i* 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i*
275 113 117 113i* 116i* 115 116 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
285 116 120 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
295 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
305 116* 116* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
315 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
325 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
335 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
345 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

See Notes page PC.26

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.27
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Tyres for normal service
‘55’ Series Tyre Sizes
NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER
NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH
(mm) 13 14 15 16 17
SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
145 64 68 66 70 67 71 69 73 70 74
155 68 72 69 73 71i 75i 72i 76i 74i 78i
165 72 76 74 78 75 79 76i 80i 78i 82i
175 75 79 77i 81i 78 82 80i 84i 81i 85i
185 79 83 80 84 82i 86i 83i 87i 85i 89i
195 82 86 84 88 85 89 87 91 88i 92i
205 85 89 87 91 88 92 91 94 91 95
215 88 92 90i 94i 91 95 93 97 94 98
225 91 95 93 97 94 98 95 99 97 101
235 95i 99i 97 101 98 102 99 103
245 98i 102i 99i 103i 100i 104i 102 106
255 100 104 100* 104* 103 107 104 108
265 100i 104i 102i* 105i* 103i* 107i* 105* 108*
275 102i* 106i* 104 108 106i* 109i* 109 113
285 105i* 108i* 106i* 110i* 108i* 111i* 109i* 113i*
295 107i* 110i* 109i* 112i* 110i* 114i* 111i* 115i*
305 109i* 113i* 111i* 114i* 112i* 116i* 114i* 116i*
315 111i* 115i* 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
325 113i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
335 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
345 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH
(mm) 18 19 20 21 22
SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
145 71 75 73 77 74 78 75 79 76 80
155 75i 79i 76i 80i 77i 81i 79i 83i 80i 84i
165 79i 83i 80i 84i 81i 85i 83i 87i 84i 88i
175 82i 86i 84i 88i 85i 89i 86i 90i 87i 91i
185 86i 90i 87i 91i 88i 92i 89i 93i 91i 95i
195 89i 93i 90i 94i 91i 95i 93i 97 i 94i 98i
205 92 96 93i 97i 95i 99i 96i 100i 97i 101i
215 95 99 96i 100i 97i 101i 98i 102i 99i 103i
225 98 102 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 104i* 102i* 105i*
235 100 104 101 105 102i* 105i* 103i* 107i* 104i* 108i*
245 103 107 103i* 107i* 104i* 108i* 106i* 109i* 107i* 110i*
255 105 109 107 111 107i* 110i* 108i* 112i* 109i* 113i*
265 108 112 109 113 109i* 113i* 110i* 114i* 112i* 115i*
275 109* 112* 111 115 113 117 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i*
285 113 116 112i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
295 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
305 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
315 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
325 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
335 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
345 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

See Notes page PC.26

PC.28 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Tyres for normal service
‘50’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


WIDTH 13 14 15 16 17 18
(mm) SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
145 61 65 63 67 64 68 66 70 67 71 69 73
155 65 69 67 71 68 72 70 74 71 75 72 76
165 69 73 70i 74i 72 76 73 77 75i 79i 76i 80i
175 72 76 74i 78i 75i 79i 77i 81i 78i 82i 79i 83i
185
195
205
215
76
79
82
85
80
83
86
89
77i
80i
84
87i
81i
84i
88
91i
79i
82
86
88
83i
86
89
92
81
84
87
90
85
88
91
94
82i
85i
89
91
86i
89i
93
95
83i
86i
89i
92i
87i
90i
93i
96i
D
225 88 92 89 93 91 95 92 96 94 98 95 99
235
245
255
265
90
93
94
97
92i
95
97i
99
96i
99
101i
103
94i
96
99i
101
98i
100
103i
105
95
97
100
101
99
101
104
105
96
99
101
102i*
100
103
105
105i*
97
100
102
103i*
107
101
104
106
107i*
G
275 100i 104i 101* 105* 103* 106* 104i* 108i* 111
285 102i* 105i* 104 108 105i* 108i* 106i* 110i* 109 113
295 104i* 107i* 108 112 109 113 109i* 112i* 110i* 114i*
305 106i* 110i* 108* 111* 110i* 113i* 111i* 114i* 112i* 116i*
315 108i* 112i* 110i* 113i* 111i* 115i* 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i*
325 110i* 114i* 114 116 113i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
335 112i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
345 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

NOMINAL SECTION NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


WIDTH
(mm)
145
SL
70
19
XL
74
SL
71
20
XL
75
SL
72
21
XL
76
SL
73
22
XL
77
SL
74
23
XL
78
SL
75
24
XL
79
P
155 74 78 75 79 76 80 77 81 78 82 79 83
165 77i 81i 78i 82i 80i 84i 81i 85i 82i 86i 83i 87i
175 81i 85i 82i 86i 83i 87i 85i 89i 86i 90i 87i 91i
185 84i 88i 86i 90i 87i 91i 88i 92i 89i 93i 90i 94i
195 88i 92i 89i 93i 90i 94i 91i 95i 92i 96i 93i 97i
205 90i 94i 92i 96i 93i 97i 94i 98i 95i 99i 96i 100i
215 93i 97i 94i 98i 96i 100i 97i 101i 98i 102i 99i 103i
225 96i 100i 97i 101i 98i 102i 99i 103i 100i 104i 102i* 105i*
235 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 104i* 102i* 105i* 103i* 107i* 104i* 108i*
245 101 105 102i* 105i* 103i* 106i* 104i* 108i* 105i* 109i* 107i* 110i*
255 103 107 105 109 106 109 107i* 110i* 108i* 111i* 109i* 113i*
265 106 110 107 111 108i* 111i* 109i* 112i* 110i* 114i* 111i* 115i*
275 108 112 109 113 110i* 113i* 111i* 115i* 112i* 116i* 114i* 116i*
285 109i* 113i* 112 116 112i* 115i* 113* 116* 114i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
295 111i* 115i* 114 118 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
305 114i* 116i* 116 120 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
315 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116 116 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
325 116i* 116i* 116 116 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
335 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
345 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

See Notes page PC.26

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.29
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Tyres for normal service
‘45’ Series Tyre Sizes
NOMINAL SECTION NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER
WIDTH 13 14 15 16 17 18
(mm) SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
165 65 69 67 71 68 72 70 74 71 75 73 77
175 69 73 70 74 72 76 73 77 75 79 76 80
185 72 76 74i 78i 75i 79i 76i 80i 78i 82i 79i 83i
195 75 79 77i 81i 78i 82i 80 84 81i 85i 83i 87i
205 78 82 80i 84i 81i 85i 83 87 84 88 86i 90i
215 81 85 83i 87i 85 89 86 90 87 91 89 93
225 84 88 86 90 87i 91i 89i 93i 91 94 91 95
235 87 91 88i 92i 90 94 91i 95i 94 97 94 98
245 89 93 91i 95i 92i 96i 94 98 95 99 96 100
255 92 96 93i 97i 95 99 96i 100i 98 102 99 103
265 94 98 96i 100i 97i 101i 98i 102i 100i 104i 101i* 104i*
275 97 101 98i 102i 99 i
103 i
101i* 104i* 102i* 105i* 103 107
285 100i 104i 101i* 105i* 103i* 106i* 104i* 108i* 105* 109*
295 102i* 106i* 104i* 107i* 105i* 109i* 107i* 110i* 108 112
305 104i* 108i* 106i* 109i* 107i* 111i* 109* 112* 110i* 113i*
315 107i* 110i* 108i* 112i* 109i* 113i* 111i* 114i* 112i* 116i*
325 109i* 112i* 110i* 114i* 111i* 115i* 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i*
335 111i* 114i* 112i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
345 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
355 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116* 116i* 116i* 116i*

NOMINAL SECTION NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


WIDTH 19 20 21 22 23 24
(mm) SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
165 74 78 75 79 76 80 77 81 78 82 79 83
175 77 81 78 82 80 84 81 85 82 86 83 87
185 80i 84i 82i 86i 83i 87i 84i 88i 85i 89i 86i 90i
195 84i 88i 85i 89i 86i 90i 88i 92i 89i 93i 89i 93i
205 87i 91i 88i 92i 89i 93i 90i 94i 91i 95i 92i 96i
215 90i 94i 91i 95i 92i 96i 93i 97i 94i 98i 95i 99i
225 92i 96i 94i 98i 95i 99i 96i 100i 97i 101i 98i 102i
235 95 99 96 100 97i 101i 99i 103i 99i 103i 100i 104i
245 98i 102i 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 104i* 102i* 105i* 103i* 106i*
255 100 104 101 105 102 106 103i* 107i* 104i* 108i* 105i* 109i*
265 102i* 105i* 104 108 104i* 108i* 105i* 109i* 107i* 110i* 108i* 111i*
275 104 108 106 110 107i* 110i* 108 112 109i* 113i* 110i* 114i*
285 107 111 108 112 109 113 110 114 111i* 115i* 112i* 116i*
295 109 113 110 114 111i* 115i* 112 116 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i*
305 111i* 115i* 112 116 113i* 116i* 114 118 115i* 116i* 116 120
315 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
325 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
335 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
345 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
355 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

See Notes page PC.26

PC.30 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Tyres for normal service
‘40’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


WIDTH 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
(mm) SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
165 61 65 63 67 65 69 66 70 68 72 69 73 70 74
175 65 69 66 70 68 72 70 74 71 75 72 76 74 78
185 68 72 70 74 71 75 73 77 74 78 76 80 77 81
195 71 75 73 77 75 79 76 80 77 81 79 83 80 84
83 80 84 82i 86i

D
205 74 78 76i 80i 77i 81i 79 83i 87i
215 77 81 79i 83i 80i 84i 82i 86i 83 87 85 89 86i 90i
225 80 84 82i 86i 83i 87i 85i 89i 86i 90i 88 92 89 93
235 83 87 84i 88i 86i 90i 87i 91i 90 94 91 95 92 96
245 85 89 87i 91i 88i 92i 90i 94i 91 95 93 97 94 98

G
255 88 92 89i 93i 91i 95i 92i 96i 94 98 95 99 96 100
265 92i 96i 93i 97i 95i 99i 96i 100i 97i 101i 98i 102i
275 94i 98i 95i 99i 97i 101i 98 102 99i 103i 101 105
285 96i 100i 98 102 99i 103i 100 104 101 105 103 107
295 98i 102i 100i 104i 101i* 104i* 102 106 103 107 105i* 108i*
305 100i 104i 102i* 105i* 103i* 107i* 104i* 108i* 106i* 109i* 107i* 110i*
315 102i* 106i* 104i* 107i* 105i* 109i* 106i* 110i* 108i* 111i* 109* 113*
325 104i* 108i* 106i* 109i* 107i* 111i* 109i* 112i* 110i* 113i* 111i* 115i*
335 106i* 110i* 108i* 111i* 109i* 113i* 110i* 114i* 112i* 115i* 113i* 116i*
345 108i* 112i* 110i* 113i* 111i* 115i* 112i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i*
355 110i* 114i* 112i* 115i* 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
365 112i* 115i* 113i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
375 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

NOMINAL SECTION
WIDTH
(mm) SL
20
XL SL
21
XL SL
22
XL
NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER

SL
23
XL SL
24
XL SL
25
XL SL
26
XL
P
165 71 75 73 77 74 78 75 79 76 80 77 81 78 82
175 75 79 76 80 77 81 78 82 79 83 80 84 81 85
185 78 82 79 83 80 84 81 85 83 87 84 88 85 89
195 81 85 82 86 84 88 85 89 86 90 87 91 88 92
205 84i 88i 86 i 90i 87i 91i 88i 92i 89i 93i 90i 94i 91i 95i
215 87i 91i 88i 92i 89i 93i 90i 94i 92i 96i 93i 97i 93i 97i
225 90i 94i 91i 95i 92i 96i 93i 97i 94i 98i 95i 99i 96i 100i
235 92i 96i 94i 98i 95i 99i 96i 100i 97i 101i 98i 102i 99i 103i
245 95i 99i 96i 100i 97i 101i 98i 102i 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 104i*
255 97i 101i 98i 102i 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 105i* 102i* 106i* 103i* 107i*
265 100i 104i 101 105 102 106 103i* 106i* 104i* 107i* 105i* 108i* 106i* 109i*
275 102 106 103 107 104i* 107i* 105i* 109i* 106i* 110i* 107i* 110i* 108i* 111i*
285 104 108 105i* 109i* 106 110 107i* 111i* 108i* 112i* 109i* 113i* 110i* 114i*
295 106 110 107 i* 111i* 108 112 109i* 113i* 110 114 111i* 115i* 112i* 116i*
305 108i* 112i* 109i* 113i* 110 114 111 115 113 117 114i* 116i* 114i* 116i*
315 110i* 114i* 111i* 115i* 112i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116 120 116 120
325 112i* 116i* 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
335 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
345 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
355 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
365 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
375 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

See Notes page PC.26

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.31
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Tyres for normal service
‘35’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


WIDTH 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
(mm) SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
205 72 76 73 77 75 79 76 80 77 81 79 83 80 84
215 74 78 76 80 77 81 79 83 80 84 81 85 83 87
225 77 81 79 83 80 84 82 86 83 87 85 89 86 90
235 80 84 81i 85 i 83i 87i 84i 88i 86i 90i 87i 91i 88i 92i
245 83 87 84i 88i 86i 90i 87i 91i 88i 92i 89 93 91i 95i
255 85 89 86i 90i 88i 92i 89i 93i 90 94 92i 96i 93 97
265 87 91 89i 93i 90i 94i 92i 96i 93i 97i 94i 98i 95i 99i
275 91i 95i 92i 96i 94i 98i 95 i
99i
96i 100i 98 102
285 93i 97i 95i 99i 96i 100i 97i 101i 99 103 100i 104i
295 95i 99i 97i 101i 98i 102i 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 105i*
305 97i 101i 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 105i* 102 106 104i* 107i*
315 99i 103 i 100i 104i 102 106 103i* 107i* 104i* 108i* 106 110
325 101i* 104i* 102i* 106i* 104i* 107i* 105i* 109i* 106i* 110i* 108i* 111i*
335 103i* 106i* 104i* 108i* 106 110 107i* 110i* 108 i*
112i* 109i* 113i*
345 105* 108* 106i* 110i* 108i* 111i* 109 113 110 114 111i* 115i*
355 107i* 110i* 108i* 111i* 109i* 113i* 111i* 114i* 112i* 115i* 113i* 116i*
365 109i* 112i* 110i* 114i* 111i* 115i* 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i*
375 110i* 114i* 112i* 115i* 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
385 112i* 116i* 113i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
395 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
405 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

NOMINAL SECTION NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


WIDTH 21 22 23 24 25 26 28
(mm) SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
205 81 85 83 87 84 88 85 89 86 90 87 91
215 84 88 85 89 86 90 87 91 88 92 89 93
225 87 91 88 92 89 93 90 94 91 95 92 96
235 89i 93i 90i 94i 91i 95i 93i 97i 93i 97i 94i 98i
245 92i 96i 93i 97i 94i 98i 95i 99i 96i 100i 97i 101i
255 94i 98i 95i 99i 96i 100i 97i 101i 98i 102i 99i 103i
265 97i 101i 98i 102i 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 104i* 101i* 105i*
275 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 104i* 102i* 105i* 102i* 106i* 103i* 107i*
285 101 105 102 106 103 107 104 108 105i* 108i* 106i* 109i*
295 103 107 104 108 105i* 108i* 106 110 107i* 110i* 108i* 111i*
305 105 109 106 110 107 111 108 112 109i* 113i* 110i* 114i*
315 107 111 108i* 111i* 109i* 112i* 110 114 111i* 115i* 112i* 115i*
325 109i* 112i* 110i* 114i* 111i* 115i* 112i* 116i* 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 116 120
335 111i* 114i* 112i* 115i* 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
345 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
355 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
365 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
375 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
385 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
395 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

See Notes page PC.26

PC.32 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Tyres for normal service
‘30’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


WIDTH 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
(mm) SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
225 77 81 78 82 80 84 81 85 82 86 83 87 85 89
235 79 83 81 85 82 86 84 88 85 89 86 90 87 91
245 82 86 84 88 85 89 86 90 87 91 88 92 89 93
255 85 89 86 90 87 91 88 92 89 93 91 95 92 96
88i 89i 93i 94 96i 93i 97i

D
265 87i 91i 92i 90 92i 94i 98i
275 89i 93i 90i 94i 92i 96i 93i 97i 94i 98i 95i 99i 96i 100i
285 91i 95i 93i 97i 94i 98i 95i 99i 96i 100i 97i 101i 98i 102i
295 93i 97i 94i 98i 96i 100i 97i 101i 98i 102i 99i 103i 100i 104i
305 95i 99i 96i 100i 98i 102i 99i 103i 100i 104i 101 105 102i* 105i*

G
315 97i 101i 98i 102i 100i 104i 101i* 104i* 102i* 105i* 103 107 104i* 108i*
325 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 105i* 102i* 106i* 104 108 105i* 108i* 106i* 109i*
335 101i* 104i* 102 106 103i* 107i* 104 108 106i* 109i* 107i* 110i* 108i* 111i*
345 102i* 106i* 104i* 107i* 105 109 106i* 110i* 107i* 111i* 109i* 112i* 110i* 113i*
355 104i* 108i* 105i* 109i* 107 i*
110 i*
108i* 112i* 109i* 113i* 110i* 114i* 111i* 115i*
365 106i* 109i* 107i* 111i* 109i* 112i* 110i* 113i* 111i* 115i* 112i* 116i* 113i* 116i*
375 108i* 111i* 109i* 113i* 110i* 114i* 111i* 115i* 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i*
385 109i* 113i* 111i* 114i* 112i* 115i* 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
395 111i* 115i* 112i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
405 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

NOMINAL SECTION NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


WIDTH 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
(mm) SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
225
235
245
86
88
90
90
92
94
87
89
92
91
93
96
88
90
93
92
94
97
P
255 93i 97i 94 98 95 99
265 95i 99i 96i 100i 97i 101i*
275 97i 101i 98i 102i 99i 103i*
285 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 104i*
295 101i* 104i* 102i* 106i* 103i* 107i*
305 103i* 107i* 104i* 108i* 105 109
315 105 109 106i* 110i* 107i* 111i* 111* 114*
325 107i* 110i* 108i* 112i* 109i* 113i*
335 109i* 112i* 110i* 113i* 111i* 114i*
345 111i* 114i* 112i* 115i* 113i* 116i*
355 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i*
365 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
375 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
385 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
395 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*
405 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

See Notes page PC.26

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.33
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Tyres for normal service
‘25’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


WIDTH 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
(mm) SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
255 78 82 80 84 81 85 83 87 84 88 85 89 86 90
265 81 85 82 86 83 87 85 89 86 90 87 91 88i 92i
275 83 87 85 89 86 90 87 91 88 92 89 93 90 94
285 85 89 86 90 88 92 89 93 90 94 91 95 92 96
295 87 91 89 93 90 94 91 95 92 96 93 97 95 99
305 89 93 90 94 92 96 93 97 94 98 95 99 96 100
315 91 95 93 97 94 98 95 99 96 100 97 101 98 102
325 93i 97 i 94i 98i 95i 99i 97i 101i 98i 102i 99i 103i 100i 104i
335 95i 99i 96i 100i 98i 102i 99i 103i 100i 104i 101 105 102i* 105i*
345 96i 100i 98i 102i 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 104i* 102i* 106i* 103i* 107i*
355 98i 102i 100i 104i 101 105 102i* 105i* 103i* 107i* 104i* 108i* 105i* 109i*
365 100i 104i 101i* 104i* 102i* 106i* 103i* 107i* 104i* 108i* 106i* 109i* 107i* 110i*
375 101i* 105i* 103i* 106i* 104i* 108i* 105i* 109i* 106i* 110i* 108i* 111i* 109i* 112i*
385 103i* 106i* 104i* 108i* 105i* 109i* 107i* 110i* 108i* 111i* 109i* 113i* 110i* 114i*
395 105i* 108i* 106i* 109i* 107i* 111i* 109i* 112i* 110i* 113i* 111i* 114i* 112i* 115i*
405 106i* 110i* 107i* 111i* 109i* 112i* 110i* 113i* 111i* 115i* 112i* 116i* 113i* 116i*

NOMINAL SECTION NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


WIDTH 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
(mm) SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
255 87 91 88 92 89 93
265 89 93 90 94 91 95
275 92i 96i 93 97 94i 98i
285 93 97 94 98 95 99
295 96 100 97 101 98 102 99 103
305 97 101 98 102 99 103
315 99 103 100 104 101* 105*
325 101i* 104i* 102i* 105i* 103i* 106i*
335 103i* 106i* 104i* 107i* 105i* 108i*
345 104i* 108i* 105i* 109i* 106i* 110i*
355 106i* 110i* 107i* 111i* 108i* 112i*
365 108i* 111i* 109i* 112i* 110i* 114i*
375 110i* 113i* 111i* 114i* 112i* 115i*
385 111i* 115i* 112i* 116i* 113i* 116i*
395 113i* 116i* 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i*
405 114i* 116i* 115i* 116i* 116i* 116i*

See Notes page PC.26

PC.34 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Tyres for normal service
‘20’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER


WIDTH 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
(mm) SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL SL XL
375 94 98 96 100 97 101 98 102 99 103 100 104 101* 105*
385 96 100 97 101 99 103 100 104 101* 104* 102* 105* 103* 106*
395 97 101 99 103 100 104 101* 104* 102* 106* 103* 107* 104* 108*
405 99i 103i 100i 104i 101i* 105i* 103i* 106i* 104i* 107i* 105i* 109i* 106i* 110i*

NOMINAL SECTION
WIDTH
(mm) SL
24
XL SL
25
XL SL
26
XL
NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER

SL
27
XL SL
28
XL SL
29
XL SL
30
XL
D
G
375 102* 106* 103* 107* 104* 108*
385 104* 108* 105* 109* 106* 110*
395 106* 109* 107* 110* 108* 111*
405 107i* 111i* 108i* 112i* 109i* 113i*

See Notes page PC.26

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.35
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS OF ’T’ TYPE TEMPORARY SPARE TYRES
‘95’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION RIM DIAMETER CODE


WIDTH (mm) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
95 76 77 79 81 82 84 85 86 88 89 90
105 82 84 86 87 89 90 91 92 94 95 96
115 88 89 91 93 94 95 96 98 99 100 101
125 93 95 96 98 99 100 101 103 104 105 106
135 98 99 101 102 103 105 106 108 109 110 111
145 102 104 105 107 108 110 111 112 113 114 116*
155 107 108 110 111 113 114 115 116* 116* 116* 116*
165 111 113 114 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
175 115 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
185 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
195 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
205 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
Sizes in bold appear in the published Standards Manual with this L.I.
* LI max=116
‘90’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION RIM DIAMETER CODE


WIDTH (mm) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
95 76 78 79 81 82 84 85 86 87 88
105 80 82 84 85 87 88 89 91 92 93 94
115 86 88 89 91 92 94 95 96 97 98 99
125 91 93 95 96 98 99 100 101 102 103 104
135 96 98 99 100 102 104 104 106 107 108 109
145 101 102 104 105 106 108 108 110 111 113 114
155 105 106 108 119 111 112 113 115 116* 116* 116*
165 109 111 112 114 115 116 116(1)* 119 116* 116* 116*
175 113 115 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
185 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
195 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
205 116 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
Sizes in bold appear in the published Standards Manual with this L.I.
* LI max=116
(1) Prior to harmonization of k-factor, first published in 2010, these sizes were shown 1 LI greater
‘85’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION RIM DIAMETER CODE


WIDTH (mm) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
95 76 77 79 81 82 84 85 86 88 89 90
105 82 84 85 87 88 89(1) 91 93 93 94 96
115 88 89 91 92 94 95 96 98 99 100 101
125 93 94 96 97 99 100 101 102 104 105 106
135 98 99 101 102 103 105 106 108 109 110 111
145 102 103 105 106 108 109 111 112 113 114 115
155 106 108 110 111 112 114 115 116* 116* 116* 116*
165 110 112 114 115 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
175 115 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
185 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
195 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
205 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
Sizes in bold appear in the published Standards Manual with this L.I.
* LI max=116
(1) Prior to harmonization of k-factor, first published in 2010, these sizes were shown 1 LI greater

PC.36 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS OF ’T’ TYPE TEMPORARY SPARE TYRES
(CONTINUED)
‘80’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION RIM DIAMETER CODE


WIDTH (mm) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
95 74 76 77 79 80 82 83 85 86 87 88
105 80 82 84 85 86 88 90 92 92 93 94
115 86 87 89 90 92 93 95 96 97 98 99
125 91 93 94 95 97 99 100 101 102 103 104

D
135 96 97 97 100 101 103 104 105 107 108 109
145 100 101 103 104(1) 106 107 109 110 111 112 114
155 104 106 107 109 110 111 113 114 115 116* 116*
165 108 110 112 113 113 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
175 112 114 115 116* 116* 116* 116* 122 116* 116* 116*
116*

G
185 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
195 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
205 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
Sizes in bold appear in the published Standards Manual with this L.I.
* LI max=116
(1) Prior to harmonization of k-factor, first published in 2010, these sizes were shown 1 LI greater

‘75’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION RIM DIAMETER CODE


WIDTH (mm) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
95 73 75 76 78 79 81 82 84 85 86 88
105 79 81 83 84 86 87 89 90 91 92 93
115 85 87 88 90 91 93 94 95 96 98 99
125 90 92 93 95 96 98 99 100 101 102 103
135 95 96 98 99 101 102 103 105 106 107 108

P
145 99 101 102 104 105 107 108 109 110 112 113
155 103 105 106 108 109 111 112 113 115 116* 116*
165 108 109 111 112 114 115 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
175 111 113 115 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
185 115 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
195 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
205 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
Sizes in bold appear in the published Standards Manual with this L.I.
* LI max=116
‘70’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION RIM DIAMETER CODE


WIDTH (mm) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
95 73 75 76 78 79 81 82 84 85 86 87
105 78 80(1) 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 92 93
115 84 86 88 90 92 92 93 95 96 97 98
125 89 91 93 95 96 98 99 100 101 102 103
135 94 96 97 99 101 101(1) 103 105 105 107 108
145 99 100 102 103 104(1) 107 107(1) 109 110 111 112
155 102 104 106 107 109 110 112 113 115 115 116*
165 107 108 110 111 113 114 116* 116*(1) 119 116* 116*
175 110 112 114 115 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
185 114 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
195 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
205 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
Sizes in bold appear in the published Standards Manual with this L.I.
* LI max=116
(1) Prior to harmonization of k-factor, first published in 2010, these sizes were shown 1 LI greater

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.37
DESIGN GUIDE – Passenger Car Tyres

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS OF ’T’ TYPE TEMPORARY SPARE TYRES
(CONTINUED)
‘65’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION RIM DIAMETER CODE


WIDTH (mm) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
95 68 70 71 73 75 76 77 78 80 81 82
105 74 75 77 79 80 82 83 85 86 87 88
115 79 81 83 85 86 88 89 90 91 92 94
125 84 86 88 89 91 92 93 95 96 97 98
135 89 91 93 94 96 97 98 99 101 102 103
145 93 95 97 98 100 101 102 103 105 106 107
155 98 99 101 102 104 105 108 108 112 110 110
165 101 103 105 106 108 109 110 112 113 114 115
175 105 107 109 110 111 113 114 116* 116* 116* 116*
185 109 110 112 114 115 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
195 112 114 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
205 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
Sizes in bold appear in the published Standards Manual with this L.I.
* LI max=116
‘60’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION RIM DIAMETER CODE


WIDTH (mm) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
95 64 66 68 70 71 73 74 75 77 78 79
105 70 72 74 75 77 78 80 81 82 84 85
115 76 77 79 81 82 84 85 87 88 89 90
125 81 83 85 86 88 89 94 92 97 94 95
135 86 88 89 90 92 93 95 96 97 98 100
145 90 92 93 95 96 98 99 100 105 102 104
155 94 96 97 99 100 102 107 104 105 107 108
165 98 100 101 103 104 105 107 108 109 111 112
175 101 103 105 106 108 109 111 112 113 114 115
185 105 107 108 110 111 113 114 115 120 116* 116*
195 109 110 112 113 115 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
205 112 114 115 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
Sizes in bold appear in the published Standards Manual with this L.I.
* LI max=116
‘55’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION RIM DIAMETER CODE


WIDTH (mm) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
95 61 63 64 66 68 69 70 72 73 74 75
105 67 69 70 72 74 75 76 78 79 80 81
115 72 74 76 77 79 80 82 83 84 86 87
125 77 79 81 82 84 86 87 88 89 90 92
135 82 84 85 87 88 90 91 93 94 95 96
145 86 88 90 91 93 94 96 97 98 99 100
155 90 92 94 95 97 98 99 100 102 103 104
165 94 96 98 99 100 102 103 104 106 107 108
175 98 99 101 102 104 105 107 108 109 110 112
185 101 103 104 106 108 109 110 112 113 114 115
195 104 106 108 109 111 112 114 115 116* 116* 116*
205 108 110 111 113 114 116* 116* 116* 116* 116* 116*
Sizes in bold appear in the published Standards Manual with this L.I.
* LI max=116

PC.38 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Passenger Car Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS OF ’T’ TYPE TEMPORARY SPARE TYRES
(CONTINUED)

‘50’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL SECTION RIM DIAMETER CODE


WIDTH (mm) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
95 55 57 59 61 63 64 65 67 68 69 71
105 62 63 65 67 68 70 71 73 74 75 76
115 67 69 70 72 74 75 76 78 79 80 81
125 72 74 75 77 78 80 81 83 84 85 86

D
135 76 78 80 81 83 85 86 87 89 90 91
145 81 82 84 86 87 89 90 91 93 94 95
155 85 87 88 90 91 93 94 95 97 98 99
165 89 90 92 94 95 96 98 99 100 101 102
175 92 94 96 97 99 100 101 102 103 105 106

G
185 96 97 99 100 102 103 104 106 107 108 109
195 99 100 102 103 105 106 108 109 110 111 113
205 102 103 105 107 108 110 111 112 114 115 116*
Sizes in bold appear in the published Standards Manual with this L.I.
* LI max=116

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS OF ’S’ TYPE TEMPORARY SPARE TYRES
‘80’ Series Tyre Sizes
NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER CODE
SECTION WIDTH
(mm) 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
125 77 79
135
145
155
82 84
88 90
94
P
165 98

‘70’ Series Tyre Sizes


NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER CODE
SECTION WIDTH
(mm) 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
135 77 79
145 84 85
155 89 91
165 94 96
175 98 99

Sizes in bold appear in the published Standards Manual with this L.I.
For Extra Load (Reinforced) Tyres the Load Index = Load Index of Standard Tyres shown in the Tables + 4

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 PC.39
DESIGN GUIDE
Commercial Vehicle Tyres

INDEX PAGE
TYRE MARKINGS CV.2, CV.3

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS CV.4, CV.5

GUIDELINES FOR THE DETERMINATION OF RIMS

STATIC ENVELOPE CONTOUR


CV.5

CV.6
D
G
THEORETICAL FORMULATION

1. Theoretical Rolling Circumference CV.7

2. Theoretical Static Loaded Radius CV.7

3. Minimum Vertical Rate CV.8

GUIDELINES FOR MINIMUM DUAL SPACINGS CV.8

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR METRIC SERIES CV.9 to CV.19

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 CV.1
DESIGN GUIDE – Commercial Vehicle Tyres

TYRE MARKINGS
TYRE SIZE DESIGNATION
The specifications on page GI.5 apply to new tyre Series and to new sizes in existing Series. For existing sizes,
tyre size designations will remain as shown in the tables in the Standards Manual or in the Obsolete Data
Section.

SPEED CATEGORY MARKING


The speed category marking must be correlated with the reference speed.
Decisions concerning the adoption of new reference speeds and associated load/speed tables will be taken
only by the Commercial Vehicle Sub-Committee with the aim of avoiding unnecessary proliferation of catego-
ries.
Where a maximum speed based on tyre structure and characteristics is considered necessary for safety
purposes, it must be marked on the tyre in clear figures, e.g. 50 km/h MAX.

SERVICE DESCRIPTION
The Service Description is formed by one or two load indices (the first for single tyre load and the second for
dual tyre load) and a speed category marking. The indices correspond to normal conditions of service and the
tyre must be capable of the load and speed conditions specified in the marking.
Load Index for Dual fitment must be at least 2 units less than the Load Index for Single fitment.

REGROOVABLE

A minimum rubber thickness of 4 mm between the bottom of the Original Principal Grooves and the upper
surface of the belt is necessary to classify a tyre as regroovable.

ADDITIONAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION


In order to meet specific requirements, UNECE Regulation No.54 permits the marking of an Additional Service
Description on the tyre sidewall. It must be located in a circle close to the principal Service Description, as
shown in the following examples.

146
255/70 R 20 149/145 J L
143

385/65 R 22.5 158 L 160

The load/speed variations in the Standards Manual do not apply to the Additional Service Descriptions.
The rule "Load Index for Dual fitment must be at least 2 units less than the Load Index for Single fitment" does
not apply to additional service descriptions.
Additional Service Descriptions may specify higher loads at a lower speed or lower loads at a higher speed
compared with the Principal Service Description - see explanatory sketches on page CV.3. In consequence,
different inflation pressures may be required.

CV.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Commercial Vehicle Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

TYRE MARKINGS ³

ADDITIONAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION (cont’d)

D
G

C-type tyres with reference inflation pressure of 450/475 kPa where also a version at 375 kPa can exist may
exceptionally have an additional service description with a lower LI at the same speed.
C
This is because applying the formula on page C3 of the Standards Manual, at 375 kPa the load carrying
capacity for C-type tyres with reference inflation pressure of 475 kPa is significantly lower than for the same
size with a reference pressure of 375 kPa.

Examples:

Size LI (single) Ref. P [kPa] Load @ Ref P [kg] Load @ 375kPa


215/65R16C 109 475 1030 853
215/65R16C 106 375 950 950

225/75 R16C 116 475 1250 1035


225/75 R16C 113 375 1150 1150

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 CV.3
DESIGN GUIDE – Commercial Vehicle Tyres

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS

A. DESIGN DIMENSIONS
(1) Formulæ 1–3–6 apply to tyres having metric markings with the aspect ratio incorporated in
the size designation, as on pages GI.6 and GI.7.
(2) Code Designated Sizes
Measuring Rim Width, Design Section Width and Design Overall Diameter for existing tyres
are shown in the Standards Manual tables or in the Previous Standard Data.
N.B. New sizes added to existing series must conform to the rules established for metric series of tyres.
(3) Metric Sizes
(a) The cœfficient R (theoretical rim) shown on Page CV.5 shall be used with Formula 1.
(b) The value k = 0.4 shall be used with Formula 2.
(c) Nominal Section Widths (SN) should end in 5 (except for Ultra Light Sizes ending in 0).
(d) Nominal Aspect Ratio (ar) must be in steps of 5, e.g. 85-80 etc.
(e) Detailed specifications concerning Nominal Tyre Section, Measuring Rim Width, Design Sec-
tion Width and Design Section Height for the different aspect ratios are shown on pages
CV.9 up to CV19.

B. MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM OVERALL DIMENSIONS


Formulae 9 and 3 are applicable to code designated tyres when using ‘s’ the Design Section
Width shown in the Standards Manual.
Formulae 6 and 7 are applicable to code designated tyres when using ‘h’ the Design Section
Height, where
d – dr
h = ------------ and
2
d = Design Overall Diameter shown in the Standards Manual tables.
dr = Nominal Rim Diameter (See page GI.9).

The following coefficients must be applied.

Radial Diagonal
Normal Special Normal Special
Service Service Service Service
FsG (1)
1.04 1.08
(Formula 3)
F hG
1.04 (2) 1.06 1.07 (2) 1.09
(Formula 8)
Fsmin
0.96 (except MPT)
(Formula 9)
Fhmin
0.97
(Formula7)

(1) For sizes with Nominal Section Width > 305 and Aspect Ratio ≥ 65 designed for fitment in
dual formation, the coefficient value is 1.02 and 1.04 for Radial and Diagonal respectively.
(2) An additional + 1 % on Normal Road Service Maximum Overall Diameter is permitted for
M+S Tyres.

CV.4 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Commercial Vehicle Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

C. GUIDELINES FOR THE DETERMINATION OF RIMS

Theoretical Rim Width, Measuring Rim Width and Permitted Alternative rim widths are obtained from the fol-
lowing relationships :

RIM WIDTH = R x TYRE SECTION

where, (i) Calculated RIM WIDTHS, except for the theoretical rim width a1, shall be rounded to the nearest
existing rim width
(ii) TYRE SECTION is the Design Section Width for Code Designated Tyres,
and the Nominal Section Width for Metric Designated Tyres.

D
(iii) R is given in the following table :

R
Tyre Type Series (nominal aspect ratio)

G
Permitted Alternatives
Theoretical Rim Measuring Rim
Minimum Maximum
’40’ Series 0.85 0.90 0.85 0.925
’45’ Series 0.85 0.85 0.80 0.875
C-type, CP-type Tyres on

5° drop-centre rims

’50’ Series 0.70 0.80 0.75 0.825


’55’ Series 0.70 0.80 0.75 0.825
’60’ Series 0.70 0.75 0.725 0.825
’65’ Series 0.70 0.75 0.70 0.80
’70’ Series 0.70 0.75 0.675 0.80
’75’ Series and above 0.70 0.70 0.65 0.80
C-type ultra light sizes on 5 drop centre rims 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.75
’40’ Series 0.85 0.85 0.825 0.875
Sizes on 15° drop-centre rims

’45’ Series 0.85 0.85 0.80 0.85


’50’ Series 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.85
’55’ Series 0.80 0.80 0.775 0.825
’60’ Series 0.80 0.80 0.75 0.825
’65’ Series
’70’ Series and above
code-designated sizes
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.70*
0.625**
0.825
0.80
0.80
C
’50’ Series 0.70 0.80 0.75 0.825
Sizes on 5° tapered or flat-base rims

’55’ Series 0.70 0.80 0.75 0.825


’60’ Series 0.70 0.75 0.725 0.825
’65’ Series 0.70 0.75 0.70 0.80
’70’ Series 0.70 0.75 0.675 0.80
’75’ Series 0.70 0.70 0.65 0.80
’80’ Series 0.70 0.70 0.65 0.80
’85’ Series and above 0.70 0.70 0.65 0.80
code-designated sizes or FRT and MPT with Aspect Ratio ≥ 85 0.70 0.70 0.55 0.80
Multipurpose tyres on 5° drop-centre rims 0.80 0.80 0.70 0.90
* a R factor of 0.65 is permitted for section width 205 tyres and for 265/70 steer drive tyres.
** 0.65 for Nominal Section Width Code ≤ 8.5.

The above table should be taken as a guideline only; approved rim contours are shown in the Standards Manual.
The "Recommended Rim" is the closest to Measuring Rim

C-type tyres on specially modified or transformed vehicles :


For modifications and transformations of type approved vehicles, consideration could be given to the use over 1/2 rim width code
above the range of approved rims for C-Type tyres.
This will depend on the vehicle type (Geometry, Load distribution, Camber angle,...), actual tyre size and construction.
Tyre and Rim Manufacturers have to be consulted for approval for such a deviation.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 CV.5
DESIGN GUIDE – Commercial Vehicle Tyres

STATIC ENVELOPE CONTOUR DE L’ENVELOPPE STATISCHE HÜLLKURVE FÜR


1. CONTOUR FOR COMMERCIAL
VEHICLE TYRES
STATIQUE DES PNEUS POUR
VEHICULES UTILITAIRES NUTZFAHRZEUG-REIFEN
mit Referenzdruck ≤ 375 kPa
with Reference Pressure ≤ 375 kPa de Pression de Préférence ≤ 375 kPa
1.1. STATIC ENVELOPE CONTOUR CONTOUR STATIQUE DE L’ENVELOPPE STATISCHE HÜLLKURVE
1.1.1. Tread Arc Radius (Rt) Rayon de l'Arc de la Bande de Roulement (Rt) Laufflächenbogenradius (Rt)

Rt = (14.8 - 0.14 ar) sG Rt = (14.8 - 0.14 ar) sG Rt = (14.8 - 0.14 ar) sG


ar = Nominal aspect ratio ar = rapport nominal d’aspect ar = Nennquerschnittsverhältnis
(Example: 60 Series = 60) (Exemple : Serie 60 = 60) (Beispiel: Serie 60 = 60)
sG = Maximum Overall Width in Ser-
vice referred to the intended sG = Grosseur Boudin Hors Tout sG = Maximale Gesamtbreite im Be-
rim width (Amax) Maximum en Service sur la lar- trieb auf der verwendeten Fel-
(Note : sG varies 5 mm every geur de Jante considérée (Amax) genbreite (Amax)
change of 1/2 in nominal rim (Note : sG varie de 5 mm par (Bemerkung : mit jeder Ände-
width). changement de 1/2 en largeur no- rung der Felgen-Nennbreite um
minale de Jante). 1/2, ändert sich sG um 5 mm).

1.1.2. Reference Tread Width (C) Largeur de Référence de la bande de Roule- Referenzlaufflächenbreite (C)
ment (C)
C = (1.15 - 0.005 ar) s C = (1.15 - 0.005 ar) s C = (1.15 - 0.005 ar) s
s = Design Section Width on s = Grosseur Boudin Théorique s = Konstruktionsquerschnittsbreite
Measuring Rim sur la Jante de Mesure auf Messfelge

1.1.3. Upper Sidewall Radius (Rf ) Rayon au Flanc Supérieur (Rf ) Oberer Seitenwandradius (Rf )

1.1.4. Shoulder Radius (Re) Rayon à l'épaule (Re) Schulterradius (Re)

• for ar > 40, • pour ar > 40, • für ar > 40,


Re = 0.032 (hG•sG)0.688 Re = 0.032 (hG•sG)0.688 Re = 0.032 (hG•sG)0.688
1 1 1
h G = ----- ( D G – dr ) h G = --- ( D G – dr ) h G = --- ( D G – dr )
2 2 2

DG = Maximum Overall Diameter in DG = Diamètre Extérieur Maximum DG = Maximaler Außendurchmesser


Service, increased by 1 % in en Service, augmenté de 1 % im Betrieb, um 1 % vergrößert
case of M+S Tyres. pour les pneus M+S. für M+S Reifen.
dr = Nominal Rim Diameter dr = Diamètre de Jante Nominal dr = Felgen-Nenndurchmesser
hG = Maximum in Service Section hG = Hauteur de Section Maximale hG = Maximale Betriebsquerschnitts-
Height en Service höhe

1.1.5. Width of Rim Protector (P) Largeur du Protecteur de Jante (P) Breite des Felgenschutzes (P)

P = Bmax + 4 mm P = Bmax + 4 mm P = Bmax + 4 mm

Notes Notes Hinweise


INSTRUCTIONS FOR DRAWING THE INSTRUCTIONS POUR LE TRACÉ DE ANLEITUNG ZUM ZEICHNEN DER
ENVELOPE : See Pages PC.4 and PC.5 L’ENVELOPPE : Voir Pages PC.4 et PC.5 HÜLLKURVE:
Siehe Seiten PC.4 und PC.5

CV.6 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Commercial Vehicle Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

THEORETICAL FORMULATION
Theoretical Rolling Circumference CR, Theoretical Static loaded Radius RS and Theoretical Vertical Rate Factor
FRV for TYRE TYPE APPROVAL or VEHICLE REGULATIONS only, can be obtained from the following for-
mulae:

Note Note Bemerkung


Where practical values are required, consult Lorsque des valeurs réelles sont exigées, consulter les Wenn tatsächliche Werte benötigt werden, be-
tyre manufacturers or their National Associa- manufacturiers de pneus ou leur Association Natio- fragen Sie den Reifenhersteller oder die Natio-
tions with regard to tyre structure, tread pat- nale en tenant compte de la structure du pneu, de la nalen Verbände, um Reifenaufbau, Profil,
tern design, applications and method of meas- sculpture, de son usage et de la méthode de mesure. Anwendung und Messmethode zu berücksich-

D
urement. tigen.

1. THEORETICAL ROLLING CIRCUMFERENCE

CR= F . d
G
where, CR = Theoretical Rolling Circumference
d = ETRTO Design Overall Diameter
F = Factor, as table below
TYRE CATEGORY F
Sizes on 5° DC Rims 3.03
45, 50, 55, 60 and 65 Series Sizes on 15° DC Rims 3.03
Other sizes 3.05
Multipurpose Truck Sizes—Radial 3.00
Multipurpose Truck Sizes—Diagonal 2.94

Basis:
For speed symbol below G:
Test Speed: 75% of the speed index +/- 2 km/h
Max. Load: 80% of the load corresponding to the tyre’s load index for single formation.
Inflation pressure: the reference pressure corresponding to the max. load capacity given by the tyre’s load index.
For speed symbol G and above:
C
Test Speed: 70 km/h +/- 2 km/h
Max. Load: 80% of the load corresponding to the tyre’s load index for single formation.
Inflation pressure: the reference pressure corresponding to the max. load capacity given by the tyre’s load index.

2. THEORETICAL STATIC LOADED RADIUS

RS = dR/2 + FR (d - dR) / 2

where, dR = Nominal Rim Diameter (See page GI.8), in mm


d = Design Overall Diameter
FR = Factor as table below

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 CV.7
DESIGN GUIDE – Commercial Vehicle Tyres

3. MINIMUM VERTICAL TYRE RATE

For the calculation of Vehicle Stability as per UNECE reg. 111.

9.81 • L
F RVi = -------------------------------------------------------- , in kN/m
( 1 – F Rmin ) • h

where, L = Load Carrying Capacity corresponding to the tyre Load Index in single formation, in kg
h = 1/2 (d - dr) = E.T.R.T.O. Design Section Height, in mm
FRmin = Minimum Factor specified for the calculation of the minimum vertical Tyre Rate
(See table below)

CATEGORY SERIES CONSTRUCTION FR FRmin


Series 75 and above and Code Designated Radial 0.85 0.77
Commercial Vehicle Tyres Sizes Series 70 Radial 0.825 0.77
on 15° DC Rims
Series 65 and below Radial 0.84 0.77
Commercial Vehicle Tyres Sizes Series 80 and above and Code Designated Radial 0.85 0.75
on 5° Tapered or Flat Base Rims
Commercial Vehicle Tyres Sizes Series 50 and above Radial 0.80 0.75
on 5° DC Rims Ultra Light Radial 0.85 0.75
Multipurpose (MPT) Radial & Diagonal 0.75 0.67
17.5 Rim Code & above Radial 0.80 —
Free Rolling
15 Rim Code & below Radial 0.85 —
Consult the tyre manufacturer when FRmin values are not available

GUIDELINES FOR MINIMUM DUAL SPACING


Minimum Dual Spacing (*) are intended for tyres in dual fitments (**) without chains and are obtained from
the following relationship:
Min. Dual Spacing = Design section Width x A
where A is given in the following table.

TYRE SIZE A
Sizes on 15° Tapered Rims 1.125
Sizes on 5° Tapered or 5° DC or Flat Base Rims 1.15

* The minimum dual spacings are the minimum recommended values that permit a satisfactory performance with
tyres complying with E.T.R.T.O. Standards. Changes to existing wheels already standardised in various countries are
not intended.
* * It is intended as ’dual Fitment’ when two tyres of the same tyre size are fitted on the same rigid axle with a distance
between the centre lines of the two tyres below 1.5 times the tyre section width

CV.8 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Commercial Vehicle Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR METRIC SERIES


’75’ SERIES TYRES AND ABOVE ON 5° TAPERED OR FLAT BASE RIMS
NOMINAL TYRE DESIGN SECTION DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (h) (mm) PERMITTED RIM
THEORETICAL RIM
SECTION WIDTH MEASURING RIM WIDTH WIDTH CODES
WIDTH CODE NOMINAL ASPECT RATIOS (ar) %
(SN) WIDTH CODE (s)
(a1)
(mm) (mm) 100 95 90 85 80 75 Min. Max.
125 3.44 3.50 126 125 119 113 106 100 94 3.0 4.0
135 3.72 3.50 133 135 128 122 115 108 101 3.5 4.5
145 4.00 4.00 145 145 138 131 123 116 109 3.5 4.5
155 4.27 4.50 157 155 147 140 132 124 116 4.0 5.0
165 4.55 4.50 165 165 157 149 l40 132 124 4.0 5.0
175 4.82 5.00 177 175 166 158 149 140 131 4.5 5.5
185 5.10 5.00 184 185 176 167 157 148 139 4.5 6.0
195
205
215
225
235
5.37
5.65
5.93
6.20
6.48
5.50
5.50
6.00
6.00
6.50
196
203
216
223
235
195
205
215
225
235
185
195
204
214
223
176
185
194
203
212
166
174
183
191
200
156
164
172
180
188
146
154
161
169
176
5.0
5.5
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.5
D
245 6.75 7.00 248 245 233 221 208 196 184 6.5 7.5
255
265
275
285
295
7.03
7.30
7.58
7.85
8.13
7.00
7.50
7.50
8.00
8.00
255
267
274
286
294
255
265
275
285
295
242
252
261
271
280
230
239
248
257
266
217
225
234
242
251
204
212
220
228
236
191
199
206
214
221
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.5
7.5
8.0
8.5
8.5
9.0
9.5
G
305 8.41 8.50 306 305 290 275 259 244 229 8.0 9.5
315 8.68 8.50 313 315 299 284 268 252 236 8.0 10.0
325 8.96 9.00 325 325 309 293 276 260 244 8.5 10.0
335 9.23 9.00 333 335 318 302 285 268 251 8.5 10.5
345 9.51 10.00 350 345 328 311 293 276 259 9.0 11.0
355 9.78 10.00 357 355 337 320 302 284 266 9.0 11.5
365 10.06 10.00 364 365 347 329 310 292 274 9.5 12.00
375 10.33 10.50 372 375 356 338 319 300 281 9.5 12.00
385 10.61 10.50 389 385 366 347 327 308 289 10.00 12.00
395 10.89 11.00 396 395 375 356 336 316 296 10.00 12.00
405 11.16 11.00 403 405 385 365 344 324 304 10.50 13.00
415 11.44 11.00 411 415 394 374 353 332 311 10.50 13.00
425 11.71 12.00 428 425 404 383 361 340 319 11.00 13.00
435 11.99 12.00 435 435 413 392 370 348 326 11.00 14.00
445 12.26 12.00 442 445 423 401 378 356 333 11.00 14.00
455 12.54 13.00 460 455 432 410 387 364 340 12.00 14.00
465 12.81 13.00 467 465 442 419 395 372 347 12.00 15.00
475
485
495
505
13.09
13.37
13.64
13.92
13.00
13.00
14.00
14.00
474
481
499
506
475
485
495
505
451
461
470
480
428
437
446
455
404
412
421
429
380
388
396
404
354
361
371
379
12.00
12.00
13.00
13.00
15.00
15.00
16.00
16.00
C
515 14.19 14.00 513 515 489 464 438 412 386 13.00 16.00
525 14.47 14.00 520 525 499 473 446 420 394 13.00 17.00
535 14.74 15.00 538 535 508 482 455 428 401 14.00 17.00
545 15.02 15.00 545 545 518 491 463 436 409 14.00 17.00
555 15.30 15.00 552 555 527 500 472 444 416 14.00 17.00
565 15.57 16.00 569 565 537 508 480 452 424 14.00 18.00
575 15.85 16.00 577 575 546 518 489 460 431 15.00 18.00
585 16.12 16.00 584 585 556 527 497 468 439 15.00 18.00
595 16.40 16.00 591 595 565 536 506 476 446 15.00 19.00
605 16.67 17.00 608 605 575 545 514 484 454 15.00 19.00
615 16.95 17.00 615 615 584 554 523 492 461 16.00 19.00
625 17.22 17.00 623 625 594 563 531 500 469 16.00 20.00
635 17.50 18.00 640 635 603 572 540 508 476 16.00 20.00
645 17.78 18.00 647 645 613 581 548 516 484 17.00 20.00

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 CV.9
DESIGN GUIDE – Commercial Vehicle Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR METRIC SERIES


’70’ TO ’60’ SERIES TYRES ON 5° DROP CENTER RIMS
DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT PERMITTED RIM WIDTH CODES
(h) (mm)
NOMINAL TYRE THEORETICAL RIM DESIGN SECTION Min. Max.
SECTION WIDTH WIDTH MEASURING RIM WIDTH
(SN) CODE WIDTH CODE (s) ar (%) ar (%) ar (%)
(mm) (a1) (mm)
70 and
70 65 60 70 65 60 60
65
125 3.44 3.5 126 88 81 75 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0
135 3.72 4.0 138 95 88 81 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.5 4.5
145 4.00 4.5 150 102 94 87 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5
155 4.27 4.5 157 109 101 93 4.0 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.0
165 4.55 5.0 170 116 107 99 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.5
175 4.82 5.0 177 123 114 105 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.5 5.5
185 5.10 5.5 189 130 120 111 5.0 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.0
195 5.37 6.0 201 137 127 117 5.0 5.5 5.5 6.0 6.5
205 5.65 6.0 209 144 133 123 5.5 5.5 6.0 6.5 6.5
215 5.93 6.5 221 151 140 129 5.5 6.0 6.0 7.0 7.0
225 6.20 6.5 228 158 146 135 6.0 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5
235 6.48 7.0 240 165 153 141 6.5 6.5 6.5 7.5 7.5
245 6.75 7.0 248 172 159 147 6.5 7.0 7.0 7.5 8.0
255 7.03 7.5 260 179 166 153 7.0 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5
265 7.30 8.0 272 186 172 159 7.0 7.5 7.5 8.5 8.5
275 7.58 8.0 279 193 179 165 7.5 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0
285 7.85 8.5 292 200 185 171 7.5 8.0 8.0 9.0 9.5
295 8.13 8.5 299 207 192 177 8.0 8.0 8.5 9.5 9.5
305 8.41 9.0 311 214 198 183 8.0 8.5 8.5 9.5 10.0
315 8.68 9.5 323 221 205 189 8.5 8.5 9.0 10.0 10.0
325 8.96 9.5 331 228 211 195 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5
335 9.23 10.0 343 235 218 201 9.0 9.0 9.5 10.5 11.0
345 9.51 10.0 350 242 224 207 9.0 9.5 10.0 11.0 11.0
355 9.78 10.5 362 249 231 213 9.5 10.0 10.0 11.0 11.5
365 10.06 11.0 375 256 237 219 9.5 10.0 10.5 11.5 12.0
375 10.33 11.0 382 263 244 225 10.0 10.5 10.5 12.0 12.0
385 10.61 11.0 389 270 250 231 10.0 10.5 11.0 12.0 13.0
395 10.89 12.0 406 277 257 237 10.5 11.0 11.0 12.0 13.0
405 11.16 12.0 414 284 263 243 11.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 13.0
415 11.44 12.0 421 291 270 249 11.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 13.0
425 11.71 13.0 438 298 276 255 11.0 12.0 12.0 13.0 14.0
435 11.99 13.0 445 305 283 261 12.0 12.0 12.0 14.0 14.0
445 12.26 13.0 452 312 289 267 12.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 14.0
455 12.54 13.0 460 319 296 273 12.0 13.0 13.0 14.0 15.0
465 12.81 14.0 477 326 302 279 12.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 15.0
475 13.09 14.0 484 333 309 285 13.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 15.0
485 13.37 14.0 491 340 315 291 13.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0
495 13.64 15.0 509 347 322 297 13.0 14.0 14.0 16.0 16.0
505 13.92 15.0 516 354 328 303 13.0 14.0 14.0 16.0 16.0

CV.10 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Commercial Vehicle Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR METRIC SERIES


’55’ AND ’50’ SERIES TYRES ON 5° DROP CENTER RIMS
DESIGN
SECTION PERMITTED RIM WIDTH CODES
NOMINAL TYRE THEORETICAL DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (h) (mm)
MEASURING
SECTION WIDTH RIM WIDTH WIDTH
RIM WIDTH NOMINAL
(SN) CODE (s)
CODE ASPECT RATIOS (ar)
(mm) (a1) (mm) Min. Max.
(%)
55 50
125 3.44 4.0 131 69 63 3.5 4.0
135 3.72 4.5 143 74 68 4.0 4.5

D
145 4.00 4.5 150 80 73 4.5 4.5
155 4.27 5.0 162 85 78 4.5 5.0
165 4.55 5.0 170 91 83 5.0 5.5
175 4.82 5.5 182 96 88 5.0 5.5
185 5.10 6.0 194 102 93 5.5 6.0
195 5.37 6.0 201 107 98 6.0 6.5
205
215
225
235
245
5.65
5.93
6.20
6.48
6.75
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.5
7.5
214
226
233
245
253
113
118
124
129
135
103
108
113
118
123
6.0
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
7.5
8.0
G
255 7.03 8.0 265 140 128 7.5 8.5
265 7.30 8.5 277 146 133 8.0 8.5
275 7.58 8.5 284 151 138 8.0 9.0
285 7.85 9.0 297 157 143 8.5 9.5
295 8.13 9.5 309 162 148 8.5 9.5
305 8.41 9.5 316 168 153 9.0 10.0
315 8.68 10.0 328 173 158 9.5 10.0
325 8.96 10.0 336 179 163 9.5 10.5
335 9.23 10.5 348 184 168 10.0 11.0
345 9.51 11.0 360 190 173 10.0 11.0
355 9.78 11.0 367 195 178 10.5 11.5
365 10.06 12.0 380 201 183 11.0 12.0
375 10.33 12.0 392 206 188 11.0 12.0
385 10.61 12.0 399 212 193 11.0 13.0
395 10.89 12.0 406 217 198 12.0 13.0
405
415
425
435
11.16
11.44
11.71
11.99
13.0
13.0
13.0
14.0
424
431
438
455
223
228
234
239
203
208
213
218
12.0
12.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
14.0
14.0
C
445 12.26 14.0 463 245 223 13.0 14.0
455 12.54 14.0 470 250 228 13.0 15.0
465 12.81 15.0 487 256 233 14.0 15.0
475 13.09 15.0 494 261 238 14.0 15.0
485 13.37 15.0 502 267 243 14.0 16.0
495 13.64 16.0 519 272 248 15.0 16.0
505 13.92 16.0 526 278 253 15.0 16.0

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 CV.11
DESIGN GUIDE – Commercial Vehicle Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR METRIC SERIES


’70’ SERIES TYRES AND ABOVE ON 15° DROP CENTRE RIMS
NOMINAL TYRE DESIGN SECTION DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (h) (mm) PERMITTED RIM
THEORETICAL RIM
SECTION WIDTH MEASURING RIM WIDTH WIDTH CODES
WIDTH CODE NOMINAL ASPECT RATIOS (ar) (%)
(SN) WIDTH CODE (S)
(a1)
(mm) (mm) 95 90 85 80 75 70 Min. Max.
175 5.17 5.25 176 166 158 149 140 131 123 5.25 5.50
185 5.46 5.25 183 176 167 157 148 139 130 5.25 6.00
195 5.76 6.00 197 185 176 166 156 146 137 5.25 6.00
205 6.05 6.00 205 195 185 174 164 154 144 6.00 6.75
215 6.35 6.00 212 204 194 183 172 161 151 6.00 6.75
225 6.64 6.75 226 214 203 191 180 169 158 6.00 6.75
235 6.94 6.75 233 223 212 200 188 176 165 6.75 7.50
245 7.23 7.50 248 233 221 208 196 184 172 6.75 7.50
255 7.53 7.50 255 242 230 217 204 191 179 6.75 8.25
265 7.82 7.50 262 252 239 225 212 199 186 7.50 8.25
275 8.12 8.25 276 261 248 234 220 206 193 7.50 9.00
285 8.42 8.25 283 271 257 242 228 214 200 7.50 9.00
295 8.71 9.00 298 280 266 251 236 221 207 8.25 9.00
305 9.01 9.00 305 290 275 259 244 229 214 8.25 9.75
315 9.30 9.00 312 299 284 268 252 236 221 9.00 9.75
325 9.60 9.75 327 309 293 276 260 244 228 9.00 9.75
335 9.89 9.75 334 318 302 285 268 251 235 9.00 10.50
345 10.19 10.50 348 328 311 293 276 259 242 9.75 10.50
355 10.48 10.50 355 337 320 302 284 266 249 9.75 10.50
365 10.78 11.75 362 347 329 310 292 274 256 10.50 11.75
375 11.07 11.75 369 356 338 319 300 281 263 10.50 11.75
385 11.37 11.75 389 366 347 327 308 289 270 10.50 11.75
395 11.66 11.75 396 375 356 336 316 296 277 11.75 12.25
405 11.96 11.75 403 385 365 344 324 304 284 11.75 12.25
415 12.25 12.25 415 394 374 353 332 311 291 12.25 13.00
425 12.55 12.25 422 404 383 361 340 319 298 12.25 13.00
435 12.84 13.00 437 413 392 370 348 326 305 12.25 14.00
445 13.14 13.00 444 423 401 378 356 334 312 12.25 14.00
455 13.44 13.00 451 432 410 387 364 341 319 13.00 14.00
465 13.73 14.00 468 442 419 395 372 349 326 14.00 15.00
475 14.03 14.00 475 451 428 404 380 356 333 14.00 15.00
485 14.32 14.00 482 461 437 412 388 364 340 14.00 15.00
495 14.62 15.00 499 470 446 421 396 371 347 15.00 16.00
505 14.91 15.00 506 480 455 429 404 379 354 15.00 16.00
515 15.21 15.00 513 489 464 438 412 386 361 15.00 16.00
525 15.50 16.00 520 499 473 446 420 394 368 15.00 16.00
535 15.80 16.00 537 508 782 455 428 401 375 16.00 17.00
545 16.09 16.00 544 518 491 463 436 409 382 16.00 17.00
555 16.39 16.00 551 527 500 472 444 416 389 16.00 17.00
565 16.68 17.00 568 537 509 480 452 424 396 17.00 18.00
575 16.98 17.00 575 546 518 489 430 431 403 17.00 18.00
585 17.27 17.00 592 556 527 497 468 439 410 17.00 18.00
595 17.57 18.00 599 565 536 506 476 446 417 18.00 18.00
605 17.86 18.00 606 575 545 514 484 454 424 18.00 20.00
615 18.16 18.00 613 584 554 523 492 461 431 18.00 20.00
625 18.45 18.00 620 594 563 531 500 469 438 18.00 20.00
635 18.75 19.00 628 603 572 540 508 476 445 18.00 20.00
645 19.09 19.00 655 613 581 548 516 484 452 18.00 20.00

CV.12 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Commercial Vehicle Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR METRIC SERIES


‘65’ SERIES TYRES ON 15° DROP CENTRE RIMS
DESIGN PERMITTED RIM
NOMINAL TYRE THEORETICAL DESIGN SECTION
MEASURING SECTION WIDTH CODES
SECTION WIDTH RIM WIDTH WIDTH
RIM WIDTH HEIGHT
(SN) CODE (s)
CODE (h) Min. Max.
(mm) (a1) (mm)
(mm)
175 5.17 5.25 176 114 5.25 6.00
185 5.46 5.25 190 120 5.25 6.00
195 5.76 6.00 197 127 6.00 6.00
205 6.05 6.00 205 133 6.00 6.75
215 6.35 6.00 212 140 6.00 6.75

D
225 6.64 6.75 226 146 6.75 7.50
235 6.84 6.75 241 153 6.75 7.50
245 7.23 7.50 248 159 7.50 8.25
255 7.53 7.50 255 166 7.50 8.25
265 7.82 7.50 262 172 7.50 8.25

G
275 8.12 8.25 276 179 8.25 9.00
285 8.42 8.25 291 185 8.25 9.00
295 8.71 9.00 298 192 9.00 9.75
305 9.01 9.00 305 198 9.00 9.75
315 9.3 9.00 320 205 9.00 10.50
325 9.60 9.75 327 211 9.75 10.50
335 9.89 9.75 341 218 9.75 10.50
345 10.19 10.50 348 224 10.50 11.75
355 10.48 10.50 355 231 10.50 11.75
365 10.78 11.75 375 237 10.50 11.75
375 11.07 11.75 382 244 10.50 12.25
385 11.37 11.75 389 250 11.75 12.25
395 11.68 11.75 401 257 11.75 13.00
405 11.96 11.75 408 263 11.75 13.00
415 12.25 12.25 423 270 12.25 13.00
425 12.55 12.25 430 276 12.25 14.00
435 12.84 13.00 437 283 13.00 14.00
445 13.14 13.00 454 289 13.00 14.00
455 13.44 13.00 461 296 13.00 15.00
465 13.73 14.00 468 302 14.00 15.00
475 14.03 14.00 475 309 14.00 15.00

C
485 14.32 14.00 482 315 14.00 16.00
495 14.62 15.00 499 322 15.00 16.00
505 14.91 15.00 506 328 15.00 16.00
515 15.21 15.00 523 335 15.00 17.00
525 15.50 16.00 530 341 16.00 17.00
535 15.80 16.00 537 348 16.00 17.00
545 16.09 16.00 554 354 16.00 18.00
555 16.39 16.00 561 361 16.00 18.00
565 16.68 17.00 568 367 17.00 18.00
575 16.98 17.00 585 374 17.00 18.00
585 17.27 17.00 592 380 17.00 20.00
595 17.57 18.00 599 387 18.00 20.00
605 17.86 18.00 606 398 18.00 20.00
615 18.16 18.00 614 400 18.00 20.00
625 18.45 18.00 641 406 18.00 20.00
635 18.75 19.00 648 413 18.00 20.00
645 19.05 19.00 655 419 19.00 20.00

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 CV.13
DESIGN GUIDE – Commercial Vehicle Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR METRIC SERIES


‘60’ SERIES TYRES ON 15° DROP CENTRE RIMS
DESIGN PERMITTED RIM
NOMINAL TYRE THEORETICAL DESIGN SECTION
MEASURING SECTION WIDTH CODES
SECTION WIDTH RIM WIDTH WIDTH
RIM WIDTH HEIGHT
(SN) CODE (s)
CODE (h) Min. Max.
(mm) (a1) (mm)
(mm)
175 5.51 5.25 172 105 5.25 6.00
185 5.83 6.00 187 111 5.25 6.00
195 6.14 6.00 194 117 6.00 6.00
205 6.46 6.75 208 123 6.00 6.75
215 6.77 6.75 215 129 6.00 6.75
225 7.09 6.75 222 135 6.75 7.50
235 7.40 7.50 236 141 6.75 7.50
245 7.72 7.50 243 147 7.50 8.25
255 8.03 8.25 257 153 7.50 8.25
265 8.35 8.25 264 159 7.50 8.25
275 8.66 9.00 278 165 8.25 9.00
285 8.98 9.00 285 171 8.25 9.00
295 9.29 9.00 292 177 9.00 9.75
305 9.61 9.75 306 183 9.00 9.75
315 9.92 9.75 313 189 9.00 10.50
325 10.24 10.50 328 195 9.75 10.50
335 10.55 10.50 334 201 9.75 10.50
345 10.87 10.50 341 207 10.50 11.75
355 11.18 11.75 361 213 10.50 11.75
365 11.50 11.75 368 219 10.50 11.75
375 11.81 11.75 374 225 10.50 12.25
385 12.13 12.25 386 231 11.75 12.25
395 12.44 12.25 393 237 11.75 13.00
405 12.76 13.00 407 243 11.75 13.00
415 13.07 13.00 414 249 12.25 13.00
425 13.39 13.00 421 255 12.25 14.00
435 13.70 14.00 438 261 13.00 14.00
445 14.02 14.00 445 267 13.00 14.00
455 14.33 14.00 452 273 13.00 15.00
465 14.65 15.00 469 279 14.00 15.00
475 14.96 15.00 475 285 14.00 15.00
485 15.28 15.00 482 291 14.00 16.00
495 15.59 16.00 499 297 15.00 16.00
505 15.91 16.00 506 303 15.00 16.00
515 16.22 16.00 513 309 15.00 17.00
525 16.54 17.00 530 315 16.00 17.00
585 16.85 17.00 537 321 16.00 17.00
545 17.17 17.00 543 327 16.00 18.00
555 17.48 17.00 550 333 16.00 18.00
565 17.80 18.00 567 339 17.00 18.00
575 18.11 18.00 574 345 17.00 18.00
585 18.43 18.00 581 351 17.00 20.00
595 18.74 19.00 588 357 18.00 20.00
605 19.06 19.00 614 363 18.00 20.00
615 19.37 19.00 621 369 18.00 20.00
625 19.69 20.00 628 375 18.00 20.00
635 20.00 20.00 635 381 18.00 20.00
645 20.31 20.00 642 387 20.00 20.00

CV.14 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Commercial Vehicle Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR METRIC SERIES


‘55’ SERIES TYRES ON 15° DROP CENTRE RIMS
DESIGN PERMITTED RIM
NOMINAL TYRE THEORETICAL DESIGN SECTION
MEASURING SECTION WIDTH CODES
SECTION WIDTH RIM WIDTH WIDTH
RIM WIDTH HEIGHT
(SN) CODE (s)
CODE (h) Min. Max.
(mm) (a1) (mm)
(mm)
175 5.51 5.25 172 96 5.25 6.00
185 5.83 6.00 187 102 6.00 6.00
195 6.14 6.00 194 107 6.00 6.00
205 6.46 6.75 208 113 6.00 6.75
215 6.77 6.75 215 118 6.75 6.75

D
225 7.09 6.75 222 124 6.75 6.75
235 7.40 7.50 236 129 7.50 7.50
245 7.72 7.50 243 135 7.50 8.25
255 8.03 8.25 257 140 7.50 8.25
265 8.35 8.25 264 146 8.25 8.25

G
275 8.66 9.00 278 151 8.25 9.00
285 8.98 9.00 285 157 9.00 9.00
295 9.29 9.00 292 162 9.00 9.75
305 9.61 9.75 306 168 9.00 9.75
315 9.92 9.75 313 173 9.75 10.50
325 10.24 10.50 328 179 9.75 10.50
335 10.55 10.50 334 184 10.50 10.50
345 10.87 10.50 341 190 10.50 11.75
355 11.18 11.75 361 195 10.50 11.75
365 11.50 11.75 368 201 11.75 11.75
375 11.81 11.75 374 206 11.75 12.25
385 12.13 12.25 386 212 11.75 12.25
395 12.44 12.25 393 217 12.25 13.00
405 12.76 13.00 407 223 12.25 13.00
415 13.07 13.00 414 228 13.00 13.00
425 13.39 13.00 421 234 13.00 14.00
435 13.70 14.00 438 239 13.00 14.00
445 14.02 14.00 445 245 14.00 14.00
455 14.33 14.00 452 250 14.00 15.00
465 14.65 15.00 469 256 14.00 15.00
475 14.96 15.00 475 261 14.00 15.00
485
495
505
15.28
15.59
15.91
15.00
16.00
16.00
482
499
506
267
272
278
15.00
15.00
15.00
16.00
16.00
16.00
C
515 16.22 16.00 513 283 16.00 17.00
525 16.54 17.00 530 289 16.00 17.00
535 16.85 17.00 537 294 16.00 17.00
545 17.17 17.00 543 300 17.00 18.00
555 17.48 17.00 550 305 17.00 18.00
565 17.80 18.00 567 311 17.00 18.00
575 18.11 18.00 574 316 18.00 18.00
585 18.43 18.00 581 322 18.00 20.00
595 18.74 19.00 588 327 18.00 20.00
605 19.06 19.00 614 333 18.00 20.00
615 19.37 19.00 621 338 18.00 20.00
625 19.69 20.00 628 344 20.00 20.00
635 20.00 20.00 635 349 20.00 20.00
645 20.31 20.00 642 355 20.00 20.00

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 CV.15
DESIGN GUIDE – Commercial Vehicle Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR METRIC SERIES


‘50’ SERIES TYRES ON 15° DROP CENTRE RIMS
DESIGN PERMITTED RIM
NOMINAL TYRE THEORETICAL DESIGN SECTION
MEASURING SECTION WIDTH CODES
SECTION WIDTH RIM WIDTH WIDTH
RIM WIDTH HEIGHT
(SN) CODE (s)
CODE (h) Min. Max.
(mm) (a1) (mm)
(mm)
175 5.51 5.25 172 88 5.25 6.00
185 5.83 6.00 187 93 6.00 6.00
195 6.14 6.00 194 98 6.00 6.75
205 6.46 6.75 208 103 6.75 6.75
215 6.77 6.75 215 108 6.75 7.50
225 7.09 6.75 229 113 6.75 7.50
235 7.40 7.50 236 118 7.50 7.50
245 7.72 7.50 250 123 7.50 8.25
255 8.03 8.25 257 128 8.25 8.25
265 8.35 8.25 264 133 8.25 9.00
275 8.66 9.00 278 138 9.00 9.00
285 8.98 9.00 285 143 9.00 9.75
295 9.29 9.00 300 148 9.00 9.75
305 9.61 9.75 306 153 9.75 10.50
315 9.92 9.75 321 158 9.75 10.50
325 10.24 10.50 328 163 10.50 10.50
335 10.55 10.50 334 168 10.50 11.75
345 10.87 10.50 354 175 10.50 11.75
355 11.18 11.75 361 178 11.75 11.75
365 11.50 11.75 368 183 11.75 12.25
375 11.81 11.75 379 188 11.75 12.25
385 12.13 12.25 386 193 12.25 13.00
395 12.44 12.25 401 198 12.25 13.00
405 12.76 13.00 407 203 13.00 14.00
415 13.07 13.00 414 208 13.00 14.00
425 13.39 13.00 431 213 13.00 14.00
435 13.70 14.00 438 218 14.00 15.00
445 14.02 14.00 445 223 14.00 15.00
455 14.33 14.00 462 228 14.00 15.00
465 14.86 15.00 469 233 15.00 16.00
475 14.96 15.00 475 238 15.00 16.00
485 15.28 15.00 492 243 15.00 16.00
495 15.59 16.00 499 248 16.00 17.00
505 15.91 16.00 506 253 16.00 17.00
515 16.22 16.00 523 258 16.00 17.00
525 16.54 17.00 530 263 17.00 18.00
535 16.85 17.00 537 268 17.00 18.00
545 17.17 17.00 553 273 17.00 18.00
555 17.48 17.00 560 278 17.00 18.00
565 17.80 18.00 567 283 18.00 18.00
575 18.11 18.00 574 288 18.00 20.00
585 18.43 18.00 601 293 18.00 20.00
595 18.74 19.00 608 298 18.00 20.00
605 19.06 19.00 614 303 19.00 20.00
615 19.37 19.00 621 308 19.00 20.00
625 19.69 20.00 628 313 20.00 20.00
635 20.00 20.00 635 318 20.00 22.00
645 20.31 20.00 642 323 20.00 22.00

CV.16 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Commercial Vehicle Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR METRIC SERIES


‘45’ SERIES TYRES ON 15° DROP CENTRE RIMS
DESIGN PERMITTED RIM
NOMINAL TYRE THEORETICAL DESIGN SECTION
MEASURING SECTION WIDTH CODES
SECTION WIDTH RIM WIDTH WIDTH
RIM WIDTH HEIGHT
(SN) CODE (s)
CODE (h) Min. Max.
(mm) (a1) (mm)
(mm)
175 5.86 6.00 176 79 5,25 6.00
185 6.19 6.00 183 83 6.00 6.00
195 6.53 6.75 197 88 6.00 6.75
205 6.86 6.75 204 92 6.75 6.75
215 7.19 7.50 218 97 6.75 7.50

D
225 7.53 7.50 225 101 6.75 7.50
235 7.86 7.50 231 106 7.50 7.50
245 8.20 8.25 246 110 7.50 8.25
255 8.53 8.25 252 115 8.25 8.25
265 8.87 9.00 266 119 8.25 9.00

G
275 9.20 9.00 273 124 9.00 9.00
285 9.54 9.75 287 128 9.00 9.75
295 9.87 9.75 294 133 9.00 9.75
305 10.21 9.75 300 137 9.75 9.75
315 10.54 9.75 307 142 9.75 9.75
325 10.88 11.75 334 146 9.75 11.75
335 11.21 11.75 340 151 9.75 11.75
345 11.55 11.75 347 155 11.75 11.75
355 11.88 11.75 354 160 11.75 11.75
365 12.21 12.25 365 164 11.75 12.25
375 12.55 12.25 372 169 11.75 12.25
385 12.88 13.00 386 173 12.25 13.00
395 13.22 13.00 393 178 12.25 13.00
405 13.55 14.00 410 182 13.00 14.00
415 13.89 14.00 416 187 13.00 14.00
425 14.22 14.00 423 191 13.00 14.00
435 14.56 15.00 440 196 14.00 15.00
445 14.89 15.00 446 200 14.00 15.00
455 15.23 15.00 453 205 14.00 15.00
465 15.56 16.00 469 209 15.00 16.00
475 15.90 16.00 476 214 15.00 16.00
485
495
505
16.23
16.56
16.90
16.00
17.00
17.00
483
499
506
218
223
227
15.00
16.00
16.00
16.00
17.00
17.00
C
515 17.23 17.00 513 232 16.00 17.00
525 17.57 18.00 529 236 17.00 18.00
535 17.90 18.00 536 241 17.00 18.00
545 18.24 18.00 543 245 17.00 18.00
555 18.57 19.00 559 250 17.00 19.00 (2)
565 18.91 19.00 566 254 18.00 19.00 (2)
575 19.24 19.00 573 259 18.00 19.00 (2)
585 19.58 20.00 589 263 18.00 20.00 (2)
595 19.91 20.00 596 268 19.00 (2) 20.00 (2)
605 20.25 20.00 603 272 19.00 (2) 20.00 (2)
615 20.58 21.00 619 277 19.00 (2) 21.00 (2)
625 20.92 21.00 626 281 20.00 (2) 21.00 (2)
635 21.25 21.00 632 286 20.00 (2) 21.00 (2)
645 21.58 22.00 649 290 20.00 (2) 22.00 (2)

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 CV.17
DESIGN GUIDE – Commercial Vehicle Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR METRIC SERIES


‘40’ SERIES TYRES ON 15° DROP CENTRE RIMS
DESIGN PERMITTED RIM
NOMINAL TYRE THEORETICAL DESIGN SECTION
MEASURING SECTION WIDTH CODES
SECTION WIDTH RIM WIDTH WIDTH
RIM WIDTH HEIGHT
(SN) CODE (s)
CODE (h) Min. Max.
(mm) (a1) (mm)
(mm)
175 5.86 6.00 176 70 6.00 6.00
185 6.19 6.00 183 74 6.00 6.75
195 6.53 6.75 197 78 6.75 6.75
205 6.86 6.75 204 82 6.75 6.75
215 7.19 7.50 218 86 6.75 7.50
225 7.53 7.50 225 90 7.50 7.50
235 7.86 7.50 231 94 7.50 8.25
245 8.20 8.25 246 98 8.25 8.25
255 8.53 8.25 252 102 8.25 9.00
265 8.87 9.00 266 106 8.25 9.00
275 9.20 9.00 273 110 9.00 9.75
285 9.54 9.75 287 114 9.00 9.75
295 9.87 9.75 294 118 9.75 9.75
305 10.21 9.75 300 122 9.75 9.75
315 10.54 9.75 307 126 9.75 11.75
325 10.88 11.75 334 130 9.75 11.75
335 11.21 11.75 340 134 11.75 11.75
345 11.55 11.75 347 138 11.75 11.75
355 11.88 11.75 354 142 11.75 12.25
365 12.21 12.25 365 146 11.75 12.25
375 12.55 12.25 372 150 12.25 13.00
385 12.88 13.00 386 154 12.25 13.00
395 13.22 13.00 393 158 13.00 14.00
405 13.55 14.00 410 162 13.00 14.00
415 13.89 14.00 416 166 13.00 14.00
425 14.22 14.00 423 170 14.00 15.00
435 14.56 15.00 440 174 14.00 15.00
445 14.89 15.00 446 178 14.00 15.00
455 15.23 15.00 453 182 15.00 16.00
465 15.56 16.00 469 186 15.00 16.00
475 15.90 16.00 476 190 15.00 16.00
485 16.23 16.00 483 194 16.00 17.00
495 16.56 17.00 499 198 16.00 17.00
505 16.90 17.00 506 202 16.00 17.00
515 17.23 17.00 513 206 17.00 18.00
525 17.57 18.00 529 210 17.00 18.00
535 17.90 18.00 536 214 17.00 18.00
545 18.24 18.00 543 218 18.00 19.00 (2)
555 18.57 19.00 559 222 18.00 19.00 (2)
565 18.91 19.00 566 226 18.00 19.00 (2)
575 19.24 19.00 573 230 19.00 (2) 20.00 (2)
585 19.58 20.00 589 234 19.00 (2) 20.00 (2)
595 19.91 20.00 596 238 19.00 (2) 20.00 (2)
605 20.25 20.00 603 242 20.00 (2) 21.00 (2)
615 20.58 21.00 619 246 20.00 (2) 21.00 (2)
625 20.92 21.00 626 250 20.00 (2) 22.00 (2)
635 21.25 21.00 632 254 2100 (2) 22.00 (2)
645 21.58 22.00 649 258 21.00 (2) 22.00 (2)

CV.18 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Commercial Vehicle Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR METRIC SERIES


MPT TYRES ON 5° TAPERED RIMS
NOMINAL THEORETICAL RIM DESIGN DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (h) (mm)
TYRE SECTION WIDTH SECTION
MEASURING NOMINAL ASPECT RATIOS (ar) (%)
WIDTH CODE WIDTH
WIDTH CODE
(SN) (a1) (S)
100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55
(mm) (mm)
255 8.03 8.00 255 255 242 230 217 204 191 179 166 153 140
265 8.35 8.00 261 265 252 239 225 212 199 186 172 159 146
275 8.66 9.00 278 275 261 248 234 220 206 193 179 165 151
285 8.98 9.00 285 285 271 257 242 228 214 200 185 171 157
295 9.29 9.00 292 295 280 266 251 236 221 207 192 177 162

D
305 9.61 10.00 309 305 290 275 259 244 229 214 198 183 168
315 9.92 10.00 316 315 299 284 268 252 236 221 205 189 173
325 10.24 10.00 323 325 309 293 276 260 244 228 211 195 179
335 10.55 11.00 340 335 318 302 285 268 251 235 218 201 184
345 10.87 11.00 346 345 328 311 293 276 259 242 224 207 190

G
355 11.18 11.00 353 355 337 320 302 284 266 249 231 213 195
365 11.50 12.00 360 365 347 329 310 292 274 256 237 219 201
375 11.81 12.00 377 375 356 338 319 300 281 263 244 225 206
385 12.13 12.00 384 385 366 347 327 308 289 270 250 231 212
395 12.44 12.00 391 395 375 356 336 316 296 277 257 237 217
405 12.76 13.00 407 405 385 365 344 324 304 284 263 243 223
415 13.07 13.00 414 415 394 374 353 332 311 291 270 249 228
425 13.39 13.00 421 425 404 383 361 340 319 298 276 255 234
435 13.70 14.00 438 435 413 392 370 348 326 305 283 261 239
445 14.02 14.00 445 445 423 401 378 356 334 312 289 267 245
455 14.33 14.00 452 455 432 410 387 364 341 319 296 273 250
465 14.65 15.00 469 465 442 419 395 372 349 326 302 279 256
475 14.96 15.00 475 475 451 428 404 380 356 333 309 285 261
485 15.28 15.00 482 485 461 437 412 388 364 340 315 291 267
495 15.59 16.00 499 495 470 446 421 396 371 347 322 297 272
505 15.91 16.00 506 505 480 455 429 404 379 354 328 303 278

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 CV.19
DESIGN GUIDE
Agricultural Equipment Tyres

INDEX PAGE
GENERAL NOTES AG.2

GUIDELINES FOR THE DETERMINATION OF RIMS


Rim Width Range of Tractor, Construction applications and Forestry Tyres
Rim Width Range of Implement and Garden Tractor Tyres
AG.2
AG.2
D
Rim Width guideline for agricultural metric drive wheel tyres on 5° DC rims
Rim Width guideline for agricultural metric drive wheel tyres type IF/VF on 5° DC rims
AG.2
AG.3
G
CALCULATION OF LOAD CAPACITY — IMPLEMENT TYRES (FREE ROLLING APPLICATION
AG.3
AND DRIVE WHEEL APPLICATION)

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS


Tractor Tyres for Steering Wheels AG.4
Tractor, Construction Application and Forestry Tyres for Traction Wheels AG.4
Implement and Garden Tractor Tyres AG.4

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE METRIC SERIES


Tractor, Construction Application and Forestry Tyres for Traction and Steering Wheels -
AG.5, AG.6
5° Tapered rims
Implement and Garden Tractor Tyres Metric - 5° Tapered rims AG.6 to AG.8
All families - 15° Tapered rims AG.9
Type IF and VF AG.10 to AG.12

CYCLIC LOAD USE AG.13 A


SPEED RADIUS INDEX AG.14 to AG.20

TYRE CLASSIFICATION CODE AG.21

CODE DESIGNATED NORMAL SECTION SIZES FOR TRACTION WHEELS WITH SERVICE
AG.22, AG.23
DESCRIPTION AND /OR PLY RATING MARKED

TYRE LOAD CAPACITY AT VARIOUS INFLATION PRESSURE FOR METRIC SIZES TRACTOR
DRIVE WHEEL TYRES AND CONSTRUCTION APPLICATION TYRES INCLUDING FORESTRY AG.24, AG.25
AND SPECIAL CULTIVATION WORK

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 AG.1
DESIGN GUIDE – Agricultural Equipment Tyres

GENERAL NOTES
The specification on page GI.5 applies to all new tyre series.

NOMINAL ASPECT RATIO


All new ranges should have design dimensions based on the following aspect ratios :
40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80 ,85, 90, 95
NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH
The nominal section width should have steps of at least 0.25 for code designated tyres and 10 mm
for metric tyres.
For future design, see Pages AG.5 and AG.9.

GUIDELINES FOR THE DETERMINATION OF RIMS

Measuring rim width and permitted alternative rim width are obtained from the following
relationships :
RIM WIDTH = R x TYRE SECTION
where, (i) Calculated RIM WIDTHS should be rounded to the nearest existing rim width
(ii) TYRE SECTION is the Design Section Width for Code Designated Tyres,
and the Nominal Section Width for Metric Designated Tyres.
(iii) R is given in the following table :
R
TYRE TYPE Theoretical Rim Permitted Alternatives
(*) Minimum Maximum
Tractor, Construction Application and Forestry Tyres
Traction Wheel Tyres (Diagonal + Radial):
Code Designated Sizes 0.87 – –
Metric Designated Sizes (see table below)
Tractor wheel Metric tyres on 15° drop center rims 0.80 0.75 0.90
IF and VF Metric Tyres (see table next page)
Implement and Garden Tractor Tyres (Diagonal + Radial):
Metric and Code Designated Sizes (’100’, ’95’ and ’90’ Series) 0.70 0.60 0.80
Low Section Sizes/Code Designated Sizes 0.80 0.70 0.90
Metric Series Sizes (’40’ to ’85’ Series on 5° rims) 0.80 0.70 0.90
Metric Series Sizes (’35’ Series and below on 15° rims) 0.85 0.85 0.90
Metric Series Sizes (’40’ to ’85’ Series on 15° rims) 0.80 0.75 0.90
(*) Formula (1) on page GI.6
(1) The above table should be taken as a guideline only. Permitted alternative rims are shown in the Standards Manual

For the existing RIM WIDTHS, consult the table "Rim Width Steps" on page RM.8.

RIM WIDTH GUIDELINES FOR AGRICULTURAL


METRIC DRIVE WHEEL TYRES ON 5° DROP CENTER RIMS.
CALCULATION ROUNDING
SN ≤ 950 = 0,80 * SN Rims ≤ 6.00 Rounding to closest 0.50
Theoretical Design SN = 1000 to 1050 = 0,85 * SN Rims > 6.00 & SN < 1050 Rounding to the closest 1.00
SN ≥ 1100 = 0,90 * SN Rims > 6.00 & SN ≥ 1050 Rounding to the closest 2.00 even
SN ≤ 750 = 0,75 * SN
Minimum SN = 800 to 950 = Design - 1
SN ≥ 1000 = Design Rounded to the closest standardized rim - see table of standardized rims
SN ≤ 750 = 0,90 * SN
Maximum
SN > 750 = Design + 3

AG.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Agricultural Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

RIM WIDTH GUIDELINES FOR AGRICULTURAL


METRIC DRIVE WHEEL TYRES - TYPE IF/VF ON 5° DROP CENTER RIMS.
Theoretical / Design Rim Width Minimum Rim Width Maximum Rim Width
Series
(MRW) (min RW) (max RW)
40 to 65 0.90 SN 0.85 SN (*) 0.95 SN (**)
70 to 75 0.875 SN 0.825 SN (*) 0.925 SN (**)
80 to 95 0.85 SN 0.80 SN (*) 0.90 SN(**)
(*) For SN >= 950, Min RW code = MRW code
(**) For SN >= 1050, Max RW code = MRW code + 4
Values to be rounded to the closest standardized rim widths. - see tables of standardsed rims.

D
CALCULATION OF LOADS FOR IMPLEMENT TYRES.
a) Tyres marked with speed symbols A8 or lower:
Tyre Sizes fitted on 5° DC rims with rim diameter codes 24 and above are identified either by a Ser-
G
vice Description for Drive Wheel only or for Free Rolling Wheel or both for Mixed Applications.
For variation in load capacity with speed of Drive Wheel tyres see table 16 of the Standards Manual.
For variation in load capacity with speed of Free Rolling Wheel tyres see table 34 of the Standards
Manual.

b) Tyres marked with speed symbol D, are identified by a Service Description for Mixed Applications
only where the Load Indices for Free Rolling Wheel and for Drive Wheel are equal. For variation in
load capacity with speed see table 36 of the Standards Manual.

Rim Type Rim Diameter code Speed Symbol Service Description Load variation with speed
Free Rolling Wheel or Drive Wheel, or both
5° DC < 24 A6, A8 Table 34 of the SM
in case of Mixed Applications
5° DC ≥ 24 A6, A8 Drive Wheel only Table 16 of the SM
5° DC ≥ 24 A6, A8 Free Rolling Wheel Table 34 of the SM
Free Rolling Wheel or Drive Wheel, or both
15° DC all A6, A8 Table 34 of the SM
in case of Mixed Applications

A
all all D Mixed Applications only Table 36 of the SM

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 AG.3
DESIGN GUIDE – Agricultural Equipment Tyres

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS


TRACTOR TYRES FOR STEERING WHEELS
— DIAGONAL AND RADIAL —

The following coefficients apply:


CODE DESIGNATED SIZES METRIC SERIES
FACTOR NORMAL SECTION LOW SECTION Diagonal Radial
k (Formula 2) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40
FsG (Formula 3) 1.09 1.09 1.08 1.05
Fhmin (Formula 7) 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97
FhG (Formula 8) 1.05 1.05 1.07 1.04
Fsmin (Formula 9) 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96

TRACTOR, CONSTRUCTION APPLICATION AND FORESTRY TYRES


FOR TRACTION WHEELS
— DIAGONAL AND RADIAL —
The following coefficients apply:
CODE DESIGNATED SIZES
NORMAL SECTION ’78’ LOW SECTION METRIC SERIES
FACTOR
Diagonal Radial Diagonal Diagonal Radial **
k (Formula 2) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40
FsG (Formula 3) 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.05
Fhmin (Formula 7) 0.97 0.96 0.97 0.97 0.96
Fh G (Formula 8) 1.05 1.04 1.06 1.07* 1.04*
Fsmin (Formula 9) 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96

* Refers to regular service tyres. The user must recognize that tyres with deep treads and increased overall diameters may be used. To calculate "Maximum Overall Diameter in Service, of SPECIALIST
TYRES, Factor FhG = 1.12 is to be used; such Tyres have to be marked "DEEP", "LS-3" or "R2". ONE OF THE 3 MARKINGS IS MANDATORY.
For differences in Overall Diameter, consult the tyre manufacturer.

** inclusive of IF and VF tyres.

IMPLEMENT AND GARDEN TRACTOR TYRES


NORMAL AND LOW SECTION
— DIAGONAL AND RADIAL —
The following coefficients apply:
CODE DESIGNATED SIZES
NORMAL SECTION LOW SECTION METRIC SERIES
FACTOR
Implement Garden Tractor Implement Garden Tractor Diagonal Radial
k (Formula 2) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40
F sG (Formula 3) 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.08 1.08 1.05
Fh G (Formula 8) 1.07 1.05 1.07 1.05 1.07 1.04
Fsmin (Formula 9) 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96
Fhmin (Formula 7) 0.96 0.96

AG.4 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Agricultural Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE METRIC SERIES


TRACTOR, CONSTRUCTION APPLICATION AND FORESTRY
TYRES FOR TRACTION AND STEERING WHEELS 40 TO 95 SERIES ON 5° TAPERED RIMS
NOMINAL RIM WIDTH CODE DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (mm) (1) (2)
TYRE DSW
MRW NOMINAL ASPECT RATIOS (ar) (%)
SECTION Min RW Max RW (s)
(SN) (a) (mm)
95 90 85 80 75 70 (2) 65 60 55 50 45 40
(mm)
100 3.00 3.00 3.50 98 95 90 85 80
110 3.50 3.00 4.00 110 105 99 94 88 83
120 4.00 3.50 4.50 122 114 108 102 96 90 84
130 4.00 4.00 4.50 129 124 117 111 104 98 91 85

D
140 4.50 4.00 5.00 141 133 126 119 112 105 98 91 84
150 4.50 4.50 5.50 148 143 135 128 120 113 105 98 90 83
160 5.00 4.50 5.50 160 152 144 136 128 120 112 104 96 88 80
170 5.50 5.00 6.00 171 162 153 145 136 128 119 111 102 94 85
180 5.50 5.50 6.00 178 171 162 153 144 135 126 117 108 99 90 81

G
190 6.00 5.50 7.00 190 181 171 162 152 143 133 124 114 105 95 86
200 6.00 6.00 7.00 197 190 180 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90
210 7.00 6.00 7.00 214 200 189 179 168 158 147 137 126 116 105 95 84
220 7.00 6.00 8.00 221 209 198 187 176 165 154 143 132 121 110 99 88
230 7.00 7.00 8.00 228 219 207 196 184 173 161 150 138 127 115 104 92
240 8.00 7.00 9.00 244 228 216 204 192 180 168 156 144 132 120 108 96
250 8.00 7.00 9.00 251 238 225 213 200 188 175 163 150 138 125 113 100
260 8.00 8.00 9.00 258 247 234 221 208 195 182 169 156 143 130 117 104
270 9.00 8.00 10.00 275 257 243 230 216 203 189 176 162 149 135 122 108
280 9.00 8.00 10.00 282 266 252 238 224 210 196 182 168 154 140 126 112
290 9.00 9.00 10.00 289 276 261 247 232 218 203 189 174 160 145 131 116
300 9.00 9.00 11.00 295 285 270 255 240 225 210 195 180 165 150 135 120
320 10.00 9.00 11.00 319 304 288 272 256 240 224 208 192 176 160 144 128
340 11.00 10.00 12.00 343 323 306 289 272 255 238 221 204 187 170 153 136
360(***) 11.00 11.00 13.00 357 342 324 306 288 270 252 234 216 198 180 162 144
380 12.00 11.00 13.00 380 361 342 323 304 285 266 247 228 209 190 171 152
400 13.00 12.00 14.00 404 380 360 340 320 300 280 260 240 220 200 180 160
420(***) 13.00 12.00 15.00 418 399 378 357 336 315 294 273 252 231 210 189 168
440 14.00 13.00 16.00 441 418 396 374 352 330 308 286 264 242 220 198 176
460 14.00 14.00 16.00 455 437 414 391 368 345 322 299 276 253 230 207 184
480 15.00 14.00 17.00(*) 479 456 432 408 384 360 336 312 288 264 240 216 192
500 16.00 15.00 18.00 503 475 450 425 400 375 350 325 300 275 250 225 200
520 16.00 15.00 18.00 516 494 468 442 416 390 364 338 312 286 260 234 208
540 17.00(*) 16.00 20.00 540 513 486 459 432 405 378 351 324 297 270 243 216
560 18.00 17.00(*) 20.00 564 532 504 476 448 420 392 364 336 308 280 252 224

A
580 18.00 17.00(*) 21.00 577 551 522 493 464 435 406 377 348 319 290 261 232
600 19.00(*) 18.00 21.00 601 570 540 510 480 450 420 390 360 330 300 270 240
620 20.00 18.00 21.00 625 589 558 527 496 465 434 403 372 341 310 279 248
650 20.00 20.00 23.00 645 618 585 553 520 488 455 423 390 358 325 283 260
680 21.00 20.00 24.00 676 612 578 544 510 476 442 408 374 340 306 272
710 22.00(*) 21.00 25.00 706 604 568 533 497 462 426 391 355 320 284
750 24.00 23.00 27.00 754 600 563 525 488 450 413 375 338 300
800 25.00 24.00 28.00 798 600 560 520 480 440 400 360 320
850 27.00 27.00 30.00 852 595 553 510 468 425 383 340
900 28.00 27.00 31.00(**) 896 585 540 495 450 405 360
950 30.00 30.00 33.00 951 618 570 523 475 428 380
(1) Based on regular tread pattern
(2) Some existing sizes, registered in table 4 of Annex 5 in ECE Regulation 106, do not conform with those values.
(*) RIM WIDTH is shown for reference only, as this rim is not available
(**) rim code standardized by T&RA
(***) For size 420/65 20, 24 and 28 rim W11 also permitted and for 360/70 20, 24 and 28, rim W10 also permitted.
Some of the above rim codes are not available in all rim diameters
LIST OF REFERENCES :
DSW : Design Section Width (s)
MRW : Measuring Rim Width Code (a)
Min. RW : Minimum Permitted Rim Width (Code)
Max. RW : Maximum Permitted Rim Width (Code)

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 AG.5
DESIGN GUIDE – Agricultural Equipment Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE METRIC SERIES


TRACTOR, CONSTRUCTION APPLICATION AND FORESTRY
TYRES FOR TRACTION AND STEERING WHEELS 40 TO 95 SERIES ON 5° TAPERED RIMS(Cont’d)
NOMINAL RIM WIDTH CODE DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (mm) (1) (2)
TYRE DSW
MRW NOMINAL ASPECT RATIOS (ar) (%)
SECTION Min RW Max RW (s)
(SN) (a) (mm)
95 90 85 80 75 70 (2) 65 60 55 50 45 40
(mm)
1000 33.00(*) 33.00(*) 36.00(**) 995 650 600 550 500 450 400
1050 36.00(**) 36.00(**) 40.00(**) 1059 683 630 578 525 473 420
1100 38.00(**) 38.00(**) 42.00(**) 1090 715 660 605 550 495 440
1150 40.00(**) 40.00(**) 44.00(**) 1142 748 690 633 575 518 460
1200 42.00(**) 42.00(**) 46.00(**) 1195 780 720 660 600 540 480
1250 44.00(**) 44.00(**) 48.00(**) 1247 813 750 688 625 563 500
1300 46.00(**) 46.00(**) 48.00(**) 1299 845 780 715 650 585 520
(1) Based on regular tread pattern
(2) Some existing sizes, registered in table 4 of Annex 5 in ECE Regulation 106, do not conform with those values.
(*) RIM WIDTH is shown for reference only, as this rim is not available
(**) rim code standardized by T&RA
(***) For size 420/65 20, 24 and 28 rim W11 also permitted and for 360/70 20, 24 and 28, rim W10 also permitted.
Some of the above rim codes are not available in all rim diameters
LIST OF REFERENCES :
DSW : Design Section Width (s)
MRW : Measuring Rim Width Code (a)
Min. RW : Minimum Permitted Rim Width (Code)
Max. RW : Maximum Permitted Rim Width (Code)

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE METRIC SERIES


IMPLEMENT AND GARDEN TRACTOR TYRES 40 TO 85 SERIES ON 5° TAPERED RIMS
NOMINAL
TYRE RIM WIDTH CODE DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (mm)
SECTION DSW
(s)
(SN) MRW (mm) NOMINAL ASPECT RATIOS (ar) (%)
Min RW Max RW
(mm) (a)
R = .70 R = .90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40
R = .80
100 3.00 3.00 3.50 98 85 80 75 70
110 3.50 3.00 4.00 110 94 88 83 77 72
120 4.00 3.50 4.50 122 102 96 90 84 78 72
130 4.00 3.50 4.50 129 111 104 98 91 85 78 72
140 4.50 4.00 5.00 141 119 112 105 98 91 84 77 70
150 4.50 4.00 5.50 148 128 120 113 105 98 90 83 75 68
160 5.00 4.50 5.50 160 136 128 120 112 104 96 88 80 72 64
170 5.50 4.50 6.00 171 145 136 128 119 111 102 94 85 77 68
180 5.50 5.00 6.00 178 153 144 135 126 117 108 99 90 81 72
190 6.00 5.00 7.00 190 162 152 143 133 124 114 105 95 86 76
200 6.00 5.50 7.00 197 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80
210 7.00 6.00 7.00 214 179 168 158 147 137 126 116 105 95 84
220 7.00 6.00 8.00 221 187 176 165 154 143 132 121 110 99 88
230 7.00 6.00 8.00 228 196 184 173 161 150 138 127 115 104 92
240 8.00 7.00 9.00 244 204 192 180 168 156 144 132 120 108 96
250 8.00 7.00 9.00 251 213 200 188 175 163 150 138 125 113 100
260 8.00 7.00 9.00 258 221 208 195 182 169 156 143 130 117 104
270 9.00 7.00 10.00 275 230 216 203 189 176 162 149 135 122 108
280 9.00 8.00 10.00 282 238 224 210 196 182 168 154 140 126 112
290 9.00 8.00 10.00 289 247 232 218 203 189 174 160 145 131 116
(*) RIM WIDTH is shown for reference only, as this rim is not available
Some of the above rim codes are not available in all rim diameters
LIST OF REFERENCES :
DSW : Design Section Width (s)
MRW : Measuring Rim Width Code (a)
Min. RW : Minimum Permitted Rim Width (Code)
Max. RW : Maximum Permitted Rim Width (Code)

AG.6 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Agricultural Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE METRIC SERIES


IMPLEMENT AND GARDEN TRACTOR TYRES 40 TO 85 SERIES ON 5° TAPERED RIMS (Cont’d)
NOMINAL
TYRE RIM WIDTH CODE DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (mm)
SECTION DSW
(s)
(SN) MRW (mm) NOMINAL ASPECT RATIOS (ar) (%)
Min RW Max RW
(mm) (a)
R = .70 R = .90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40
R = .80
300 9.00 8.00 11.00 295 255 240 225 210 195 180 165 150 135 120
320 10.00 9.00 11.00 319 272 256 240 224 208 192 176 160 144 128
340 11.00 9.00 12.00 343 289 272 255 238 221 204 187 170 153 136
360 11.00 10.00 13.00 357 306 288 270 252 234 216 198 180 162 144
380
400
420
440
460
12.00
13.00
13.00
14.00
14.00
10.00
11.00
12.00
12.00
13.00
13.00
14.00
15.00
16.00
16.00
380
404
418
441
455
323
340
357
374
391
304
320
336
352
368
285
300
315
330
345
266
280
294
308
322
247
260
273
286
299
228
240
252
264
276
209
220
231
242
253
190
200
210
220
230
171
180
189
198
207
152
160
168
176
184
D
G
480 15.00 13.00 17.00(*) 479 408 384 360 336 312 288 264 240 216 192
500 16.00 14.00 18.00 503 425 400 375 350 325 300 275 250 225 200
520 16.00 14.00 18.00 516 442 416 390 364 338 312 286 260 234 208
540 17.00(*) 15.00 19.00(*) 540 459 432 405 378 351 324 297 270 243 216
560 18.00 15.00 20.00 564 476 448 420 392 364 336 308 280 252 224
580 18.00 16.00 21.00 577 493 464 435 406 377 348 319 290 261 232
600 18.00 17.00(*) 21.00 591 510 480 450 420 390 360 330 300 270 240
620 20.00 17.00(*) 21.00 625 527 496 465 434 403 372 341 310 279 248
650 20.00 18.00 23.00 645 553 520 488 455 423 390 358 325 293 260
680 21.00 19.00(*) 25.00 676 578 544 510 476 442 408 374 340 306 272
710 23.00 20.00 25.00 716 604 568 533 497 462 426 391 355 320 284
750 23.00 23.00 27.00 744 600 563 525 488 450 413 375 338 300
800 25.00 23.00 28.00 798 600 560 520 480 440 400 360 320
850 27.00 23.00 30.00 852 595 553 510 468 425 383 340
900 29.00(*) 25.00 33.00(*) 907 585 540 495 450 405 360
(*) RIM WIDTH is shown for reference only, as this rim is not available
Some of the above rim codes are not available in all rim diameters
LIST OF REFERENCES :
DSW : Design Section Width (s)
MRW : Measuring Rim Width Code (a)
Min. RW : Minimum Permitted Rim Width (Code)
Max. RW : Maximum Permitted Rim Width (Code)

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 AG.7
DESIGN GUIDE – Agricultural Equipment Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE METRIC SERIES


IMPLEMENT AND GARDEN TRACTOR TYRES 90 TO 100 SERIES ON 5° TAPERED RIMS

NOMINAL
DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT
TYRE RIM WIDTH CODE
(mm)
SECTION DSW
(s)
(SN) MRW NOMINAL ASPECT RATIOS
Min RW Max RW (mm)
(mm) (a) (ar) (%)
R = .60 R = .80
R = .70 90 95 100
60 1.50 1.50 1.75 58 54 57 60
70 2.15 1.75 2.25* 72 63 67 70
80 2.15 1.75 2.50 79 72 76 80
90 2.50 2.15 2.75* 90 81 86 90
100 3.00 2.25* 3.25* 102 90 95 100
110 3.00 2.50 3.50 110 99 105 110
120 3.50 2.75* 3.75* 122 108 114 120
130 3.50 3.00 4.00 129 117 124 130
140 4.00 3.25* 4.50 141 126 133 140
150 4.00 3.50 4.50 148 135 143 150
160 4.50 3.75* 5.00 161 144 152 160
170 4.50 4.00 5.375 168 153 162 170
180 5.00 4.25* 5.50 180 162 171 180
190 5.00 4.50 6.00 188 171 181 190
200 5.50 4.50 6.50 200 180 190 200
210 6.00 5.00 6.50 212 189 200 210
220 6.00 5.375 7.00 219 198 209 220
230 6.50 5.50 7.00 232 207 210 230
240 6.50 5.50 7.50 239 216 228 240
250 7.00 6.00 8.00 251 225 238 250
260 7.00 6.00 8.00 258 234 247 260
270 7.50 6.50 8.50 271 243 257 270
280 7.50 6.50 9.00 278 252 266 280
Some of the above rim codes are not available in all rim diameters
For Tyre Size Designations and Notes, see the current ETRTO Standards Manual.
(*) RIM CODE STANDARDIZED BY T&RA
LIST OF REFERENCES :
DSW : Design Section Width (s)
MRW : Measuring Rim Width Code (a)
Min. RW : Minimum Permitted Rim Width (Code)
Max. RW : Maximum Permitted Rim Width (Code)

AG.8 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Agricultural Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE METRIC SERIES


ALL FAMILIES - 15° TAPERED RIMS
(TRACTOR DRIVE WHEELS, CONSTRUCTION APPLICATIONS, FORESTRY AND IMPLEMENT)

NOMINAL TYRE RIM WIDTH CODE DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (mm) (1) (2)
DSW
SECTION MRW NOMINAL ASPECT RATIOS (ar) (%)
Min RW Max RW (s)
(SN) (a)
R = .75 R = .90 (mm)
(mm) R = .80 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
200 6.00 6.00 6.75 197 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
210 6.75 6.00 7.50 211 84 95 105 116 126 137 147
220 6.75 6.75 8.00 218 88 99 110 121 132 143 154
230 7.50 6.75 8.25 233 92 104 115 127 138 150 161
240 7.50 6.75 8.25 239 96 108 120 132 144 156 168

D
250 8.00 7.50 9.00 251 100 113 125 138 150 163 175
260 8.25 8.00 9.75 261 104 117 130 143 156 169 182
280 8.25 8.00 9.75 274 112 126 140 154 168 182 196
300 9.75 8.25 9.75 303 120 135 150 165 180 195 210
320 9.75 9.75 11.75 317 128 144 160 176 192 208 224

G
340 9.75 9.75 11.75 330 136 153 170 187 204 221 238
360 11.75 9.75 13.00 364 144 163 180 198 216 234 252
380 11.75 11.75 13.00 378 152 171 190 209 228 247 266
400 13.00 11.75 13.00 404 160 180 200 220 240 260 280
420 13.00 13.00 16.00 418 168 189 210 231 252 273 294
440 13.00 13.00 16.00 431 176 198 220 242 264 286 308
460 13.00 13.00 16.00 445 184 207 230 253 276 299 322
480 16.00 13.00 16.00 489 192 216 240 264 288 312 336
500 16.00 16.00 16.00 503 200 225 250 275 300 325 350
520 16.00 16.00 20.00 516 208 234 260 286 312 338 364
540 16.00 16.00 20.00 530 216 243 270 297 324 351 378
560 16.00 16.00 20.00 543 224 252 280 308 336 364 392
580 20.00 16.00 20.00 598 232 261 290 319 348 377 406
600 20.00 16.00 20.00 611 240 270 300 330 360 390 420
620 20.00 20.00 20.00 625 248 279 310 341 372 403 434
650 20.00 20.00 24.00 645 260 293 325 358 390 423 455
680 20.00 20.00 24.00 666 272 306 340 374 408 442 476
710 24.00 20.00 24.00 727 284 320 355 391 426 462 497
750 24.00 24.00 28.00 754 300 338 375 413 450 488 525
800 24.00 24.00 28.00 788 320 360 400 440 480 520 560
850 28.00 24.00 28.00 862 340 383 425 468 510 553 595
900 28.00 28.00 28.00 896 360 405 450 495 540 585 630
1) Based on regular tread pattern
Some of the above rim codes are not available in all rim diameters
For Tyre Size Designations and Notes, see the current ETRTO Standards Manual.
LIST OF REFERENCES :
DSW : Design Section Width (s)
MRW : Measuring Rim Width Code (a)
Min. RW : Minimum Permitted Rim Width (Code)
Max. RW : Maximum Permitted Rim Width (Code) A

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 AG.9
DESIGN GUIDE – Agricultural Equipment Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE METRIC SERIES


TYPE IF / VF - ’95’ TO ’80’ SERIES

NOMINAL TYRE RIM WIDTH CODE DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (mm) (1)
DSW
SECTION MRW NOMINAL ASPECT RATIOS (ar) (%)
Min RW Max RW (s)
(SN) (a)
R = .80 R = .90 (mm)
(mm) R = .85 95 90 85 80
380 13 12 13 383 361 342 323 304
400 13 13 14 396 380 360 340 320
420 14 13 15 419 399 378 357 336
440 15 14 16 443 418 396 374 352
460 15 14 16 456 437 414 391 368
480 16 15 18 479 456 432 408 384
500 16 16 18 493 475 450 425 400
520 18 16 18 526 494 468 442 416
540 18 18 20 539 513 486 459 432
560 18 18 20 552 532 504 476 448
580 20 18 21 586 551 522 493 464
600 20 18 21 599 570 540 510 480
620 21 20 21 623 589 558 527 496
650 21 20 23 642 618 585 553 520
680 23 21 24 682 646 612 578 544
710 24 23 25 712 675 639 604 568
750 25 24 27 749 713 675 638 600
800 27 25 28 802 760 720 680 640
1) Based on regular tread pattern
Some of the above rim codes are not available in all rim diameters
For Tyre Size Designations and Notes, see the current ETRTO Standards Manual.
LIST OF REFERENCES :
DSW : Design Section Width (s)
MRW : Measuring Rim Width Code (a)
Min. RW : Minimum Permitted Rim Width (Code)
Max. RW : Maximum Permitted Rim Width (Code)

AG.10 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Agricultural Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE METRIC SERIES


TYPE IF / VF - ’75’ AND ’70’ SERIES

DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT


RIM WIDTH CODE
(mm) (1)
NOMINAL TYRE SECTION DSW
(SN) MRW (s) NOMINAL ASPECT RATIOS (ar)
(mm) Min RW Max RW (mm) (%)
(a)
R = .825 R = .925
R = .875 75 70 (2)
380 13 12 14 379 285 266
400 14 13 15 402 300 280
420 14 14 15 415 315 294

D
440 15 14 16 438 330 308
460 16 15 16 462 345 322
480 16 16 18 475 360 336
500 18 16 18 508 375 350
520 18 16 18 521 390 364
540 18 18 20 534 405 378

G
560 20 18 20 567 420 392
580 20 18 21 580 435 406
600 21 20 21 603 450 420
620 21 20 23 616 465 434
650 23 21 24 656 488 455
680 23 23 25 676 510 476
710 24 23 25 705 533 497
750 25 24 27 742 563 525
800 28 25 30 804 600 560
850 30 28 31** 857 638 595
900 31** 30 33** 900 675 630
1) Based on regular tread pattern
2) Some existing sizes, registered in table 4 of Annex 5 in ECE Regulation 106, do not conform with these values (see sizes with “*” in design overall diameter in table 15 of the Standards Manual).
** rim code standardized by T&RA
Some of the above rim codes are not available in all rim diameters
For Tyre Size Designations and Notes, see the current ETRTO Standards Manual.
LIST OF REFERENCES :
DSW : Design Section Width (s)
MRW : Measuring Rim Width Code (a)
Min. RW : Minimum Permitted Rim Width (Code)
Max. RW : Maximum Permitted Rim Width (Code)

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 AG.11
DESIGN GUIDE – Agricultural Equipment Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE METRIC SERIES


TYPE IF / VF - ’65’ TO ’40’ SERIES

NOMINAL TYRE RIM WIDTH CODE DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (mm) (1) (2)
DSW
SECTION MRW NOMINAL ASPECT RATIOS (ar) (%)
Min RW Max RW (s)
(SN) (a)
R = .85 R = .95 (mm)
(mm) R = .90 65 60 55 50 45 40
440 16 15 16 444 286 264 242 220 198 176
460 16 15 18 457 299 276 253 230 207 184
480 18 16 18 490 312 288 264 240 216 192
500 18 16 18 503 325 300 275 250 225 200
520 18 18 20 516 338 312 286 260 234 208
540 20 18 20 549 351 324 297 270 243 216
560 20 19 21 562 364 336 308 280 252 224
580 21 19 21 585 377 348 319 290 261 232
600 21 20 23 597 390 360 330 300 270 240
620 21 21 23 610 403 372 341 310 279 248
650 23 21 24 650 423 390 358 325 293 260
680 24 23 25 679 442 408 374 340 306 272
710 25 24 27 708 462 426 391 355 320 284
750 27 25 28 754 488 450 413 375 338 300
800 28 27 30 796 520 480 440 400 360 320
850 30 28 31** 849 553 510 468 425 383 340
900 31** 30 33** 891 585 540 495 450 405 360
950 33** 33** 36** 943 618 570 523 475 428 380
1000 36** 36** 38** 1006 650 600 550 500 450 400
1050 36** 36** 40** 1038 683 630 578 525 473 420
1100 38** 38** 42** 1090 715 660 605 550 495 440
1150 40** 40** 44** 1142 748 690 633 575 518 460
1200 42** 42** 46** 1195 780 720 660 600 540 480
1250 44** 44** 48** 1247 813 750 688 625 563 500
1300 46** 46** 50** 1299 845 780 715 650 585 520
1) Based on regular tread pattern
** rim code standardized by T&RA
Some of the above rim codes are not available in all rim diameters
For Tyre Size Designations and Notes, see the current ETRTO Standards Manual.
LIST OF REFERENCES :
DSW : Design Section Width (s)
MRW : Measuring Rim Width Code (a)
Min. RW : Minimum Permitted Rim Width (Code)
Max. RW : Maximum Permitted Rim Width (Code)

Cyclic Load use


Cycle Usage

Cyclic loading Harversters with hopper ...

Cyclic unloading Sprayers, spreaders, fertilizers ....

The cyclic variation is operated in the field. On the road, for transport, the basic tyre load at the
speed apply.

Cyclic Loading:

AG.12 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Agricultural Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

Cyclic unloading:

D
In this case the vehicle is going on the road with In this case the vehicle is going on the road with
an empty tank and the cyclic bonus on load ap- a tank fully loaded and the cyclic bonus load
plies for field operations only does not apply for field operation.
G

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 AG.13
DESIGN GUIDE – Agricultural Equipment Tyres

Speed Radius Index - SRI - Formulation for new metric sizes

(Design OD - Nom. Rim Diameter) x CIR + Nom. Rim Diameter


SRI = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
CIR = 0.875

(calculated value should be rounded to the nearest integer)

The Speed Radius Index (SRI) is a reference value for a group of interchangeable sizes.

The figure showing the Speed Radius Index is equal to the RI rounded upwards according to the below
intervals.

Up to 410 Rounding to the upper 10th


Above 410 up to 825 Rounding to 425 and subsequent steps of 25
Above 825 Rounding to 875 and subsequent steps of 50

Example: for size 750/60 R42 the raw calculated RI is 927.25; this calculated value should be roun-
ded to 927 (the nearest integer); the corresponding SRI is the next possible upper value according
to the defined intervals -> SRI = 975

AG.14 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Agricultural Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

TYRES FOR TRACTION WHEELS AND FORESTRY


EQUIVALENCE OF SPEED RADIUS INDEX (SRI)
TABLE OF INTERCHANGEABILITY
RIM
ETRTO-SRI TYRES SIZE
DIAMETER
330 16 200/70 # 16
340 16 240/65 # 16
350 16 6.00 # 16 * 210/80 # 16# 240/70 # 16 260/65 # 16
360 16 6.50 # 16 * 260/70 # 16 280/65 # 16
390 16 7.50 # 16 * 210/95 # 16 250/80 # 16 280/70 # 16 300/65 # 16 320/65 # 16
18 260/70 # 18
400 16 8.25 # 16 * 300/70 # 16

D
410 18 7.50 # 18 * 210/95 # 18 250/80 # 18 280/70 # 18 300/65 # 18 320/65 # 18
20 260/70 # 20
425 17.5 400/55 #17.5
18 10.5/80 # 18 * 300/70 # 18 340/65 # 18
20 7.50 # 20 * 280/70 # 20

G
450 20 9.5 # 20 8.00 # 20* 250/85 # 20 260/80 # 20 300/70 # 20 340/65 # 20
24 7.2 # 24
475 20 11.2 # 20 280/85 # 20 320/70 # 20
24 8.3 # 24
500 20 12.4 # 20 320/85 # 20 340/80 # 20 340/75 # 20 360/70 # 20 420/65 # 20
24 9.5 # 24 240/85 # 24 250/85 # 24 300/70 # 24 360/60 #24
525 20 13.6 # 20 14.9L # 20 380/75 # 20 400/70 # 20 380/70 # 20 440/65 # 20
24 11.2 # 24 280/85 # 24 320/70 # 24
30 7.2 # 30
550 22.5 600/50 #22.5 650/45 #22.5 710/40 #22.5
24 12.4 # 24 320/85 # 24 360/70 # 24 420/65 # 24
26.5 400/60 #26.5
28 9.5 # 28 240/85 # 28 250/85 # 28 340/65 # 28
575 24 13.6 # 24 340/85 # 24 380/75 # 24 380/70 # 24 400/70 # 24 440/65 # 24
24.5 600/50 # 24.5 710/40 # 24.5
26 12.4 # 26
28 11.2 # 28 280/85 # 28 320/70 # 28
32 8.3 # 32 210/95 # 32
600 24 14.9 # 24 380/85 # 24 420/70 # 24 460/70 # 24 480/65 # 24
24.5 650/45 # 24.5
26 13.6 # 26
26.5 500/60 #26.5
28 12.4 # 28 320/85 # 28 360/70 # 28 420/65 # 28
32 9.5 # 32 230/95 # 32 270/80 # 32 270/75 # 32

625
36
24
26
7.2 # 36
16.9 # 24
14.9 # 26
420/85 # 24 480/70 # 24 480/75 # 24 540/65 # 24
A
26.5 600/55 #26.5 710/45 #26.5
28 13.6 # 28 340/85 # 28 380/70 # 28 440/65 # 28 480/60 # 28
32 270/95 # 32
36 8.3 # 36 210/95 # 36
650 24 18.4 # 24
26 16.9 # 26 480/70 # 26 540/65 # 26
28 14.9 # 28 380/85 # 28 420/75 # 28 420/70 # 28 480/65 # 28 520/60 # 28
32 12.4 # 32 320/85 # 32
36 9.5 # 36 230/95 # 36 270/80 # 36
38 8.3 # 38
40 7.2 # 40 180/95 # 40
* : Tyres used on small tractors and classified by ETRTO as Implement; for other equivalent sizes, see page AG.15.
*** : For these Tyres, see characteristics in current TRA year book.
**** : Deep Tread or R2 tyres
Tyre size designation of Forestry tyres are supplemented bt the suffix "LS"
#: "R" for Radial, "-" or "D" for Diagonal, "B" for Bias belted. SRI values are the same for all tyre structures.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 AG.15
DESIGN GUIDE – Agricultural Equipment Tyres

TYRES FOR TRACTION WHEELS AND FORESTRY


EQUIVALENCE OF SPEED RADIUS INDEX (SRI)
TABLE OF INTERCHANGEABILITY (Cont’d)
RIM
ETRTO-SRI TYRES SIZE
DIAMETER
675 26 18.4 # 26 460/85 # 26 520/70 # 26 580/70 # 26 750/50 # 26
26.5 750/50 #26.5
28 16.9 # 28 420/85 # 28 480/75 # 28 480/70 # 28 540/65 # 28 600/60 # 28
30 14.9 # 30 380/85 # 30 420/70 # 30
30.5 600/55 #30.5 620/55 #30.5
32 320/90 # 32
34 320/85 # 34
36 11.2 # 36 270/95 # 36
38 9.5 # 38 230/95 # 38
700 26 520/80 # 26 750/55 # 26
26.5 650/60 #26.5 750/55 # 26.5 800/50 # 26.5
28 18.4 # 28 540/75 # 28 600/65 # 28
30 16.9 # 30 420/90 #30 420/85 # 30 480/75 # 30 480/70 # 30 540/65 # 30 600/60 # 30
30.5 600/60 #30.5 710/50 # 30.5 750/45 #30.5
36 12.4 # 36 320/85 # 36
38 11.2 # 38 270/95 # 38 290/90 # 38
40 230/95 # 40
42 8.3 # 42
725 26 620/70 # 26
28 600/70 # 28
30 18.4 # 30 21L # 30 460/85 # 30 520/70 # 30 600/65 # 30 710/55#30
30.5 750/50 #30.5
34 14.9 # 34*** 380/85 #34
36 13.6 # 36 340/85 # 36
38 12.4 # 38 320/85 #38
42 9.5 # 42 230/95 # 42
44 8.3 # 44 210/95 # 44
750 25 1000/50 # 25
26 23.1 # 26 28L # 26 620/75 # 26 650/70 # 26 750/65 # 26
28 620/70 # 28
30 600/70 # 30 710/60 # 30 750/55 # 30
32 600/65 # 32
34 16.9 # 34 420/85 # 34 480/75 # 34 480/70 # 34 500/70 # 34 540/65 # 34 600/60 # 34
38 13.6 # 38 15.5 #38 340/85 # 38 380/80 # 38 400/75 # 38
42 11.2 # 42 270/95 # 42 300/85 # 42
44 9.5 # 44 230/95 # 44
775 30.5 710/60 #30.5 800/55 #30.5
34 18.4 # 34 460/85 # 34 520/75 # 34 520/70 # 34 540/70 # 34 600/65 # 34 710/55 #34 800/50#34
14.9 # 38
38 380/85 # 38
13.6 # 38****
42 12.4 # 42 300/95 # 42
44 270/95 # 44
800 30 23.1 # 30 620/75 # 30 650/70 # 30 710/65 # 30
34 540/75 # 34 600/70 # 34
38 16.9 # 38 420/85 # 38 480/70 # 38 540/65 # 38 600/60 # 38
42 320/90 # 42
46 270/90 # 46
48 9.5 # 48 230/95 # 48
* : Tyres used on small tractors and classified by ETRTO as Implement; for other equivalent sizes, see page AG.15.
*** : For these Tyres, see characteristics in current TRA year book.
**** : Deep Tread or R2 tyres
Tyre size designation of Forestry tyres are supplemented bt the suffix "LS"
#: "R" for Radial, "-" or "D" for Diagonal, "B" for Bias belted. SRI values are the same for all tyre structures.

AG.16 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Agricultural Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

TYRES FOR TRACTION WHEELS AND FORESTRY


EQUIVALENCE OF SPEED RADIUS INDEX (SRI)
TABLE OF INTERCHANGEABILITY (Cont’d)
RIM
ETRTO-SRI TYRES SIZE
DIAMETER
825 30 650/75 # 30
32 24.5 # 32 650/75 # 32 680/70 # 32 800/60 # 32
34 20.8 # 34 23.1 # 34 620/75 # 34 710/70 #34 650/65 # 34 710/60 # 34
38 18.4 # 38 460/85 # 38 520/75 # 38 520/70 # 38 600/65 # 38 650/60 # 38
42 16.9 # 42
46 13.6 # 46 270/95 # 46 300/95 # 46 320/90 # 46 340/85 #46
48 270/95 # 48

D
50 270/85 # 50
875 32 30.5 L # 32 710/75 # 32 680/75 # 32 800/65 # 32 850/60 #32 900/55 # 32 1050/50 # 32
34 650/75 # 34 680/70 # 34 710/70 # 34 750/65 # 34
580/75 # 38
38 20.8 # 38 520/85 # 38 620/70 # 38 650/65 # 38 710/65 #38 710/60 # 38 850/50 #38
580/70 # 38
42 18.4 # 42 460/85 # 42 480/80 # 42 600/65 # 42

925
46
48
50
32
13.6 # 46****
13.6 # 48
380/90 # 46
340/85 # 48
300/95 # 50
680/85 # 32
420/80 # 46

300/90 # 50
800/70 #32
320/90 # 50
900/60 #32
G
34 710/75 # 34
38 650/75 # 38 710/70 # 38 750/65 #38 850/60 #38
750/60 #42
42 20.8 # 42 520/85 # 42 580/70 # 42 620/70 # 42 650/65 # 42 850/55 #42 900/50 # 42
710/60 # 42
46 480/80 # 46
52 300/95 # 52
54 270/95 # 54 320/90 # 54
975 32 800/75 # 32 900/70 # 32
38 650/85 # 38 800/70 # 38 900/60 # 38
42 650/75 # 42 710/70 # 42 850/65 #42
46 20.8 # 46 520/85 # 46 650/65 # 46 620/70 # 46
50 380/90 # 50 480/80 #50
1025 38 710/85 # 38
42 710/75 # 42 900/60 # 42
* : Tyres used on small tractors and classified by ETRTO as Implement; for other equivalent sizes, see page AG.15.
*** : For these Tyres, see characteristics in current TRA year book.
**** : Deep Tread or R2 tyres
Tyre size designation of Forestry tyres are supplemented bt the suffix "LS"
#: "R" for Radial, "-" or "D" for Diagonal, "B" for Bias belted. SRI values are the same for all tyre structures.

A
The above Speed Radius Index may apply Le "Speed Radius Index" ci-dessus peut s’ap- Der oben genannte Geschwindikeit Radius
for vehicles of previous design (model year pliquer pour les véhicules conçus antérieure- Index kann bei Fahrzeugen früherer Modell-
2005 and former), but it is mandatory from ment (modèle de l’année 2005 et antérieurs), Jahre verwendet werden (Modell-Jahr 2005
model year 2006. The Radius Index in the mais il est obligatoire pour les modèles de l’an- und früher), seine Verwendung ist jedoch ver-
Previous Standard’s Data Section of EDI née 2006. Le "Radius Index" de l’"Previous bindlich ab Modell-Jahr 2006 vorgeschrieben.
may apply for former models. Standard’s Data Section" de l’EDI peut s’ap- Der Radius Index aus der "Previous Stand-
pliquer pour les modèles antérieurs. ard’s Data Section" der EDI kann für frühere
Modelle verwendet werden

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 AG.17
DESIGN GUIDE – Agricultural Equipment Tyres

TYRES FOR CONSTRUCTION APPLICATION


EQUIVALENCE OF SPEED RADIUS INDEX (SRI)
TABLE OF INTERCHANGEABILITY
RIM
ETRTO-SRI DIAMETE TYRES SIZE
R
320 15 210/70 # 15IND
370 16.5 260/70 # 16.5IND
400 16.5 300/70 # 16.5IND
425 18 280/80#18IND
450 17.5 360/70 # 17.5IND
20 280/80#20IND
475 18 320/80#18IND 340/80#18IND 400/70#181ND
500 20 340/80#20IND
525 19,5 460/65#19.5IND
20 380/75#20IND 400/70#20IND 420/70#20IND
550 20 420/75#20IND
24 380/70#24IND
575 24 400/70#24IND 420/70#24IND
600 24 14.9#24IND 17.5L#24IND 380/85#24IND 400/80#24IND 440/70#24IND 460/70#24IND
625 24 16.9#24IND 19.5L#24IND 440/80#24IND 500/70#24IND
650 24 18.4#24IND 21L#24IND
28 14.9#28IND
675 26 18.4#26IND 480/80#26IND
28 16.9#28IND 440/80#28IND 480/70#28IND 500/70#28IND
30 420/80 R 30
700 28 18.4#28IND
30 480/70#30IND
725 30 18.4#30IND 520/70#30IND 620/60#30IND
750 26 23.1#26IND
34 16.9#34IND 480/70#34IND
775 34 520/70#34IND 620/60#34IND
825 38 520/70#38IND
See also note page AG.14
#: "R" for Radial, "-" or "D" for Diagonal, "B" for Bias belted. SRI values are the same for all tyre structures.

AG.18 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Agricultural Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

IMPLEMENT TYRES
EQUIVALENCE OF SPEED RADIUS INDEX (SRI)
TABLE OF INTERCHANGEABILITY
ETRTO- RIM
TYRES SIZE
SRI DIAMETER
130 4 3.00#4 11x4.00#4
5 100/75#5
140 4 110/90#4
6 100/65#6
150 4 4.00#4
6 13x5.00#6
160 6 3.50#6 100/95#6

D
170 6 110/95#6 160/65#6 15x6.00#6
8 2.50#8
180 6 220/50#6
8 3.00#8
190 8 3.50#8 16x6.50#8 100/90#8 110/90#8
200 8 4.00#8 110/95#8 170/60#8 190/55#8 16x7.50#8
210
220
230
240
8
8
10
8
10
18x7.00#8

4.00#10
20x10.00#8
20x8.00#10
18x8.50#8
210/60#8

250/50#10
18x7.50#8
G
250 12 4.00#12
260 9 6.00#9
12 220/55#12
270 12 5.00#12 220/60#12
280 12 6.5/80#12 170/80#12 320/45#12 23x8.50#12 23x10.50#12 23x12.50#12
290 14.5 200/60# 14.5
300 10 7.50#10
14 5.00#14 170/80#14
310 12 26x12.00#12 300/60#12 320/55#12
15 5.00#15 170/80#15
320 12 7.00#12 11.0/65#12 200/95#12
320 15 210/70#15 6.50/80#15
330 12 320/60#12 360/55#12
14.5 250/65#14.5
15 27x8.50#15
16 200/70#16
340 12 10.0/80#12
15 240/70#15 28x9.00#15
16 240/65#16
350 15 7.5L#15 29x12.50#15 29x13.50#15 180/100#15 400/45#15
15.5
16
19
6.00#16
4.50#19
9.0/70#16
280/60#15.5
210/80#16 230/70#16 240/70#16 260/65#16 180/90#16 A
360 15 320/60#15
15.3 10.0/75#15.3 260/70#15.3
15.5 400/45#15.5
16 6.50#16 10.5/65#16 190/90#16 260/70#16 270/65#16
370 12 10.00#12
13 260/90#13
15 400/50#15
16 7.00#16 200/90#16 230/80#16 340/55#16
380 15 31x15.50#15
15.3 10.5/85#15.3
15.5 400/50#15.5
16 210/95#16
390 15 380/60#15
15.5 400/55#15.5
16 7.50#16 250/80#16 270/75#16 11.5/70#16
18 270/65#18
See also note page AG.14
#: "R" for Radial, "-" or "D" for Diagonal, "B" for Bias belted. SRI values are the same for all tyre structures.
Tyre size designations are followed by suffix "IMP" or the word "Implement" is marked on the sidewall.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 AG.19
DESIGN GUIDE – Agricultural Equipment Tyres

IMPLEMENT TYRES
EQUIVALENCE OF SPEED RADIUS INDEX (SRI)
TABLE OF INTERCHANGEABILITY (Cont’d)
ETRTO- RIM
TYRES SIZE
SRI DIAMETER
400 15 33x12.50#15 33x15.50#15
16 8.25#16
17 380/55#17 500/40#17
19 7.00#19
410 15.3 11.5/80#15.3 300/80#15.3
15.5 400/60#15.5
16 14.0/65#16 360/65#16
16.5 320/70#16.5
17 15.0/55#17 440/50#17 19.0/45#17 480/45#17
18 7.50#18 250/80#18 11.5/70#18
425 15.3 12.5/80#15.3 320/80#15.3
16 13.0/75#16 360/70#16
17 420/55#17
17.5 400/55#17.5
18 10.5/80#18 13.0/65#18 340/65#18
20 7.50#20
450 16 11.00#16
17 500/50#17 520/50#17
18 12.0/75#18
20 11.0#20 260/80#20
475 18 12.5/80#18 15.0/70#18 320/80#18
22.5 360/60#22.5
500 20 400/65#20 500/55#20
22.5 400/55#22.5 500/45#22.5
525 20 16.0/70#20 360/80#20 400/70#20 460/65#20
22.5 560/45#22.5 620/40#22.5
24 11.5#24
550 22.5 16.5/70#22.5 500/60#22.5 600/50#22.5 650/45#22.5 710/40#22.5
24 14.0#24
26.5 400/60#26.5
575 22.5 600/55#22.5 620/50#22.5 650/50#22.5 710/45#22.5
24 15.0#24
508 17.0/80#508 20.0/70#508
600 22.5 560/60#22.5 750/45#22.5
24 15.5/80#24 400/80#24 440/70#24 460/70#24
26.5 500/60#26.5
625 20 19.5/80#20
22.5 580/65#22.5
24 16.5/85#24 440/80#24 500/70#24
28 13.5/85#28
26.5 600/55#26.5 710/45#26.5 800/40#26.5
650 20 21.0/80#20
26.5 620/55#26.5 650/55#26.5 710/50#26.5 750/45#26.5 850/40#26.5
675 26.5 680/55#26.5 800/45#26.5
28 16.5/85#28 17.0#28
700 24 500/85#24
26.5 650/60#26.5
30 17.0#30
30.5 600/60#30.5 650/55#30.5 710/50#30.5
725 30.5 600/60#30.5 620/60#30.5 750/50#30.5 800/45#30.5 850/45#30.5
775 30.5 650/65#30.5 850/50#30.5
34 18.5#34
800 30.5 750/60#30.5
34 750/55#34
See also note page AG.14
#: "R" for Radial, "-" or "D" for Diagonal, "B" for Bias belted. SRI values are the same for all tyre structures.
Tyre size designations are followed by suffix "IMP" or the word "Implement" is marked on the sidewall.

AG.20 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Agricultural Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

TYRE CLASSIFICATION CODE

Classification Code Nomenclature


F-1 Agricultural tractor steering wheel tyreS: single rib tread
F-2 Agricultural tractor steering wheel tyres: multiple rib tread
F-3 Steering wheel tyres: industrial service (construction application)
G-1 Garden tractor tyres (implement tyres): traction service
G-2 Garden tractor tyres (implement tyres): flotation traction service
G-3 Garden tractor tyres (implement tyres): maximum flotation service
I-1
I-2
I-3
Agricultural implement tyres: multi-rib tread
Agricultural implement tyres: moderate traction service
Agricultural implement tyres: traction tread
D
I-4
I-5
I-6
Agricultural implement tyres: plough tail wheel service
Agricultural implement tyres: steering service
Agricultural implement tyres: Smooth tread
G
LS-1 Logging and Forestry Service Tyres: regular tread
LS-2 Logging and Forestry Service Tyres: intermediate tread
LS-3 Logging and Forestry Service Tyres: deep tread
LS-4 Logging and Forestry Service Tyres: shallow tread
R-1 Agricultural tractor drive wheel tyres: regular tread
R-2 Agricultural tractor drive wheel tyres: cane and rice service (deep tread)
R-3 Agricultural tractor drive wheel tyres: flotation service (shallow tread)
R-4 Drive wheel tyres: industrial service (construction application)

Application Description for Forestry Service HT (High Torque) or LT (Low Torque) may be added
to Service Description as shown in the example below:
HT 148 A2
600/55 - 26.5 LS2 148 A8
LT 155 A2
A

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 AG.21
DESIGN GUIDE – Agricultural Equipment Tyres

CODE DESIGNATED NORMAL SECTION SIZES FOR TRACTION WHEELS


WITH SERVICE DESCRIPTION AND/OR PLY RATING MARKED
ADDITIONAL SERVICE
TYRE SIZE DESIGNATION SERVICE DESCRIPTION (1)
DESCRIPTION (2)
11.2 – 24 6 PR 110 A6 106 A8
8 PR 116 A6 113 A8
11.2 – 28 6 PR 112 A6 108 A8
12.4 – 24 6 PR 115 A6 111 A8
12.4 – 28 4 PR 109 A6 104 A8
6 PR 117 A6 113 A8
12.4 – 32 6 PR 119 A6 115 A8
12.4 – 36 6 PR 121 A6 117 A8
12.4 – 38 6 PR 122 A6 118 A8
13.6 – 28 4 PR 112 A6 108 A8
6 PR 121 A6 117 A8
8 PR 125 A6 122 A8
13.6 – 36 6 PR 125 A6 121 A8
13.6 – 38 6 PR 126 A6 122 A8
8 PR 131 A6 126 A8
14.9 – 24 4 PR 112 A6 108 A8
6 PR 125 A6 119 A8
8 PR 128 A6 124 A8
14.9 – 28 6 PR 125 A6 121 A8
8 PR 130 A6 126 A8
14.9 – 30 6 PR 126 A6 122 A8
16.9 – 26 6 PR 128 A6 124 A8
16.9 – 28 6 PR 129 A6 125 A8
8 PR 135 A6 131 A8
10 PR 139 A6 134 A8
12 PR 143 A6 139 A8
16.9 – 30 6 PR 130 A6 126 A8
8 PR 137 A6 132 A8
16.9 – 34 6 PR 133 A6 128 A8
8 PR 139 A6 134 A8
10 PR 142 A6 138 A8
16.9 – 38 6 PR 135 A6 130 A8
8 PR 141 A6 136 A8
18.4 – 26 6 PR 132 A6 128 A8
10 PR 142 A6 138 A8
12 PR 146 A6 142 A8
18.4 – 30 6 PR 134 A6 130 A8
8 PR 139 A6 135 A8
10 PR 145 A6 140 A8
12 PR 149 A6 145 A8
18.4 – 34 6 PR 137 A6 132 A8
8 PR 142 A6 137 A8
10 PR 146 A6 143 A8
18.4 – 38 6 PR 139 A6 134 A8
8 PR 143 A6 139 A8
20.8 – 38 8 PR 148 A6 144 A8
12 PR 156 A6 152 A8
23.1 – 26 8 PR 145 A6 141 A8
10 PR 149 A6 145 A8
12 PR 153 A6 149 A8
14 PR 156 A6 152 A8
24.5 – 32 10 PR 156 A6 152 A8
For tyres Pressures, refer to the Standards Manual
Marking of tyres : additional service description A8 must be marked in a circle as defined in the Regulation 106 (like example in annex 5 of R106)
(1) A6 load/speed variation applies
(2) Additional service description A8, load/speed curve does not apply

AG.22 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Agricultural Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

CODE DESIGNATED TYRES FOR STEERING WHEELS


WITH SERVICE DESCRIPTION AND/OR PLY RATING MARKED
SERVICE DESCRIPTION SERVICE DESCRIPTION
TYRE SIZE DESIGNATION
ETRTO (1) T&RA (2)
4.00-12 4 PR 60 A6 56 A8
4.00-15 4 PR 66 A6 62 A8
4.00-19 4 PR 72 A6 69 A8
5.00-15 4 PR 73 A6 69 A8
5.00-15 6 PR 82 A6 76 A8
5.50-16 4 PR 78 A6 75 A8
5.50-16 6 PR 86 A6 82 A8

D
6.00-16 4 PR 80 A6 77 A8
6.00-16 6 PR 88 A6 85 A8
6.00-16 8 PR 94 A6 91 A8
6.00-19 6 PR 93 A6 89 A8
6.50-16 4 PR 85 A6 81 A8

G
6.50-16 6 PR 91 A6 88 A8
6.50-20 6 PR 97 A6 93 A8
7.50-16 6 PR 98 A6 94 A8
7.50-16 8 PR 103 A6 99 A8
7.50-18 6 PR 101 A6 97 A8
7.50-18 8 PR 106 A6 102 A8
7.50-20 6 PR 103 A6 99 A8
7.50-20 8 PR 109 A6 105 A8
9.00-16 10 PR 116 A6 111 A8
10.00-16 6 PR 107 A6 103 A8
10.00-16 8 PR 115 A6 110 A8
11.00-16 6 PR 113 A6 109 A8
11.00-16 8 PR 118 A6 114 A8
(1) ECE106/ ETRTO Load speed curve for speed symbol A6 applies

(2) Service Decription adopted by T&RA having load capacities at various speeds equivalent to those of the corresponding ETRTO tyres marked with speed symbol A6.
ECE106/ ETRTO Load speed curve for speed symbol A8 does apply.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 AG.23
DESIGN GUIDE – Agricultural Equipment Tyres

TYRE LOAD CAPACITY AT VARIOUS INFLATION PRESSURE FOR METRIC


SIZES TRACTOR DRIVE WHEEL TYRES, CONSTRUCTION APPLICATION
TYRES, FORESTRY AND IMPLEMENT TYRES
REF
ASPECT INFLATION
% MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY Q(i) FOR INFLATION PRESSURE P(i) LOWER THAN REF INFLATION PRESSURE
RATIO PRESSURE
(kPa)
TRACTOR 60 80 100 120 140 160 200 240 280 320 360 400
320 39 % 45 % 51 % 58 % 64 % 71 % 79 % 85 % 93 % 100 %
280 42 % 49 % 55% 62 % 69 % 76 % 85 % 91 % 100 %
240 46 % 53 % 61 % 68 % 76 % 83 % 93 % 100 %
45 to 60 200 49 % 57 % 66 % 74 % 82 % 90 % 100 %
160 55 % 64 % 73 % 82 % 91 % 100 %
120 67 % 78 % 89 % 100 %
100* 75% 88% 100%
320 40 % 46 % 53 % 60 % 65 % 71 % 79 % 85 % 93 % 100 %
280 43 % 50 % 57 % 64 % 70 % 76 % 85 % 91 % 100%
240 47 % 55% 63 % 70 % 77 % 83 % 93 % 100 %
65 200 51 % 59 % 67 % 76 % 83 % 90 % 100 %
160 56 % 66 % 75 % 84 % 92 % 100 %
120 67 % 78 % 89 % 100 %
100* 75 % 88 % 100 %
400 35 % 41 % 47 % 53 % 59 % 64 % 71 % 75 % 82 % 89 % 95 % 100 %
360 37 % 43 % 49 % 56 % 62 % 68 % 75 % 79 % 87 % 94 % 100 %
320 39 % 46 % 53 % 59 % 66 % 72 % 79 % 85 % 93 % 100 %
280 43 % 50 % 57 % 64 % 71 % 78 % 86 % 91 % 100 %
70 to 95 240 47 % 54 % 62 % 70 % 78 % 86 % 94 % 100 %
200 50 % 58 % 66 % 75 % 83 % 91 % 100 %
160 55 % 64 % 73 % 82 % 91 % 100 %
120 67 % 78 % 89 % 100 %
100* 75 % 88 % 100 %
400 28 % 32 % 37 % 42 % 46 % 51 % 60 % 67 % 76 % 83 % 91 % 100 %
360 30 % 35 % 40 % 45 % 51 % 56 % 66 % 74 % 83 % 90 % 100 %
320 33 % 39 % 45 % 50 % 56 % 61 % 73 % 81 % 91 % 100 %
280 36 % 42 % 48 % 54 % 61 % 67 % 79 % 88 % 100 %
Dr < 24
240 41 % 48 % 55 % 62 % 69 % 75 % 89 % 100 %
200 46 % 54 % 62 % 69 % 77 % 85 % 100 %
160 55 % 64 % 73 % 82 % 91 % 100 %
120 67 % 78 % 89 % 100 %
CONSTR. APPLICATION 120 160 200 240 280 320 350 400 450 500 550 600
600 27 % 33 % 39 % 45 % 52 % 58 % 62 % 70 % 77 % 85 % 92 % 100 %
ALL 500 32 % 39 % 46 % 54 % 61 % 68 % 73 % 82 % 91 % 100 %
ASPECT 400 39 % 48 % 57 % 65 % 74 % 83 % 89 % 100 %
RATIOS 320 47 % 58 % 68 % 79 % 89 % 100 %
240 60 % 73 % 87 % 100 %
FORESTRY 100 160 200 240 280 320 360 400 460 500 550
550 33 % 45 % 51 % 57 % 62 % 67 % 74 % 81 % 88 % 92 % 100 %
500 35 % 49 % 55 % 62 % 68 % 73 % 81 % 89 % 95 % 100 %
ALL 400 40 % 55 % 62 % 70 % 76 % 83 % 91 % 100 %
ASPECT 360 44 % 60 % 68 % 77 % 84 % 90 % 100 %
RATIOS 320 48 % 66 % 76 % 85 % 92 % 100 %
240 57 % 78 % 89 % 100 %
160 73 % 100 %
IMPLEMENT 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400 500 600
* for IF and VF tyres only.
** for 5° rims >=24 see Tractor Drive Wheels above
In the absence of Tyre Manufacturer recommendation, Load Carrying Capacities (Qr) for Inflation Pressure (Pr) other than the reference pressure shall be calculated according to the table above and
rounded to the nearest load index for the reference Pressures and to the nearest 5 Kg for the other pressures.

AG.24 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Agricultural Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

TYRE LOAD CAPACITY AT VARIOUS INFLATION PRESSURE FOR METRIC


SIZES TRACTOR DRIVE WHEEL TYRES, CONSTRUCTION APPLICATION
TYRES, FORESTRY AND IMPLEMENT TYRES (Cont’d)
REF
ASPECT INFLATION
% MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY Q(i) FOR INFLATION PRESSURE P(i) LOWER THAN REF INFLATION PRESSURE
RATIO PRESSURE
(kPa)
600 29 % 37 % 45 % 52 % 60 % 68 % 73 % 81 % 89 % 94 % 100 %
500 30 % 39 % 48 % 55 % 64 % 73 % 78 % 86 % 94 % 100 %
A4 to A8 400 32 % 42 % 51 % 59 % 68 % 77 % 83 % 91 % 100 %
360 35 % 46 % 56 % 65 % 74 % 84 % 90 % 100 %
5° rims < 24 320 39 % 50 % 62 % 71 % 82 % 93 % 100 %

D
280 42 % 54 % 66 % 76 % 88 % 100 %
All 15° rims 240 48 % 61 % 75 % 87 % 100 %
200 55 % 71 % 86 % 100 %
(**) 160 64 % 82 % 100 %
120 78 % 100 %
80 100 %

G
IMPLEMENT 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400 500 600
600 25 % 32 % 40 % 45 % 52 % 59 % 65 % 71 % 78 % 88 % 100 %
500 29 % 37 % 45 % 51 % 59 % 67 % 74 % 81 % 89 % 100 %
400 32 % 41 % 51 % 58 % 67 % 76 % 83 % 91 % 100 %
360 35 % 45 % 55 % 63 % 73 % 83 % 91 % 100 %
320 39 % 50 % 61 % 70 % 80 % 91 % 100 %
D 280 43 % 55 % 67 % 76 % 88 % 100 %
240 48 % 62 % 76 % 87 % 100 %
200 56 % 71 % 87 % 100 %
160 64 % 82 % 100 %
120 78 % 100 %
80 100 %
* for IF and VF tyres only.
** for 5° rims >=24 see Tractor Drive Wheels above
In the absence of Tyre Manufacturer recommendation, Load Carrying Capacities (Qr) for Inflation Pressure (Pr) other than the reference pressure shall be calculated according to the table above and
rounded to the nearest load index for the reference Pressures and to the nearest 5 Kg for the other pressures.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 AG.25
DESIGN GUIDE

Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres

INDEX PAGE
TYRE SIZE DESIGNATION AND MARKINGS MC.2

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS MC.3, MC.4 D


GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING APPROVED RIMS

LOAD/SPEED RELATIONSHIP
MC.5

MC.5
G
THEORETICAL ROLLING CIRCUMFERENCE AND STATIC LOADED RADIUS MC.6

ROLLING CIRCUMFERENCE (MOTORCYCLE TYRES) - DIAGONAL MC.6

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS FOR MOTORCYCLE TYRES MC.7 to MC.9

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS FOR CYCLE TYRES MC.10

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS FOR AT TYRES MC.10

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


MC.11 to MC.18
FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS

CALCULATION OF MINIMUM INFLATION PRESSURE OF MOTORCYCLE


TYRES
MC.19
M

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 MC.1
DESIGN GUIDE – Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres

TYRE SIZE DESIGNATIONS AND MARKINGS


SIZE DESIGNATION

1) The specifications on page GI.6 apply to Low Profile Motorcycle tyres with Metric markings.
2) Code designated tyres for "ALL-TERRAIN VEHICLES" are marked as per the following example:
SERVICE
TYRE SIZE
DESCRIPTION

AT 18 X 11 — 8 33 25 F
| | | | | | |
Nominal Nominal
Nominal Load Speed
Prefix Overall Construction Rim Symbol
Section Width index Symbol
Diameter Diameter
where :
AT = Prefix to identify tyres designated for service on All-Terrain vehicles
Nominal Overall Diameter : whole integer (increments of 1)
Nominal Section Width (SN) : whole integer (increments of 1)
Nominal Rim Diameter : whole integer (increments of 1)

CONSTRUCTION

"-" or "D" for tyres of Diagonal Construction


"B" for tyres of Bias-Belted Construction
"R" for tyres of Radial (*) Construction

(*) Radial : see page GI.2, where "SUBSTANTIALLY at 90 degrees" means angle between 65 and 90 degrees
as measured from the centreline of the tread.

SERVICE DESCRIPTION

For AT tyres the service description based on reference speed 80 km/h (Speed Symbol F) is supplemented
with the marking of a symbol to identify the reference inflation pressure, as follows :

SYMBOL REFERENCE INFLATION PRESSURE


(kPa)

3 25

33 35

333 45

In case of tyres restricted to off the road service and marked "NHS" the marking of the Service Description is
optional.

MC.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS


NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH steps

1) Motorcycle Metric tyres : 10 mm, starting from 50


2) AT tyres: 1, starting from code 6

THEORETICAL AND MEASURING RIM WIDTHS

1) For Metric tyres the following coefficients must be applied for the calculation of the Theoretical Rim Width (a1)
(Formula 1) :
R =
=
=
0,60 for aspect ratios 80 and higher
0,65 for aspect ratios 75
0,70 for aspect ratios 70 to 60
D
= 0,80 for aspect ratios 55 and 50
= 0,90 for aspect ratios 45 to 30
2) For AT tyres R = 0.80 (Formula 1)
3) For the Measuring Rim Width (a) see item 2 on page GI.6.
G
DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (h) and DESIGN OVERALL DIAMETER (d)

1) For Metric tyres apply formula 6 and 7 on page GI.7 where :

NOMINAL ASPECT RATIO (ar)

Aspect Ratios Steps


100 to 70 10 (e.g. 100-90-80...)
Below 70 5 (e.g. 55-50...)

2) For AT tyres :
Design Section Height = 0.5 x (d - dr)
where :
d = Design Overall Diameter as follow

NOMINAL OVERALL
DESIGN OVERALL DIAMETER
DIAMETER
(d) (mm)
(code)
14 356
15 381
16
17
18
406
432
457
M
19 483
20 508
21 533
22 559
23 584
24 610
25 635
26 660
27 686

dr = Nominal Rim Diameter : for values see page GI.8

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 MC.3
DESIGN GUIDE – Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres

DESIGN SECTION WIDTH (s)

See on page GI.7 where k = 0.40 (Formula 2)


For AT tyres sN = Nominal Section Width * 25.4 rounded to the nearest mm (see page MC.10).

MAXIMUM, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM IN SERVICE TYRE DIMENSIONS

Apply formulae 3, 6, 8 and 9 on page GI.7 and GI.8 with the following coefficients:

Motorcycle tyres - Tread Type


AT tyres
A B C (Trial) D (Cross)
FsG Rad 1.07* 1.07 1.07 — 1.09
FsG Bias 1.10* 1.10 1.10 1.25
1.07 1.12 See OD dyn
Fh G
(hG – h) ≥ 3mm (hG – h) ≥ 4mm (hG – h) ≥ 6mm below
Fhmin 0.97 — — 0.94
Fhmax 1.03** — — 1.06
Fsmin 0.96 (s – smin ≥ 4mm) 0.95
* 1.08 for Nominal Diameter Code < 13. ** 1.06 for Nominal Diameter Code < 13.

For AT tyres : Maximum new tyre overall width :


Smax = 1.07 x s, for sN code 10 and smaller
1.06 x s, for sN code 11 and larger

MAXIMUM DYNAMIC DIMENSIONS

1) Centrifugal radius (Rdyn) for motorcycle tyres with nominal rim diameter 13 to 21
Rdyn = Fh dyn * h + dr/2
where :
Factors for Centrifugal Growth (Fh dyn)
Tread Type
Speed A & B
(km/h) C
Diagonal + Bias- Radial
Belted
180 1.10 1.10 1.15
210 1.13 1.10 1.18
240 1.16 1.10 —

2) Maximum dynamic grown overall diameter (ODdyn) for AT tyres


ODdyn = Fd dyn x dmax
where:

Speed (km/h) Fd dyn


60 1.07
80 1.09
100 1.11
Over 100 Consult tyre manufacturer

MC.4 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING APPROVED RIMS


MEASURING RIM WIDTH and APPROVED ALTERNATIVES are calculated from the following relationship and
rounded-off to the nearest existing rim width.

RIM WIDTH = R x TYRE SECTION

where, (i) Calculated RIM WIDTHS, except for the theoretical rim width a1, shall be rounded to the nearest
existing rim width.
(ii) TYRE SECTION is the Design Section Width for Code Designated Tyres,
and the Nominal Section Width for Metric Designated Tyres.
(iii) R is given in the table below.

Approved rim contours are given in the ETRTO Standards Manual. D


Coefficient R
CATEGORY

Motorcycles
Measuring Rim
Approved Rims
Minimum (2) Maximum G
Mopeds up to 50 km/h 0.60 0.45 0.60
Metric 80, 90 and 100 (Diag & Bias Belted) 0.60 0.50 0.70
Metric 80, 90 and 100 (Rad) 0.60 0.60 0.70
Metric 75 (Rad) 0.65 0.65 0.75
Metric 75 (Diag & Bias Belted) 0.65 0.55 0.75
Metric 60 to 70 (Diag & Bias Belted) 0.70 0.60 0.80
Metric 60 to 70 (Rad) 0.70 0.70 0.80
Metric 50 to 55 0.80 0.75 0.85
Metric 30 to 45 0.90 0.85 0.95
Cycles
SN ≤ 28 (1) 0.63 0.55 0.69
30 ≤ SN ≤ 37 (1) 0.54 0.48 0.62
39 ≤SN ≤ 42 (1) 0.47 0.42 0.58
43 ≤ SN ≤ 47 (1) 0.42 0.38 0.56
50 ≤ SN ≤ 55 (1) 0.36 0.34 0.54
57 ≤ SN ≤ 64 (1) 0.35 0.32 0.52
AT
All (see page MC.10) 0.80 0.65 0.85
(1) Calculated for Crotchet type rims
(2) Shall be rounded to the nearest existing uneven rim width

LOAD/SPEED RELATIONSHIP
1) For motorcycle tyres refer to the Standards Manual.
2) For AT tyres the following applies, with reference to Speed Symbol F
M
MAXIMUM SPEED LOAD VARIATION
(km/h) (%)
50 and below + 12
60 +7
70 +3
80 0
90 -5
100 - 10
110 - 15
120 - 20
130 - 25

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 MC.5
DESIGN GUIDE – Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres

THEORETICAL FORMULATION

THEORETICAL ROLLING CIRCUMFERENCE

Theoretical rolling circumference CR, for TYPE APPROVAL HOMOLOGATION or VEHICLE


REGULATIONS ONLY, can be obtained from the following formula.

C =Fxd
R

Where C = Theoretical Rolling Circumference


R

F = 2.99 for 12 Diameter Code and below - Diagonal and Bias-Belted


3.03 for 12 Diameter Code and below - Radial
3.02 for 13 Diameter Code and above
d = Design Overall Diameter
Basis: 60 km/h
E.T.R.T.O. Maximum Load
E.T.R.T.O. Reference Inflation Pressure

Note: Where practical values of tyre rolling circumference are required, consult tyre manufacturers or their
National Associations with regard to tyre structure, tread patterns, applications and method of mea-
surement.

ROLLING CIRCUMFERENCE (MOTORCYCLE TYRES) – DIAGONAL

Rolling circumference 'C' is influenced by the speed at which it is measured - Approximate variations are :
Speed (km/h) 100 120 140 160 180 210
Variation of 'C' % + 0.75 + 1.25 + 1.75 + 2.0 + 2.5 + 3.5

THEORETICAL STATIC LOADED RADIUS

The following formula for Theoretical Static Loaded Radius, FOR REGULATIONS PURPOSES ONLY, is given
as a guide to vehicle manufacturers to cover E.T.R.T.O. Members’ tyre.

RS = dr/2 + FR x (d - dr)/2
Where : RS =Theoretical Static Loaded Radius
dr = Nominal Rim Diameter
(page GI.8 from Engineering Design Information book)
d = Design Overall Diameter
FR = Factor as below

RIM DIAMETER CODE FR


≥13 0.80
≤12 0.85

Note: ‘Theoretical’ — to be used for calculation purposes only. Does not necessarily relate to the measured dimensions.

MC.6 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS FOR MOTORCYCLE TYRES


METRIC SERIES - DIAGONAL, BIAS-BELTED AND RADIAL
DIMENSION
DESIGN MAXIMUM IN SERVICE
NOMINAL MEASURIN Tread Type
SECTION G RIM
WIDTH WIDTH Section Section Overall Centrifugal Section Height Centrifugal Section Height
Overall Width (Hdyn) (+) Overall (Hdyn) (+)
CODE CODE Section
Width Height (SG) * Section
(SN) (a) Height up to 180(1) up to 210 up to 240 Height (h ) up to 180 up to 210
(s) (h) Types ABC G
(hG) km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
Diag. Rad. A&B C&D C

D
’35’ Series
280 10.00 281 98 309 301 105 108 111 114 — — —
300 10.50 299 105 329 320 112 116 119 122 — — —
’40’ Series
200 7.00 199 80 219 213 86 88 90 93 — — —

G
210 7.50 211 84 232 226 90 92 95 97 — — —
220 8.00 222 88 244 238 94 97 99 102 — — —
230 8.00 228 92 251 244 98 101 104 107 — — —
240 8.50 240 96 264 257 103 106 108 111 — — —
250 9.00 251 100 276 269 107 110 113 116 — — —
260 9.00 258 104 284 276 111 114 118 121 — — —
300 10.00 299 120 329 320 128 132 136 139 — — —
’45’ Series
200 7.00 199 90 219 213 96 99 102 104 — — —
210 7.50 211 95 232 226 102 105 107 110 — — —
220 8.00 222 99 244 238 106 109 112 115 — — —
230 8.00 228 104 251 244 111 114 118 121 — — —
240 8.50 240 108 264 257 116 119 122 125 — — —
250 9.00 251 113 276 269 121 124 128 131 — — —
’50’ Series
160 5.00 160 80 176 171 86 88 90 93 — — —
170 5.50 172 85 189 184 91 94 96 99 — — —
180 5.50 178 90 196 190 96 99 102 104 — — —
190 6.00 190 95 209 203 102 105 107 110 — — —
200 6.25 200 100 221 214 107 110 113 116 — — —
210 6.50 209 105 230 224 112 115 119 122 — — —
240 7.50 239 120 263 256 128 132 136 139 — — —
’55’ Series
130 4.00 129 72 142 138 77 79 81 84 — — —
140 4.50 141 77 155 151 82 85 87 89 — — —
150 4.50 148 83 163 158 89 91 94 96 — — —
160 5.00 160 88 176 171 94 97 99 102 — — —
170 5.50 172 94 189 184 101 103 106 109 — — —
180 5.50 178 99 196 190 106 109 112 115 — — —
190 6.00 190 105 209 203 112 116 119 122 — — —
200 6.25 200 110 220 214 118 121 124 128 — — —
210 6.50 209 116 230 224 124 128 131 135 — — —

110
120
130
3.00
3.50
3.50
110
122
129
66
72
78
121
134
142
118
131
138
71
77
83
’60’ Series
73
79
86
75
81
88
77
84
90
74
81
87
76
83
90
78
85
92
M
140 3.75 139 84 153 149 90 92 95 97 94 97 99
150 4.25 151 90 166 162 96 99 102 104 101 104 106
160 4.50 161 96 177 172 103 106 108 111 108 110 113
170 4.50 168 102 185 180 109 112 115 118 114 117 120
180 5.00 180 108 198 193 116 119 122 125 121 124 127
190 5.00 188 114 207 201 122 126 129 132 128 131 135
200 5.50 200 120 220 214 128 132 136 139 134 138 142
210 6.00 212 126 233 227 135 139 142 146 141 145 149
220 6.00 219 132 241 234 141 145 149 153 148 152 156
230 6.25 229 138 252 245 148 152 156 160 155 159 163
(+) See Factors Fhdyn on page MC.5. (*) Rim Diameter code ≥ 13. (1) Up to 240 km/h for Radial Tyres.
See notes on page MC.4

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 MC.7
DESIGN GUIDE – Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS FOR MOTORCYCLE TYRES (Continued)


METRIC SERIES - DIAGONAL, BIAS-BELTED AND RADIAL
DIMENSION
DESIGN MAXIMUM IN SERVICE
NOMINAL MEASURIN Tread Type
SECTION G RIM
WIDTH WIDTH Section Section Overall Centrifugal Section Height Centrifugal Section Height
Overall Width (Hdyn) (+) Overall (Hdyn) (+)
CODE CODE Section
Width Height (SG) * Section
(SN) (a) Height up to 180(1) up to 210 up to 240 Height (h ) up to 180 up to 210
(s) (h) Types ABC G
(hG) km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
Diag. Rad. A&B C&D C
’65’ Series
100 2.75 100 65 110 107 70 72 73 75 73 75 77
110 3.00 110 72 121 118 77 79 81 84 81 83 85
120 3.50 122 78 134 131 83 86 88 90 87 90 92
130 3.50 129 85 142 138 91 94 96 99 95 98 100
140 3.75 139 91 153 149 97 100 103 106 102 105 107
150 4.25 151 98 166 162 105 108 111 114 110 113 116
160 4.50 161 104 177 172 111 114 118 124 116 120 123
170 4.50 168 111 185 180 119 122 125 129 124 128 131
’70’ Series
80 2.15 80 56 88 87 60 62 63 65 63 64 66
100 2.75 100 70 110 107 75 77 79 81 78 81 83
110 3.00 110 77 121 118 82 85 87 89 86 89 91
120 3.50 122 84 134 131 90 92 95 97 94 97 99
130 3.50 129 91 142 138 97 100 103 106 102 105 107
140 3.75 139 98 153 149 105 108 111 114 110 113 116
150 4.25 151 105 166 162 112 116 119 122 118 121 124
160 4.50 161 112 177 172 120 123 127 130 125 129 132
170 4.50 168 119 185 180 127 131 134 138 133 137 140
180 5.00 180 126 198 192 135 139 142 146 141 144 149
200 5.50 200 140 220 214 150 154 158 162 157 161 165
’75’ Series
100 2.50 99 75 109 106 80 83 85 87 84 86 89
110 2.75 109 83 120 117 89 91 94 96 93 95 98
120 3.00 119 90 131 127 96 99 102 104 101 104 106
130 3.50 132 98 145 141 105 108 111 114 110 113 116
140 3.50 139 105 153 149 112 116 119 122 118 121 124
150 3.75 149 113 164 159 121 124 128 131 127 130 133
160 4.00 159 120 175 170 128 132 136 139 134 138 142
170 4.25 169 128 186 181 137 141 145 148 143 147 151
180 4.50 179 135 197 192 144 149 153 157 151 155 159
190 5.00 191 143 210 204 153 157 162 166 160 164 169
200 5.00 199 150 219 213 161 165 170 174 168 173 177
’80’ Series
60 1.50 61 48 67 65 51 53 54 56 53 55 57
70 1.60 69 56 76 74 60 62 63 65 63 64 66
80 1.85 80 64 88 86 68 70 72 74 72 74 76
90 2.15 90 72 99 96 77 79 81 84 81 83 85
100 2.50 101 80 111 108 86 88 90 93 90 92 94
110 2.50 109 88 120 117 94 97 99 102 99 101 104
120 2.75 119 96 131 127 103 106 108 111 108 110 113
130 3.00 129 104 142 138 111 114 118 121 116 120 123
140 3.50 142 112 156 152 120 123 127 130 125 129 132
150 3.50 150 120 165 161 128 132 136 139 134 138 142
160 3.75 160 128 176 171 137 141 145 148 143 147 151
170 4.00 170 136 187 182 146 150 154 158 152 156 160
(+) See Factors Fhdyn on page MC.5. (*) Rim Diameter code ≥ 13. (1) Up to 240 km/h for Radial Tyres.

MC.8 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS FOR MOTORCYCLE TYRES (Continued)


METRIC SERIES - DIAGONAL, BIAS-BELTED AND RADIAL
DIMENSION
DESIGN MAXIMUM IN SERVICE
NOMINAL MEASURIN Tread Type
SECTION G RIM
WIDTH WIDTH Section Section Overall Centrifugal Section Height Centrifugal Section Height
Overall Width (Hdyn) (+) Overall (Hdyn) (+)
CODE CODE Section
Width Height (SG) * Section
(SN) (a) Height up to 180(1) up to 210 up to 240 Height (h ) up to 180 up to 210
(s) (h) Types ABC G
(hG) km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
Diag. Rad. A&B C&D C

D
’90’ Series
60 1.50 61 54 66 65 58 59 61 63 60 62 64
70 1.60 69 63 76 74 67 69 71 73 71 72 74
80 1.85 80 72 88 86 77 79 81 84 81 83 85
90 2.15 90 81 99 96 87 89 92 94 91 93 96
100 2.50 101 90 111 109 96 99 102 104 101 104 106

G
110 2.50 109 99 120 117 106 109 112 115 111 114 117
120 2.75 119 108 131 127 116 119 122 125 121 124 127
130 3.00 129 117 142 138 125 129 132 136 131 135 138
140 3.50 142 126 156 152 135 139 142 146 141 145 149
150 3.50 150 135 165 161 144 149 153 157 151 155 159
’100’ Series
60 1.35 59 60 63 65 64 66 68 70 68 70 71
70 1.60 69 70 76 74 75 77 78 81 78 81 83
80 1.85 80 80 88 86 86 88 90 93 90 92 94
90 2.15 90 90 99 96 96 99 102 104 101 104 106
100 2.50 101 100 111 108 107 110 114 116 112 115 118
110 2.50 109 110 120 117 118 121 123 128 123 127 130
120 2.75 119 120 131 127 128 132 134 139 134 138 142
130 3.00 129 130 142 138 139 143 146 151 146 150 153
140 3.50 142 140 256 152 150 154 160 162 157 161 165
(+) See Factors Fhdyn on page MC.5. (*) Rim Diameter code ≥ 13. (1) Up to 240 km/h for Radial Tyres.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 MC.9
DESIGN GUIDE – Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS FOR CYCLE TYRES

TYRE DIMENSION (mm)


NOMINAL MEASURING RIM
DESIGN MAXIMUM IN SERVICE
SECTION WIDTH CODE WIDTH CODE
( sN ) (a) Section Width (s) Section Height (h) Overall Width Overall Section Height
(1) (2) (3) (7) (4) (6) (5)
16 13C 16 20 17 23
18 13C 18 22 19 25
20 13C 20 24 21 27
23 15C 23 27 24 30
25 15C 25 29 26 32
28 17C 28 33.5 30 36.5
30 17C 30 35.5 32 38.5
32 17C 32 37.5 34 40.5
35 19C 35 40.5 37 43.5
37 19C 37 42.5 40 45.5
40 19C 40 45.5 43 48.5
42 19C 42 47.5 45 50.5
44 19C 44 49.5 47 52.5
47 19C 47 52.5 50 55.5
50 19C 50 55.5 53 58.5
52 19C 52 57.5 55 60.5
54 19C 54 59.5 57 62.5
55 19C 55 60.5 58 63.5
57 19C 57 62.5 60 65.5
58 21C 58 63.5 61 66.5
60 21C 60 65.5 63 68.5
62 21C 62 67.5 65 70.5
64 23C 64 69.5 67 72.5
(1) Maximum Section Width = Design Section Width
(2) For Nominal Section Width(s), SN ≤ 30 mm, Minimum Section Width = Design Section Width - 2 mm
For Nominal Section Width(s), SN ≥ 32 mm, Minimum Section Width = Design Section Width - 3 mm
(3) Section Height = Section Width (s) + 4 mm up to and including SN = 25 mm
= Section Width (s) + 5.5 mm for SN = 28 mm and above
(Minimum Section Height = Design Section Heigth - 3 mm)
(4) Overall Width = Design Section Width + 3 mm for Nominal Section Width (SN) above 35 mm
= Design Section Width + 2 mm for Nominal Section Widths (SN) of 28, 30, 32 and 35 mm.
= Design Section Width + 1 mm for SN ≤ 25 mm
(5) Overall Section Height = Design Section Height + 3 mm
(6) For Type D Tyres, Overall Width = Design Section Width +8 mm.
(7) For Type ATB Tyres (SN ≥ 35 mm), Design Section Height = Design Section Height of table + 1 mm and Overall Section Height = Overall Section Height of the table + 1 mm

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS FOR AT TYRES

TYRE DIMENSION (mm) APPROVED RIMS


NOMINAL MEASURING RIM Maximum
SECTION WIDTH CODE WIDTH CODE Design
Overall Width
(sN) (a) Section Width Minimum Maximum
in Service
(s)
(sG)
6 5.0 154 168 4.0 AT 5.0 AT
7 5.5 177 193 4.5 AT 6.0 AT
8 6.5 204 222 5.0 AT 7.0 AT
9 7.0 227 247 6.0 AT 7.5 AT
10 8.0 254 277 6.5 AT 8.5 AT
11 9.0 281 306 7.0 AT 9.5 AT
12 9.5 304 331 8.0 AT 10.0 AT
13 10.5 330 360 8.5 AT 11.0 AT
For Design Section Heights, see page MC.3

MC.10 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
’100’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER CODE


SECTION WIDTH
(mm) 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Std Pressure = 250 kPa Pressure = 230 kPa
50 23
60 29 30 31 33
70 36 40 43 37 38 39 40 41 42 44
80
90
100
110
43
49
55
60
57
62
46
53
59
64
60
65
50
56
62
67
43
49
44
50
45
51
57
62
46
53
58
63
47
54
59
64
49
55
60
65
56
51
57
D
G
120 65 67 68 70 71 66 67 68 69
130 69 71 73 74 75 70 71 72 73
140 74 75 76 77
Reinf Pressure = 300 kPa Pressure = 280 kPa
50
60 34 36 38 39
70 41 45 48 42 45 46 47 48
80 48 52 55 49 51 53 54 55
90 54 58 61 55 58 59 60 61
100 60 62 64 j66 67 63 64 65 66
110 65 67 69 71 72 68 69 70 71
120 70 72 73 75 76 72 73 74 75
130 74 76 78 79 80 76 77 78 79
140 80 81 82 83
Light Pressure = 175 kPa
70 26 30 34
80 34 38 41
90 40 43 46
100 45 48 49 51 52
110 50 53 54 56 58
120 55 58 59 61 62
130 60 62 64 65 66
Note : Sizes in bold appear in the Standards Manual.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 MC.11
DESIGN GUIDE – Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
’90’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER CODE


SECTION WIDTH
(mm) 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 21
Std Pressure = 250 kPa Pressure = 230 kPa
60 25 30 34 24 26 27 29 30 31 33 35
70 34 38 41 32 34 35 36 38 39 40 43
80 41 44 48 39 40 41 43 44 45 46 48
90 47 50 54 44 46 47 48 49 51 52 54
100 53 54 56 57 59 50 51 53 54 55 56 57 59
110 58 59 61 62 64 56 56 58 59 60 61 62 64
120 62 64 66 67 69 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 68
130 66 68 70 71 73 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 72
140 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 76
150 71 72 74 75 76 77 78 79
Reinf Pressure = 300 kPa Pressure = 280 kPa
60 30 35 39 30 32 34 35 36 38 39 41
70 39 43 46 38 40 41 42 43 44 45 47
80 46 49 53 44 46 47 48 50 51 52 54
90 52 55 59 50 52 53 55 56 57 58 60
100 58 59 61 62 64 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 65
110 63 64 66 67 69 61 62 64 65 66 67 68 70
120 67 69 71 72 74 65 67 68 69 70 71 72 74
130 71 73 75 76 78 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 78
140 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 82
150 77 78 80 81 82 83 84 86
Light Pressure = 175 kPa
60 16 20 24
70 24 28 31
80 31 35 39
90 38 41 44
100 43 45 46 48 49
110 48 50 51 53 54
120 52 54 57 58 60
130 57 59 61 62 64
Note : Sizes in bold appear in the Standards Manual.

MC.12 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
’80’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER CODE


SECTION WIDTH
(mm) 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 21
Std Pressure = 250 kPa Pressure = 230 kPa
60 22 25 26 29 30 21 23 27
70 30 32 35 36 38 29 30 32 33 35 36 37 39
80 37 40 41 43 44 36 37 39 40 41 42 43 45

D
90 43 45 47 48 50 41 43 44 45 46 47 49 51
100 49 51 53 54 56 46 48 49 50 52 53 54 56
110 54 56 58 59 61 51 53 54 55 57 58 59 61
120 59 60 62 63 65 56 58 59 60 61 62 63 65
130 63 64 66 68 69 60 62 63 64 65 66 67 69
140
150
160
170
67 69 70
74
72 74 64
68
71
74
65
69
72
75
67
70
74
77
68
71
75
78
69
72
76
79
70
73
77
80
71
75
78
81
73
76
79
83
G
Reinf Pressure = 300 kPa Pressure = 280 kPa
60 27 30 31 33 35 28 29
70 35 38 40 41 43 35 37 38 39 40 41 42 44
80 42 44 46 48 49 42 43 44 45 46 48 49 51
90 48 50 52 54 55 47 49 50 51 53 54 55 57
100 54 56 58 59 61 53 54 55 56 58 59 60 62
110 59 61 63 64 66 58 59 60 61 62 64 65 67
120 64 65 67 69 70 62 64 65 66 67 68 69 71
130 68 70 71 73 74 66 67 68 70 71 72 73 75
140 72 74 76 77 79 70 71 73 74 75 76 77 79
150 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 82
160 77 78 79 81 82 83 84 86
170 80 81 83 84 85 86 87 89
Light Pressure = 175 kPa
60 13 17 20
70 20 25 28
80 27 31 35
90 34 38 41
100 40 41 43 45 46
110
120
130
44
49
53
46
51
55
48
52
57
49
54
58
51
55
60
M
140
150 65
Note : Sizes in bold appear in the Standards Manual.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 MC.13
DESIGN GUIDE – Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
’70’ Series Tyre Sizes
NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER CODE
SECTION
WIDTH 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24
(mm)
Std Pressure = 230 kPa
100 35 39 40 42 43 45 46 47 49 50 51 53
110 40 43 45 47 48 50 51 52 54 55 56 58
120 44 48 50 51 53 55 56 57 58 59 60 62
130 48 52 54 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 66 69
140 53 56 58 60 61 62 64 65 66 67 68 70
150 56 60 61 63 64 66 67 68 69 70 71 73
160 68 69 70 71 73 74 75 76
170 71 72 73 75 76 77 78 79
180 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 82
190 76 78 79 80 81 82 83 85
200 82
Reinf Pressure = 280 kPa
80 39 40 41 43 44 45 46 48
90 44 45 47 48 49 51 52 54
100 41 45 46 48 49 50 52 53 55 56 57 59
110 46 50 51 53 55 56 57 58 60 61 62 64
120 50 54 56 58 59 61 62 63 64 65 66 68
130 54 59 60 62 63 65 66 67 68 69 70 72
140 59 62 64 65 67 68 69 71 72 73 74 76
150 62 66 67 69 70 72 73 74 75 76 77 79
160 74 75 76 77 79 80 81 82
Note : Sizes in bold appear in the Standards Manual.

’65’ Series Tyre Sizes


NOMINAL SECTION RIM DIAMETER CODE
WIDTH
(mm) 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Std Pressure = 230 kPa
100 33 35 37 39 40 42 43 44 45 47 48 49
110 38 40 42 43 45 46 48 49 50 52 53 54
120 42 44 46 48 49 51 52 54 55 56 57 58
130 46 48 50 52 53 55 57 58 59 60 61 63
140 50 52 54 56 58 59 60 62 63 64 65 66
150 54 56 58 59 61 62 64 65 66 67 69 70
160 58 60 61 63 64 66 67 68 69 70 72 73
170 61 63 64 66 67 69 70 71 73 74 75 76
180 64 66 68 69 70 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
190 74 76 77 78 79 80 81
200 77 78 79 81 82 83 84
Reinf Pressure = 280 kPa
100 39 41 42 44 46 47 48 50 51 52 54 55
110 43 45 47 49 50 52 54 55 56 58 59 60
120 48 50 52 54 55 57 58 60 61 62 63 64
130 52 54 56 58 59 61 62 63 64 65 67 68
140 56 58 60 62 63 65 66 67 68 69 71 72
150 60 62 63 65 66 68 69 70 72 73 74 75
160 63 65 67 68 70 71 73 74 75 76 77 78
170 66 68 70 71 73 74 75 77 78 79 80 81
180 70 71 73 74 76 77 78 80 81 82 83 84
190 80 81 82 84 85 86 87
200 83 84 85 86 88 89
Note : Sizes in bold appear in the Standards Manual.

MC.14 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
’60’ Series Tyre Sizes
NOMINAL SEC- RIM DIAMETER CODE
TION WIDTH
(mm) 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23
Std Pressure = 230 kPa
100 31 35 37 39 41 42 43 44 45 46 48
110 36 39 42 43 45 46 47 49 50 51 53
120 40 44 46 48 49 51 52 53 55 56 57
130 45 48 50 52 53 55 56 58 59 60 61 65

D
140 48 52 54 56 57 59 60 61 63 64 65
150 52 56 58 59 61 62 64 65 66 67 68 70
160 56 60 61 63 64 65 67 68 69 70 71 73
170 59 63 64 66 67 69 70 71 72 73 74 76
180 62 66 67 69 70 72 73 74 75 76 77 79
190
200
210
220
75
78
81
83
77
79
82
84
78
80
83
85
79
81
84
86
80
82
85
88
82
84
87
89
G
230 86 87 88 89 90 91
Reinf Pressure = 280 kPa
100 37 41 43 45 46 47 49 50 52 53 54
110 42 45 48 49 51 52 54 55 56 58 59
120 46 50 52 54 55 57 58 60 61 62 63
130 51 54 56 58 60 61 62 63 65 66 67
140 54 58 60 62 63 64 66 67 69 70 71
150 58 61 64 65 66 68 70 71 72 73 74
Note : Sizes in bold appear in the Standards Manual.

’55’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER CODE


SECTION WIDTH
(mm) 16 17 18 19 21
Std Pressure = 230 kPa
130 55 57 58 59
140 59 60 61 62
150 63 64 65 66

M
160 65 67 68 69 71
170 69 70 71 72 74
180 71 73 74 75 77
190 74 75 76 77 79
200 77 78 79 80 82
210 79 80 82 83 85
Note : Sizes in bold appear in the Standards Manual.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 MC.15
DESIGN GUIDE – Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
’50’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER CODE


SECTION WIDTH
(mm) 16 17 18 19 21
Std Pressure = 230 kPa
160 63 64 65 66 68
170 66 67 68 69 71
180 69 70 71 72 74
190 72 73 74 75 77
200 74 75 76 77 79
210 77 78 79 80 82
220 79 80 81 82 84
230 81 82 84 85 87
240 84 85 86 87 89
Note : Sizes in bold appear in the Standards Manual.

’40’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER CODE


SECTION WIDTH
(mm) 16 17 18 19 20
Std Pressure = 230 kPa
210 71 72 73 74 75
220 73 74 75 76 77
230 75 76 77 78 79
240 77 78 79 80 81
250 79 80 81 83 84
260 81 82 84 85 86
270 83 85 86 87 88
280 85 86 87 88 89
290 87 88 89 90 91
300 89 90 91 92 93
Note : Sizes in bold appear in the Standards Manual.

MC.16 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
’35’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER CODE


SECTION WIDTH
(mm) 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Std Pressure = 230 kPa
210 67 68 70 71 72 73 74 74
220 69 71 72 73 74 75 76 76
230 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79
240 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
250
260
270
280
76
77
80
81
77
79
81
83
78
80
82
84
79
81
83
85
80
82
84
86
81
83
85
87
82
84
86
88
83
85
87
89
D
G
290 83 85 86 87 88 89 89 90
300 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92
310 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94
320 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95
330 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97
340 91 93 93 94 95 96 97 98
Note : Sizes in bold appear in the Standards Manual.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 MC.17
DESIGN GUIDE – Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres

ESTABLISHED ETRTO HARMONIZED LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY


FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
’30’ Series Tyre Sizes

NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER CODE


SECTION WIDTH
(mm) 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Std Pressure = 230 kPa
210 63 64 65 66 68 69 69 70
220 65 66 68 69 70 71 72 73
230 67 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
240 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
250 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79
260 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
270 75 76 77 79 80 81 82 83
280 77 78 79 80 81 83 84 84
290 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
300 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88
310 82 84 85 86 87 88 89 89
320 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91
330 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93
340 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94
350 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 95
360 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97
Note : Sizes in bold appear in the Standards Manual.

MC.18 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Cycle, Motorcycle and AT Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

Calculation of Minimum Inflation Pressure of Motorcycle Tyres

1. AIM
To specify a framework for the application area of a tyre which could be used as a guide for Vehicle Manu-
facturers in order to define better the dimensional choices and the conditions of service of tyres.

2. DEFINITIONS
The Inflation Pressure of motorcycle tyres is dependent on the following parameters:

D
QT Reference Load Capacity [kg] according to Load Index

QR Tyre Load in practice [kg]

PT Reference Inflation Pressure [kPa]

V Max Speed of the motorcycle [km/h] shall not exceed the maximum speed corresponding to the speed symbol

QV Load Capacity dependent on speed [kg] (for V, W - tyres) G


p Minimum Inflation Pressure [kPa], rounded to the nearest 10 kPa.

3. UP TO 150 km/h

p = PT x ( QR/QT)1.25 in any case p ≥ 150 kPa (200 kPa for friction drive vehicles)

4. 150 km/h TO 210 km/h (except for W speed symbol tyres)

p = [ PT + (V - 150) ] x (QR/QT)1.25 in any case p ≥ 150 kPa

5. V SPEED SYMBOL - TYRES


– 210 to 240 km/h (or up to 270 km/h if marked VR or VB and agreed by the tyre manufacturer)

QV = [ 1 - 0.005 x (V - 210) ] QT
p = (PT + 60) x (QR/QV)1.25 in any case p ≥ 150 kPa and QV must be > QR

6. W SPEED SYMBOL - TYRES


– Up to 180 km/h

p = [ (PT + ( V - 150) ] x (QR/QT)1.25 in any case p ≥ 150 kPa

M
– Over 180 to 240 km/h

p = [ (PT + 30) + 0.5 (V - 180) ] x (QR/QT)1.25 in any case p ≥ 150 kPa

– Over 240 to 250 km/h

QV = [ 1 - 0.005 x (V - 240) ] QT
p = (PT + 60) x (QR/QV)1.25 in any case p ≥ 150 kPa and QV must be > QR

– Over 250 to 270 km/h

QV = [ 0.95 - 0.01 x (V - 250) ] QT


p = (PT + 60) x (QR/QV)1.25 in any case p ≥ 150 kPa and QV must be > QR

– Over 270 km/h


Consult the tyre manufacturer

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 MC.19
DESIGN GUIDE

Industrial and Lift Truck Pneumatic Tyres

INDEX PAGE

D
EXISTING SERIES

Calculation of Tyre Dimensions IP.2

METRIC SERIES

Guidelines on Dimensions IP.3, IP.4


G
Formulas for metric series IP.4 to IP.6

Preferred Sizes and Load Capacities IP.6

GUIDELINES FOR MINIMUM DUAL SPACINGS IP.6

GUIDELINES FOR EARTHMOVER TYRES IN INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS IP.7

IP

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 IP.1
DESIGN GUIDE – Industrial and Lift Truck Pneumatic Tyres

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS

CODE DESIGNATED SIZE


Minimum Overall Diameters for new tyres and Maximum Dimensions in Service are calculated from the De-
sign Dimensions specified in the Standards Manual, as following

MAXIMUM OVERALL WIDTH IN SERVICE (sG) (mm)

The Design Section Widths specified in the Standards Manual are multiplied by the following factors:

Tyre Factor

Diagonal 1.08

Radial - rim code up to 15 1.05

Radial - rim code 20 and above 1.08

MINIMUM DESIGN OVERALL DIAMETER (dmin) (mm)


The Design Overall Diameters specified in the Standards Manual are multiplied by the following factors:

Tyre Factor

Diagonal 0.98

Radial 0.98

21 x 4 0.97

22 x 4 ½ 0.97

23 x 5 0.97

25 x 6 0.97

MAXIMUM OVERALL DIAMETER IN SERVICE (dG) (mm)


The Design Overall Diameters specified in the Standards Manual are multiplied by the following factors.

Tyre Factor
Diagonal - rim code up to 15 1.02
Diagonal - rim code 20 and above 1.04
Radial - rim code up to 15 1.02
Radial - rim code 20 and above 1.04
21 x 4 1.03
22 x 4 ½ 1.03
23 x 5 1.03
25 x 6 1.03

IP.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Industrial and Lift Truck Pneumatic Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR FUTURE METRIC SERIES ON 5° TAPERED


RIMS
NOMINAL MEASURING DESIGN DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (h) (mm)
TYRE WIDTH RIM WIDTH SECTION
NOMINAL ASPECT RATIOS (ar)
(SN) CODE WIDTH
(mm) (1) (2) (S) (mm) 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60
100 2.50 98 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60
110 3.25 112 105 89 94 88 83 77 72 66
125 3.25 123 119 113 106 100 94 88 81 75
140 4.00 141 133 126 119 112 105 98 91 84
160 4.00 156 152 144 136 128 120 112 104 96
180 5.00 180 171 162 153 144 135 126 117 108
200
225
250
280
315
5.00
6.50
6.50
8.00
8.00
195
228
246
283
308
190
214
238
266
299
180
203
225
252
284
170
191
213
238
268
160
180
200
224
252
150
169
188
210
236
140
158
175
196
221
130
146
163
182
205
120
135
150
168
189
D
G
355 10.00 357 337 320 302 284 266 249 231 213

NOMINAL MEASURING DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (h) (mm)


DESIGN
TYRE WIDTH RIM WIDTH
SECTION WIDTH NOMINAL ASPECT RATIOS (ar)
(SN) CODE
(S) (mm)
(mm) (1) (3) 55 50 45
100 3.25 101 55 50 45
110 3.25 108 61 55 50
125 4.00 126 69 63 56
140 4.00 136 77 70 63
160 5.00 160 88 80 72
180 5.00 173 99 90 81
200 6.50 202 110 100 90
225 6.50 219 124 113 101
250 8.00 251 138 125 113
280 8.00 272 154 140 126
315 10.00 316 173 158 142
355 10.00 343 195 178 160

Grown Section Width = Design Section Width x 1.05


Grown Section Height = Design Height x 1.04

Notes :
For actual measurements of tyres current Rim Width Codes are used.
(1) Measuring Rim Width Codes shown are close to the theoretical rim.
(2) The table is based on a theoretical rim width R = 0.7 and is valid for tyres in radial and diagonal construction.
(3) The table is based on a theoretical rim width R = 0.8 and is valid for tyres in radial and diagonal construction.

IP

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 IP.3
DESIGN GUIDE – Industrial and Lift Truck Pneumatic Tyres

DIMENSIONAL GUIDELINES FOR A8 SPEED RATED


RADIAL METRIC SERIES ON 15° DC RIMS
MEASURING APPROVED RIM CONTOURS
NOMINAL TYRE DESIGN
RIM WIDTH
WIDTH SECTION WIDTH DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (h) (mm)
CODE MIN. MAX.
(SN) (mm) (s) (mm)
(1)
RIM FACTOR R 0.75 0.75 0.70 0.80
ASPECT RATIO (ar) 70 75
200 6.00 201 140 150 5.25 6.00
220 6.75 223 154 165 6.00 6.75
240 6.75 237 168 180 6.75 7.50
260 7.50 258 182 195 7.50 8.25
280 8.25 280 196 210 7.50 9.00
300 9.00 301 210 225 8.25 9.75
320 9.75 323 224 240 9.00 9.75
340 9.75 337 238 255 9.75 10.50
360 10.50 359 252 270 9.75 11.75
380 11.75 385 266 285 10.50 11.75
400 11.75 399 280 300 10.50 12.25
Notes :
For actual measurements of tyres current Rim Width Codes are used.
(1) Measuring Rim Width Codes shown are close to the theoretical rim.

FORMULAS FOR METRIC SERIES

The tables in the previous pages and the tyre dimensions are based on the following formulas.

1. THEORETICAL RIM WIDTH (a1)

a1 = sN • R Formula (1)
a1 – Theoretical Rim Width
sN – Nominal Section Width
R – Ratio (0.7 for ar>=60 and 0.8 ar<60 for crossply and radial)
No rounding is to be performed after calculation of Theoretical Rim Width.

2. MEASURING RIM WIDTH (a)


a – Standardised Rim Width closest to the Theoretical or to the calculated Measuring Rim Width,if
it differs from the Theoretical.

3. DESIGN SECTION WIDTH (s)

s = sN + k ( a – a1 )
Formula (2)

s – Design Section Width (1)


sN – Nominal Section Width
a – Measuring Rim Width
a1 – Theoretical Rim Width
k – Factor (0.4)

IP.4 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Industrial and Lift Truck Pneumatic Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

4. MAXIMUM OVERALL WIDTH IN SERVICE (sG)

sG = s • FsG Formula (3)

sG – Maximum Overall Width in Service (1)


s – Design Section Width
F s G – 1.05 radial
1.08 crossply

(1) Rounding to the NEAREST MILLIMETER, in accordance with ISO 31-0: 1992.

D
5. DESIGN SECTION HEIGHT (h)

ar Formula (4)
h = s N • -------------------
100

h – Design Section Height (1)


sN – Nominal Section Width
ar – Nominal Aspect Ratio (Example : 60 series = 60)
G
6. DESIGN OVERALL DIAMETER (d)

d = 2h + dr Formula (5)
d – Design Overall Diameter
h – Design Section Height
dr – Nominal Rim Diameter

7. MAXIMUM OVERALL DIAMETER IN SERVICE (dG)

d G = 2h G + dr Formula (6)
dG - Maximum Overall Diameter in Service

hG = h • Fh - Maximum in Service Section Height (1)


G

h - Design Section Height


F h - Coefficient to provide for design and manufacturing differences plus service growth (1.04)
G
dr - Nominal Rim Diameter (see Note 2 below)

(1) Rounding to the NEAREST MILLIMETER, in accordance with ISO 31-0: 1992.
(2) When the Nominal Rim Diameter is not expressed in mm, see equivalent value on page GI.8.

IP

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 IP.5
DESIGN GUIDE – Industrial and Lift Truck Pneumatic Tyres

NOMENCLATURE
ETRTO ISO

Rim width factor R K1


Aspect ratio ar H/S
Theoretical rim width a1 Rth
Measuring rim width a Rm
Design section width S S
Nominal section width SN SN
Width increase factor k -
Max width in service Sg Wmax
Width factor Fsg a
Max diameter in service dg D0max
Design section height h H
Grown height hg -
Height growth factor Fhg b

METRIC SERIES – PREFERRED SIZES AND LOAD CAPACITIES

1. For preferred sizes and load capacities, see ISO 3739/I + II, Annex B. Each tyre size has four
proposed loads with equal increments of four load indices between them.
2. The reference or basic speed for tyre load identification is 25 km/h (Speed Symbol A5).
3. If the tyre’s maximum speed capability is less than 50 km/h, it shall be marked on the tyre,
e.g. max. 40 km/h.
4. If a Service Description is required, it should be positioned in close proximity to the size
designation.

GUIDELINES FOR RECOMMENDED MINIMUM DUAL SPACINGS


Minimum Dual Spacings are intended for tyres in dual fitments without chains* and are obtained
from the following relationship :

MINIMUM DUAL SPACINGS = A x design SECTION WIDTH

where A is given in the following table:

TYRE SERIES AND APPLICATIONS A


Normal Section Tyres on Lift Trucks and on ‘Other Vehicles’ up to 35 km/h 1.20
Wide Section Tyres on Lift Trucks and on ‘Other Vehicles’ 1.15
Metric Sizes on 5° Tapered Rims 1.15

* If single chains are used, the recommended minimum dual spacing must be increased accordingly.

IP.6 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Industrial and Lift Truck Pneumatic Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

GUIDELINES FOR EARTHMOVER TYRES USED IN INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS

TYRE DIMENSIONS (mm) LOAD CAPACITY


TYRE SIZE DESIGNATION MEASURING RIM
DESIGN MAXIMUM IN SERVICE (kg)
WIDTH CODE
Load
Overall Diameter Overall Diameter TRANSPORT
Index
Section Overall LOAD Inflation
25 km/h Deep Deep
Flange Width Width 25 km/h Pressure
Speed and and
Height Normal Normal Speed
Symbol Extra Extra
Code Symbol A5
A5 Deep Deep
(kg) (kPa)
Diagonal - Narrow Base Tyres
14.00
14.00
16.00



24
25
24
28 PR
28 PR
28 PR
32 PR
36 PR
188
188
193
196
199
10.00
10.00
11.25
11.25
11.25
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
375
375
432
432
432
1368
1368
1493
1493
1493
1418
1418
1548
1548
1548
405
405
480
480
480
1414
1414
1561
1561
1561
1467
1467
1623
1623
1623
10000
10000
11500
12500
13600
1000
1000
900
1000
1000
D
G
16.00 — 25 28 PR 193 11.25 2.0 432 1493 1548 480 1561 1623 11500 900
32 PR 196 11.25 2.0 432 1493 1548 480 1561 1623 12500 1000
36 PR 199 11.25 2.0 432 1493 1548 480 1561 1623 13600 1000
18.00 — 25 28 PR 199 13.00 2.5 498 1615 1673 553 1693 1758 13600 775
32 PR 202 13.00 2.5 498 1615 1673 553 1693 1758 15000 900
36 PR 204 13.00 2.5 498 1615 1673 553 1693 1758 16000 1000
40 PR 206 13.00 2.5 498 1615 1673 553 1693 1758 17000 1000
18.00 — 33 28 PR 204 13.00 2.5 498 1818 1877 553 1896 1960 16000 775
32 PR 207 13.00 2.5 498 1818 1877 553 1896 1960 17500 900
36 PR 209 13.00 2.5 498 1818 1877 553 1896 1960 18500 1000
Diagonal - Wide Based Tyres
23.5 — 25 28 PR 199 19.50 2.5 597 1617 1673 663 1696 1756 13600 675
Radial - Narrow Base Tyres
14.00 R 24 ++ 186 10.00 1.5 375 1368 1418 405 1414 1467 9500 950
+++ 188 10.00 1.5 375 1368 1418 405 1414 1467 10000 1000
14.00 R 25 ++ 186 10.00 1.5 375 1368 1418 405 1414 1467 9500 950
+++ 188 10.00 1.5 375 1368 1418 405 1414 1467 10000 1000
16.00 R 24 ++ 195 11.25 2.0 432 1493 1548 480 1561 1623 12150 950
+++ 200 11.25 2.0 432 1493 1548 480 1561 1623 14000 1000
16.00 R 25 ++ 195 11.25 2.0 432 1493 1548 480 1561 1623 12150 800
+++ 200 11.25 2.0 432 1493 1548 480 1561 1623 14000 1000
18.00 R 25 +++ 206 13.00 2.5 498 1615 1673 553 1693 1758 17000 1000
18.00 R 33 +++ 211 13.00 2.5 498 1818 1877 553 1896 1960 19500 1000
21.00 R 25 +++ 213 15.00 3.0 571 1750 1798 634 1839 1891 20600 1000
21.00 R 33 +++ 218 15.00 3.0 571 1953 2001 629 2042 2094 23600 1000

Note: For variations in load capacity according to speed refer to table 16 on page I.15 of the Standards

IP

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 IP.7
DESIGN GUIDE

Industrial and Lift Truck Solid Tyres

INDEX PAGE

RUBBER SOLID TYRES


Tyre Type IS.2
D
Size Designation IS.2
Section Height
Dimensional Guidelines for Metric Series
IS.2
IS.2
G
RUBBER SOLID TYRES ON PNEUMATIC TYRE RIMS
Tyre Type IS.3
Size Designation IS.3
Dimensional Tolerances for Metric Series IS.3

IS

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 IS.1
DESIGN GUIDE – Industrial and Lift Truck — Rubber Solid Tyres

1. RUBBER SOLID TYRES

1.1 Tyre Type


The following types are available:

Cylindrical Based
Pressed-On — designed to be retained on the wheel by an interference fit.
Cured-On — bonded directly onto a wheel centre.
Conical Based
For mounting on split wheels with conical seating.

1.2 Size Designation


As defined in ISO Standards 10500 - Metric Series.
See section concerned of the ETRTO Standards Manual.

1.3. Section Height


Tyre section height, including the base band if applicable, taken from the nominal wheel diameter.

1.4. Dimensional Guidelines for Metric Sizes

Cylindrical Cylindrical Conical


based based based

Pressed-on Cured-on

METRIC PRESSED-ON-BAND RUBBER SOLID TYRES


PREFERRED SIZES
RIM OVERALL DIAMETER (mm) D
CUSHION
(WHEEL)
TYRE SECTION WIDTH (mm) W HEIGHT
DIAMETER
(mm)
do
100 125 160 200 250 300 (1)
(mm)
125 225 40
160 260 260 40
200 320 320 320 50
270 390 390 390 390 50
315 455 455 455 455 455 60
410 560 560 560 560 560 560 65
500 650 650 650 650 650 65
670 820 820 820 820 65

D – do
(1) Cushion Height = ----------------------- – 10 is valid on the assumption of a base of 10 mm thickness.
2

IS.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Industrial and Lift Truck — Rubber Solid Tyres on Pneumatic Rims – DESIGN GUIDE

2. RUBBER SOLID TYRES ON PNEUMATIC TYRE RIMS

2.1. Tyre Type: Moulded for fitment on Pneumatic Tyre Rims.

D
G

D = Overall Diameter
do = rim diameter
W = Tyre Section Width
H = Tyre Section Height

2.2. Size Designation


As defined in ISO Standards 10499 - Metric Series.
See section concerned of the ETRTO Standards Manual.

2.3. Dimensional Tolerance for Metric Series

Maximum width
The maximum width is the maximum width in service of the equivalent Diagonal pneumatic tyre (code and
metric).

Overall Diameter
98% of the Design Overall Diameter of pneumatic tyres of the same size designation.
Tolerance ± 2%.
IS

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 IS.3
DESIGN GUIDE

Earthmoving Equipment Tyres

INDEX PAGE
TYRE SIZE DESIGNATION EM.1, EM.2

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS

NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH STEPS


EM.3

EM.4
D
RIMS

GUIDELINES ON HARMONISATION OF LOAD CAPACITIES


EM.4

EM.4
G
GUIDELINES FOR INFLATION PRESSURE TOLERANCES EM.4

GUIDELINES FOR LOAD CAPACITIES EM.5

DIMENSIONAL OF EXISTING SERIES

’65’ Series — Radial EM.6

PRE-STANDARDS EM.6

LOAD SPEED TABLE FOR MOBILE CRANE EM.7

TYRE SIZE DESIGNATION

DIMENSIONS AND CONSTRUCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS

Future series of tyres shall be designated by a size marking in three parts as follows :
Nominal Section Width / Aspect Ratio—Nominal Rim Diameter Code
Note : The Sub-Committee will decide whether codes or millimeters or both may be used as unit for the Nominal Section Width Code.

ADDITIONAL MARKINGS
Types of Construction
Diagonal Ply construction will not be separately marked.
Radial Ply construction will be identified in the tyre size designation by the code letter R placed
between the nominal aspect ratio and the nominal rim diameter code. In addition, the word RADIAL
may also appear on the tyre.

Preferred Direction of Rotation


The marking to indicate the preferred direction of rotation, if required, shall be an arrow.

Code System for Tyre Usage


See the Standards Manual.
The use of identification codes is optional at the discretion of the individual tyre manufacturer. E
European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 EM.1
DESIGN GUIDE – Earthmoving Equipment Tyres

ADDITIONAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION


In order to meet specific requirements, ECE Regulation No.54 permits the marking of an Additional
Service Description on the tyre sidewall. It must be located in a circle close to the principal Service
Description, as shown in the following examples.

146
255/70 R 20 149/145 J L
143

160
385/65 R 22.5 158 L J

The load/speed variations in the Standards Manual do not apply to the Additional Service Descrip-
tions.

Additional Service Descriptions may specify higher loads at a lower speed or lower loads at a higher
speed compared with the Principal Service Description - see explanatory sketch below. In
consequence, different inflation pressures may be required.

EM.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Earthmoving Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

CALCULATION OF TYRE DIMENSIONS


The information below applies to the calculation of tyre dimensions using the formulae shown on
pages GI.6 to GI.7.

TYRES WITH STANDARD PATTERN DEPTH


Theoretical Rim Width (a1) Formula (1)
Ratio (R) = 0.70 for ’95’ Series or Narrow Base Tyre Sizes
= 0.80 for ’80’ Series or Wide Base Tyre Sizes
= 0.80 for ’65’ and ’70’ Series Tyre Sizes

Note : Other Ratios may be established for new concepts.

Measuring Rim Width (a)


D
G
Design Section Width (s) Formula (2)
Factor (k) = 0.4

Maximum Overall Width in Service (sG) Formula (3)


Factor (FsG) = 1.08 for ≤ Nominal Section Code 14.00 or 385 mm
= 1.11 for > Nominal Section Code 14.00 or 385 mm
= 1.05 for all 65 Series Metric Tyre Sizes

Maximum Overall Diameter in Service (d G) Formula (8)


Factor (FhG) = 1.08 for ≥ Nominal Section Code 14.00 or 385 mm
= 1.06 for < Nominal Section Code 14.00 or 385 mm
= 1.03 for all 65 Series Metric Tyre Sizes

Minimun Design Overall Diameter (dmin) Formula (7)


Fhmin = 0.98

Minimum Section Width (Fs ) Formula (9)


min
Fsmin = 0.97

Minimum Dual Spacing (SPmin)


SPmin = s x 1.20

TYRES WITH DEEP AND EXTRA-DEEP TREAD PATTERN DEPTHS

The same formulae as above apply except for the Section Height in formulae 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8, where

Section Height = h + difference in pattern depths

E
European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 EM.3
DESIGN GUIDE – Earthmoving Equipment Tyres

NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH STEPS


RECOMMENDED STEPS
NOMINAL SECTION WIDTH (Code/mm)
Code mm
NARROW BASE TYRES
≤ 16.00 1 25
18.00 to 36.00 3 75
> 36.00 4 100
WIDE BASE TYRES
≤ 29.5 3 75
29.5 to 45.5 4 100
> 45.5 5 125
‘65’ SERIES
All Sections 5 125
‘80’ SERIES EARTHMOVER TYRES IN HIGHWAY SERVICE (1)
≤ 445 — 50
> 445 up to 685 — 80
> 685 up to 1185 — 100
> 1185 5 120
‘95’ SERIES EARTHMOVER TYRES IN HIGHWAY SERVICE (1)
≤ 505 — 20
> 505 but ≤ 925 — 70
> 925 — 100
METRIC ‘65’ SERIES EARTHMOVER TYRES (2) 100 (3)
Rim code 25 — 100 starting at 550 (3)
Rim code 29 and above — 100 starting at 575 (3)
(1) Section Width ending in 5
(2) Section Width ending in 0 or 5
(3) Except for 600/65 R 25 and 900/65 R 33
Note : For future and/or larger sizes, other steps may be recommended.

RIMS
STEPPING OF NOMINAL RIM DIAMETER CODES

1. For Narrow and Wide Base tyres, and for ’70’ series tyres, 5° bead-seat rims are limited to:
15, 18, 20, 24, 25, 29, 33, 35, 39, 43, 49, 51 and 57 code diameters.
2. ‘65’ Series tyres:
Code steps of 4 for 25 to 33 rim diameter codes
Code steps of 6 for rim diameter codes over 33.
3. The above steps may be changed in the light of future development.

GUIDELINES ON HARMONISATION OF LOAD CAPACITIES


Calculated load capacities are to be rounded-off as follows:
Up to 4 999 kg, to the nearest 25 kg
from 5 000 to 9 999 kg, to the nearest 50 kg
For 10 000 kg and above to the nearest 100 kg

GUIDELINES FOR INFLATION PRESSURE TOLERANCES


The inflation pressures are given for guidance only. For design purpose tyre inflation pressures may
vary up to ± 15 % of the reference pressures shown in the tables

EM.4 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Earthmoving Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

GUIDELINES FOR LOAD CAPACITIES


LOAD CAPACITIES CAPACITÉS DE CHARGE TRAGFÄHIGKEITEN
Transport Applications Applications Transport Transport-Einsatz

For tyres used in transport applications Pour les pneus utilisés en application trans- Für Belastungsänderungen an Reifen im
(reference speed 50 km/h, Speed symbol port (Vitesse de référence 50 km/h, Code de Transporteinsatz (Referenzgeschwindigkeit
B), at speeds other than the reference vitesse B), à des vitesses autres que la vitesse 50 Km/h, Geschwindigkeits-Symbol B), mit
speed, load capacities can be determined de référence, les capacités de charge peuvent anderen Geschindigkeiten als die Referenz-
by applying the percentages shown in être déterminées en appliquant les pourcen- geschwindigkeit, kann die Tragfähigkeit

D
the following table. tages indiqués dans le tableau suivant. anhand der in der nachstehenden Tabelle
aufgeführten Prozentsätze berechnet wer-
den.

TRANSPORT APPLICATION APPLICATION TRANSPORT TRANSPORT-EINSATZ

115

110 G
Manufacturer

Manufacturer
Consult Tyre

Consult Tyre
105

100
%

95

90

85

80
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Speed [km/h]
Diagonal Wide Base Tyres Diagonal Narrow Base Tyres Radial Tyres

MAXIMUM
SPEED OF THE VEHICLE VARIATION
(km/h) LOADED IN LOAD CAPACITY (%)

< 15 +
15 112
20 110
25 108
30 106
35 104
40 103
45 102
50 100
Transport Reference Speed
(Symbol B)
DIAGONAL RADIAL
Wide Base Narrow Base
55 97 98 98
60 92 93 94
65 83 85 88
> 65 +
+ Consult the tyre manufacturers concerned. Consulter les manufacturiers de pneumatiques concernés Befragen Sie die betreffenden Reifenhersteller

E
European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 EM.5
DESIGN GUIDE – Earthmoving Equipment Tyres

CODE DESIGNATED ’65’ SERIES — RADIAL


TYRE DIMENSIONS (mm) LOAD CAPACITY (KG)
MEASURING RIM
DESIGN MAXIMUM IN SERVICE TRANSPORT LOADING
WIDTH CODE
TYRE SIZE Overall Diameter Overall Diameter Inflation Inflation
DESIGNATION Load
Flange Section Deep and Overall Deep and Load Pressure 10 km/h Pressure
Height Width Normal Extra Width Normal Extra 50 km/h (±15%) (±15%)
(kg)
Code Deep Deep (kPa) (kPa)
20/65 R 29 * 16.00 1.5 508 1417 1453 564 1471 1511 4250 325 7750 475
** 16.00 1.5 508 1417 1453 564 1471 1511 5600 425 9250 625
25/65 R 29 * 20.00 2.0 635 1588 1627 705 1657 1699 6150 325 11500 475
** 20.00 2.0 635 1588 1627 705 1657 1699 8250 425 13600 625
30/65 R 25 * 24.00 3.0 762 1656 1700 846 1739 1787 8000 325 15000 475
** 24.00 3.0 762 1656 1700 846 1739 1787 10600 425 18000 625
30/65 R 33 * 24.00 3.0 762 1859 1903 846 1942 1990 9250 325 17000 475
** 24.00 3.0 762 1859 1903 846 1942 1990 12150 425 20600 625
35/65 R 25 * 28.00 3.5 889 1826 1874 987 1923 1975 12150 350 20600 500
** 28.00 3.5 889 1826 1874 987 1923 1975 15500 475 24300 650
35/65 R 29 * 28.00 3.5 889 1928 1976 987 2025 2077 12850 350 21800 500
** 28.00 3.5 889 1928 1976 987 2025 2077 16500 475 25750 650
50/65 R 45 * 40.00 4.5 1270 2845 2908 1410 2981 3051 30000 350 51500 500
** 40.00 4.5 1270 2845 2908 1410 2981 3051 38750 475 61500 650
55/65 R 45 * 44.00 5.0 1397 3015 3083 1551 3165 3239 35500 350 61500 500
** 44.00 5.0 1397 3015 3083 1551 3165 3239 46250 475 73000 650
60/65 R 51 * 48.00 5.5 1524 3338 3406 1692 3503 3575 43750 350 75000 500
** 48.00 5.5 1524 3338 3406 1692 3503 3575 56000 475 90000 650
See notes in the Standards Manual

PRE-STANDARDS (*)

Load Capacity Load Indices


(Kg) and
Speed Symbols
Tyre Size Loading Transport Inflation
Designation Pressure (kPa)
10 km/h 50 km/h
Speed Speed A2 B
Symbol A2 Symbol B
16.00 R 25 +++ 12850 kg — 875 kPa 197 —
18.00 R 25 +++ 17000 kg — 875 kPa 206 —
18.00 R 33 +++ 19500 kg — 875 kPa 211 —
21.00 R 25 +++ 21800 kg — 875 kPa 215 —
+ 17500 kg — 475 kPa 207 —
800/65 R 29
++ — 12850 kg 425 kPa — 197
(*) See definition on page GI.5.

Tyre dimensional data and approved rim contour for narrow base sizes in the table above can be
found on pages E.15 and E.41 of the current Standards Manual.

EM.6 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Earthmoving Equipment Tyres – DESIGN GUIDE

LOAD SPEED TABLE FOR MOBILE CRANE


Slow Speed applications off Highway only

Inflation Speed (km/h) / Load (Kg)


Pressure
Size
2 and be-
kPa Static low 3 5 10

385/95R24 170F 900 17700 16000 14400 12700 11000

D
385/95R25 170F 900 17700 16000 14400 12700 11000
445/80R25 170F 700 17700 16000 14400 12700 11000
445/95R25 174F 900 21500 20100 17600 15500 13500
525/80R25 176F 700 21500 20100 17600 15500 13500
Interpolation are not allowed between speed categories

G
20000
17500
15000
12500
Load[kg]

10000
7500
5000
2500
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Speed[km/h]

385/95R24170F 385/95R25170F 445/80R25170F

25000
22500
20000
17500
15000
Load[kg]

12500
10000
7500
5000
2500
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Speed[km/h]

445/95R25174F 525/80R25176F

E
European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 EM.7
DESIGN GUIDE

Rims
INDEX PAGE
GENERAL

D
Notes RM.1
Guidelines for specified diameters of future rims RM.2
Contour changes of drop centre rims RM.2
RIMS FOR PASSENGER CAR TYRES

G
Rim Width Steps RM.3
Light Alloy Rims for Racing Applications - Rim dimensions RM.3
Metric "A" Rims
Measurement of the circumference RM.4, RM.5
Measurement of Rim Width RM.6
RIMS FOR COMMERCIAL VEHICLE TYRES
15° Drop-Centre Rims (width codes 5.25 to 9.75) RM.7
15° Drop-Centre Rims (width codes 10.50 and larger) RM.7
RIMS FOR AGRICULTURAL AND IMPLEMENT TYRES
Rim Width Steps RM.8
RIMS FOR EARTHMOVING EQUIPMENT TYRES
Sealing Ring Grooves RM.9
DIMENSIONS FOR RIM MEASUREMENT
Measurement of 15°Drop-Centre Rims RM.10
Measurement of Tapered Bead Seat Rims RM.11
Measurement of Cycle and Moped Rims RM.12
COMPARISON OF FLANGE HEIGHT SUFFICES IN STANDARDS RM.13

GENERAL NOTES ALLGEMEINE


NOTES GÉNÉRALES BEMERKUNGEN
STRENGTH RESISTANCE FESTIGKEIT
Consult rim and wheel manufacturers for Consultez les fabricants de jantes et de roues Konsultieren Sie die Felgen- und Räder-
confirmation of the strength of the rim/ pour vous assurer que la jante et la roue ont hersteller zwecks Bestätigung der Felgen-/
wheel for the intended service. une résistance suffisante pour l’utilisation en- Rad-Festigkeit für den beabsichtigten Ein-
visagée. satz.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 RM.1
R
DESIGN GUIDE – Rims

GUIDELINES FOR SPECIFIED DIAMETERS OF FUTURE RIMS


SPECIFIED RIM DIAMETER
RIM DIAMETER CODE DESIGNATION
(mm)
5° Drop-Centre Rims (except Cycle and Motorcycle)
16 and Below (Diameter Code x 25.4) – 0.8 *
17 and Above (Diameter Code x 25.4) + 4.8 *
Millimeter Designated As Nominal Diameter
15° Drop-Centre Rims
All Rims Diameter Code x 25.4
Semi Drop-Centre (multipiece) Rims
16 and Below (Diameter Code x 25.4) – 0.8 *
17 and Above (Diameter Code x 25.4) + 4.8 *
5° Tapered (multipiece) Rims
12 and Below (Diameter Code x 25.4) – 0.8 *
15 to 24 (Diameter Code x 25.4) + 6.4 *
25 and Above Diameter Code x 25.4
Note 1 : When replacing one rim type by another, the new rim must have the same specified diameter as the one it replaces.
* For calculation of dimensions for the rim measurement (see pages RM.10 and RM.11), the following exact values must be used :
(0,032x 25,4 =) 0,8128 instead of 0,8
(0,188x 25,4 =) 4,7752instead of 4,8
(0,25x25,4 =) 6,35instead of 6,4
Note 2 : For Metric "A" rims, see page RM.4 to RM.6

CONTOUR CHANGES OF DROP-CENTRE RIMS


The min. well depths (dimension H) shown Les profondeurs minimums du creux de la Die in den Tabellen angegebenen Mindestbet-
in the tables can only be reduced, if at the jante (dimensions H) indiquées dans les ta- tiefen (Maß H) können nur dann verringert
same time the mounting dimension (Q) is bleaux, peuvent seulement être réduites, si on werden, wenn gleichzeitig das Montagemaß
reduced and the diagonal mounting dis- réduit en même temps la dimension de mon- (Q) reduziert und der diagonale Montageab-
tance will not be increased, see the sketch tage (Q) et si on n’augmente pas la distance de stand nicht vergrößert wird, siehe nachfolgen-
below. montage diagonale, voir le croquis suivant. de Skizze.

The new rim contour to be verified by Ce nouveau contour de jante doit être Diese neue Felgenkontur muß durch Monta-
fitting trials. confirmé par des essais de montage. geversuche bestätigt werden.

RM.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Rims – DESIGN GUIDE

Mounting Diagonal Calculation

M= √(R1 + Q)2 + (G + D + R5 – H)2 – R5


where :
M = mounting diagonal distance
R1 = flange radius
Q = position of the bottom radius of the deepest well
G = flange height
D = specified rim diameter

D
R5 = bottom radius of the deepest well
H = depth of the deepest well

For detailed information on above parameters see the Rim section of the current Standards Manual

DROP-CENTRE RIMS FOR PASSENGER CAR TYRES


G
RIM WIDTH STEPS
Rim width steps for code designated passenger car rims will be at least 0.5, with code designations ac-
cordingly in either whole integers or ending in ½ , or .00 or .50, e.g. 4, 4.00,
4 ½ , 4.50, etc.

LIGHT ALLOY RIMS FOR RACING APPLICATIONS


RIM DIMENSIONS

For Light Alloy machined (or spun) Rims for racing applications, in order to avoid tyre slippage and
fitting problems due to particular bead construction, it is recommended:
a) the tolerance to nominal mandrel circumference be limited to + 1,2 mm
b) the well angles be as shown below

c) the well depth (H) be, where possible, a minimum of 21 mm.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 RM.3
R
DESIGN GUIDE – Rims

METRIC "A" RIMS FOR PASSENGER CAR TYRES


MEASUREMENT OF THE CIRCUMFERENCE WITH A BLADED WIRE
Calculation sheet

h = GE = GI + IF + FE
GI = u . tan15° IF = 0.5 FE = FD/cos15° FD = 1.5
h = u . tan15° + 0.5 + 1.5/cos15° u = 8.2
h = 4.2500976

COORDINATES OF THE MAIN POINTS

| r . cosα | r . cosβ
A | B |
| r . sinα | r . sinβ

| r . cosβ + h  | r . cosα + r . (sinβ - sinα) . tan 15° 


C | = C |
| r . sinβ | r . sinα + r . (sinβ - sinα)

= ⇔ r . cosβ + h = r . cosα + r . (sinβ - sinα) . tan 15°


⇔ r . cosα + r . tan 15°. (sinβ - sinα) - r . cosβ = h 

Considering X = cosβ
sinβ = √(1 - cos2β√) = √(1 - X2) 

&  r . cosα + r . tan 15°. (√(1 - X2) - sinα) - r . X = h


⇔ cosα + tan 15°. (√(1 - X2) - sinα) - X = h/r
⇔ cosα + tan 15°. √(1 - X2) - tan 15°. sinα - X = h/r
⇔ √(1 - X2) = (h/r + tan15° . sinα + X - cosα) / tan15°
 1 - X2 = [(X + (h/r + tan15° . sinα - cosα )]2 / tan215° 

RM.4 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Rims – DESIGN GUIDE

Considering A = (h/r + tan15° . sinα - cosα ) 

&  1 - X2 = (X + A)2 / tan215°


⇔ 1 - X2 = (X2 + 2AX + A2) / tan215°
⇔ tan215° - tan215°. X2 = X2 + 2AX + A2
⇔ (1 + tan215°) . X2 + 2AX + A2 - tan215°= 0

Which has the form aX2 + bX + c = 0


with a = 1 + tan215°
b = 2 . (h/r + tan15° . sinα - cosα )

D
c = (h/r + tan15° . sinα - cosα )2 - tan215°= b2 / 4 - tan215°

r.cosα = 8.5 r = 12  cosα = 8.5 / 12 = 0.7083333 α = 44.90052796°


 sinα = 0.7058780978

a = 1 + 0,0717968 = 1,0717968
b = 2 . (4.2500976 / 12 + 0,2679491 . 0.7058780978 - 0.7083333) = -0,330038198
c = 0,3300381982 / 4 - 0,0717968 = -0,04456539697
G
Δ = b2 - 4ac = 0,2999854116

x1 = (-b + √Δ) / 2a et x2 = (-b - √Δ) / 2a

x1 = (0,330038198 + √0,2999854116) / (2 . 1,0717968) = 0,4094747428


x2 = (0,330038198 - √0,2999854116) / (2 . 1,0717968) = -0,1015449206
The figure shows that always cosβ > 0  cosβ = x1 = 0,4094747428

CIRCUMFERENCE MEASUREMENT

Measuring wire on the outer side


RWo = RDN - 4.5 + 8.5 - r . cosβ - 0.5 - 1.5
RWo = RDN + 2 - 12 . 0,4094747428
RWo = RDN - 2,913696914

Measuring wire on the inner side


RWi = RDN + 5.5 + 8.5 - r . cosβ - 0.5 - 1.5
RWi = RDN + 12 - 12 . 0,4094747428
RWi = RDN + 7,086303086

Measuring for both rim sides


Rr = RW + 1.5 (1 - cos15°)
Rr = RW + 0,05111126057

Nominal Rim Diameter Circumference measured with a bladed wire Circumference at the Wire/Rim contact point
ØDN = RDN x 2 2π.RW 2π.Rr

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 RM.5
R
DESIGN GUIDE – Rims

CALCULATION OF DIMENSIONS FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF RIM WIDTH

All dimensions are in mm.

4
a = ----------------- = 4.1411
cos 15°
b= 12 2 – 8 5 2 = 8.4705

 a + c + d = 8.5
 c = 82 – f2
 d-
tang 15° = ---------
b–f
Unknown: c, d, f
, , into 
8.5 = a + 8 2 – f 2 + tang 15° (b - f)
8.5 - a - b tang 15° + f tang 15° = 8 2 – f 2
(8.5 - a - b tang 15° + f tang 15°)2 = 82 - f2
4.3648 + 1.1196 f + tang2 15° f2 = 64 - f2
1.0718 f2 + 1.1196 f - 59.6352 = 0

 f = 6.9552
c = 3.9529
x = 8.5 - c = 4.5471
d = 8.5 - a - c = 0.406
e = 4 - b + f = 2.4847

MeA = A + 2 x (-b + f + 4)
MeA = A + 4.97

RM.6 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Rims – DESIGN GUIDE

RIMS FOR COMMERCIAL VEHICLE TYRES

15° DROP-CENTRE RIMS width codes 5.25 to 9.75

BASIC CONTOURS
See the Standards Manual

CONTOURS DIMENSIONS

DIMENSIONS (MM)
WIDTH DIAMETER

D
CODE CODE
A ± 2,5 P min. L min. Q max. H min. h min.

7.50 24.5 190,5 34 21 70* 30 10

*Larger dimensions may be subject to confirmation by the tyre mounting trials.

15° DROP-CENTRE RIMS width codes 10.50 and larger


G
BASIC CONTOURS

See the Standards Manual

CONTOURS DIMENSIONS

DIMENSIONS (MM)
WIDTH DIAMETER
CODE CODE
A ± 2,5 P min. L min. Q max. H min. h min.

19.5 68*
10.50 266,5 34 30 30 11
22.5 70

*Larger dimensions may be subject to confirmation by the tyre mounting trials.

DIAMETERS
See the Standards Manual

VALVE HOLE: 9,7 J

See notes on pages R.3 to R.5 of the Standard Manual

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 RM.7
R
DESIGN GUIDE – Rims

DROP-CENTER RIMS FOR AGRICULTURAL TYRES


RIM WIDTH STEPS

Rim Width Range (*) Rim Width Stepping (inch)

below 11.00 0.50

11.00 to 16.00 1.00

16.00 to 20.00 2.00

21.00 to 27.00 2.00

27.00 to 36.00 3.00

36.00 and above 4.00

* rims AG 6.75, AG 8.25, AG 9.75, AG 11.75, AG 22.00, AG24.00, AG28.00, DW 24 and


DW 28 are allowed.

See notes on pages R.3 to R.5 of the Standard Manual

Q and H may vary provided that the Diagonal mounting distance remains lower than the specified diameter.

RM.8 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Rims – DESIGN GUIDE

SEALING RING GROOVES FOR EM-RIMS

(1) Because this dimension can not be


measured in practice, it is shown for
reference purposes only to give gui-
dance for the rim and O-ring manufac-
turers.
(2) Optional contour.
(3) May be greater for rim diameter codes
25 and larger.
(4) O-Ring Designation - Explanation
First two letters - OR - are an abbrevia-

D
tion of O-Ring. First digit is the section
diameter of the O-Ring; this is ex-
pressed in 1/8 of an inch, i.e. 3 = 3/8".
Second and third digits are the nominal
Rim/Tyre bead diameter expressed in
inches (i.e. 25 = 25" dia).

RIM SIZE DB πxDB


RIM BASE
R r T1 DR
BEAD SEAT RING
πxDR T2 γ L
PROPOSED
O-RING
G
DESIGNATION
Tol. ±0.3 Tol. +2°
11 – 20 SDC 487,4 1531,2 ± 1,2 3,2 1,6 max 3,2 488,6 1535 ±1,2 1,2 5° 5 OR 220
12 – 20 SDC 487,4 1531,2 ± 1,2 3,2 1,6 max 3,2 488,6 1535 ±1,2 1,2 5° 5 OR 220
13 – 20 SDC 487,4 1531,2 ± 1,2 3,2 1,6 max 3,2 488,6 1535 ±1,2 1,2 5° 5 OR 220
10.00 VA – 24 SDC 589 1850,4 ± 1,2 3,2 1,6 max 3,2 590,2 1854,2 ±1,2 1,2 5° 5 OR 224
10.00 WA – 24 2.0 SDC 589 1850,4 ± 1,2 4,8 1,6 max 5,6 590,2 1854,2 ±1,2 1,2 5° 5 OR 325
16.00 T – 24 SDC 589 1850,4 ± 1,2 3,2 1,6 max 3,2 590,2 1854,2 ±1,2 1,2 5° 5 OR 224
8.00 TG – 24 SDC 600 1885 ± 1,2 3,2 1,6 max 3,2 601,2 1888,8 ±1,2 1,2 5° 5 OR 224
8.50 – 25 / 1.3 609,6 1915,1 ± 2,4 3,2 1,6 max 3,2 610,8 1918,9 ±2,4 1,2 5° 5 OR 225
9.50 – 25 / 1.7 CR 609,6 1915,1 ± 2,4 4,8 1,6 5,6 610,8 1918,9 ± 2,4 1,2 2° 8 OR 325
10.00 – 25 / 1.5 609,6 1915,1 ± 2,4 3,2 1,6 max 3,2 610,8 1918,9 ±2,4 1,2 5° 5 OR 225
11.00 – 25 / 1.7 CR 609,6 1915,1 ± 2,4 4,8 1,6 5,6 610,8 1918,9 ± 2,,4 1,2 2° 8 OR 325
11.25 – 25 / 1.3 609,6 1915,1 ± 2,4 3,2 1,6 max 3,2 610,8 1918,9 ±2,4 1,2 5° 5 OR 225
12.00 – 25 / 1.3 609,6 1915,1 ± 2,4 3,2 1,6 max 3,2 610,8 1918,9 ±2,4 1,2 5° 5 OR 225
14.00 – 25 / 1.5 609,6 1915,1 ± 2,4 3,2 1,6 max 3,2 610,8 1918,9 ±2,4 1,2 5° 5 OR 225
14.00 – 25 / 1.7 CR 609,6 1915,1 ± 2,4 4,8 1,6 5,6 610,8 1918,9 ± 2,4 1,2 2° 8 OR 325
17.00 – 25 / 1.7 609,6 1915,1 ± 2,4 3,2 1,6 max 3,2 610,8 1918,9 ±2,4 1,2 5° 5 OR 225
17.00 – 25 / 1.7 CR 609,6 1915,1 ± 2,4 4,8 1,6 5,6 610,8 1918,9 ± 2,4 1,2 2° 8 OR 325
11.25 – 25 600 1885 4,8 1,6 5,6 602 1891,2 1,6 2° 7 OR 325
13.00 – 25 600 1885 4,8 1,6 5,6 602 1891,2 1,6 2° 7 OR 325
15.00 – 25 600 1885 4,8 1,6 5,6 602 1891,2 1,6 2° 7 OR 325
16.00 – 25 600 1885 4,8 1,6 5,6 602 1891,2 1,6 2° 7 OR 325
17.00 – 25 600 1885 4,8 1,6 5,6 602 1891,2 1,6 2° 7 OR 325
19.50 – 25 600 1885 4,8 1,6 5,6 602 1891,2 1,6 2° 7 OR 325
20.00 – 25 600 1885 4,8 1,6 5,6 602 1891,2 1,6 2° 7 OR 325
22.00 – 25 600 1885 +1,2 4,8 1,6 5,6 602 1891,2 +1,2 1,6 2° 7 OR 325
24.00 – 25 600 1885 -2,4 4,8 1,6 5,6 602 1891,2 -2,4 1,6 2° 7 OR 325
25.00 – 25 600 1885 4,8 1,6 5,6 602 1891,2 1,6 2° 7 OR 325
– 29 701,6 2204,1 4,8 1,6 5,6 703,6 2210,4 1,6 2° 7 OR 329
– 33 803,2 2523,3 4,8 1,6 5,6 805,2 2529,6 1,6 2° 7 OR 333
– 35 854,1 2683,2 4,8 1,6 5,6 856,1 2689,5 1,6 2° 7 OR 335
– 39 955,7 3002,4 4,8 1,6 5,6 957,7 3008,7 1,6 2° 7 OR 339
– 43 1057,3 3321,6 4,8 1,6 5,6 1059,3 3327,9 1,6 2° 7 OR 343
– 45 1108,1 3481,2 4,8 1,6 5,6 1110,1 3487,5 1,6 2° 7 OR 345
– 49 1209,7 3800,4 ±2,4 4,8 1,6 5,6 1211,7 3806,7 ±2,4 1,6 2° 7 OR 349
– 51 1244,6 3910 ±2,4 6,4 1,6 7,2 1246,6 3916,3 ±2,4 – 15° 9,5 OR 451
– 57 1397 4388,8 ±2,4 6,4 1,6 7,2 1399 4395,1 ±2,4 – 15° 9,5 OR 457
O-Ring size, shape and properties shall provide a lasting positive seal.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 RM.9
R
DESIGN GUIDE – Rims

CALCULATION OF DIMENSIONS FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF 15° DROP-


CENTRE RIMS

q = 12.7 x sin 15° = 12.7 x 0.2588190451 = 3.287001873

p = √ 20.7 2 (8 + q)2 = √ 301.0935887 = 17.35204855


p’ = 12.7 x cos 15° = 12.7 x 0.9659258263 = 12.26725799
p’’ = p – p’ = 17.35204855 –12.26725799 = 5.084790552
z = p” x sin 15° = 5.084790552 x 0.2588190451 = 1.316040635
h = 8 (1 –cos 15°) =8 x 0.0340741737 = 0.2725933897
h +z = 1.588634025
D1 = D – 2 (h + z) = D –3.17726805

The original inch values of specified rim diameters are used for the calculation of tape mandrels (D1),
see page RM.2.

RM.10 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Rims – DESIGN GUIDE

CALCULATION OF DIMENSIONS
FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF TAPERED BEAD SEAT RIMS

D
G

1/2D1 = 1/2D + l – r
Hence, D1 = D – 2 (r – l)
Where l = r tan α

and α = 90° – γ
2

Then, D1 = D – 2 (r – r tan α)

D1 = 90° – γ- 
D – 2r  1 – tan  ----------------
  
2
D1 = 90° – γ- 
D – ∅  1 – tan  ----------------
  
2
Where Ø = 2 r ball tape diameter

Examples
D1 = D – ε
BALL TAPE DIAMETER (mm)
ANGLE OF TAPER
8 10 14 16 20
(γ)
FACTOR ε
1° 30’ 0.206745 0.258431 0.413490 0.516863
3° 0.408283 0.510354 0.816567 1.020709
5° 0.669351 0.836688 1.171364 1.338701 1.673377
The original inch values of specified rim diameters are used for the calculations of tape mandrels (D1), see page RM.2

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 RM.11
R
DESIGN GUIDE – Rims

TAPERED BEAD SEAT RIMS FOR CYCLES AND MOPEDS


RIM MEASURING TAPE DIMENSIONS

Tape width (W)


W = A – 2a
where a = 1 mm for cycle rims
a = 1.5 mm for moped rims

Taping Rim Diameter (D1)


D1 = D – 2 Tan 10°for cycle rims
D1 = D – 3 Tan 7°for moped rims

Tape Mandrel Diameter (Dm)


Dm = D for cycle rims
Dm = D1 + 0.6 for moped rims

NB (i) The maximum tolerance on the bead seat development, namely + 1.0 mm for cycle rims
and + 2.0 mm for moped rims, is included.
(ii) Calculated values to be rounded-off to the first decimal place.

Tape Length (L)


L = πDm + 1.168
NB (i) Theoretical, flat tape at 20° C.
(ii) Calculated values to be rounded-off to the second decimal place.

RM.12 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Rims – DESIGN GUIDE

COMPARISON OF FLANGE HEIGHT SUFFICES IN STANDARDS


SM MT ETRT0 ADDITIONAL T&RA
SUFFIX FLANGE HEIGHT FLANGE HEIGHT FLANGE HEIGHT
(INCH) (MM) (MM) (MM) (INCH) (MM)
A 11.5 0.438 11.13
B 0.55 13.97 14.1 14.4
C 0.625 15.88 16.5 0.625 15.88
D 0.687 17.45 18 0.687 17.45
E 0.78 19.81 20 0.78 19.81
F 0.875 22.23 22.5 22 0.875 22.23
G 1.1 27.94 28

D
H 1.328 33.73 34
I 16
J 0.687 17.45 17.3 17.5
JA 0.62 15.75 16 0.62 15.75
JK 0.71 18.03

G
K 0.77 19.56 19.6
KA 0.77 19.56
KB 0.77 19.56
L 0.85 21.59 21.6
LB 22 0.85 21.59
M
MH 0.47 11.94
N
O
P 1 25.40 25.5
Q
R 1.125 28.58 28.5 1.13 28.70
S 1.312 33.32 33.5 31.5 1.234 31.34
T 1.5 38.10 38 35.5
T (alternative) 1.4 35.56
TG 35.5
U
V 1.75 44.45 44.5
VA 1.75 44.45 43 1.7 43.18
W 2 50.80 51
WA 51
X
Y
Z

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 RM.13
R
TESTING METHODS

INDEX PAGE

METHOD TO MEASURE THE TYRE GROUND PRESSURE TG.1 to TG.3

TREATMENT OF TYRES ON VEHICLE TEST RIGS TT.1 to TT.3

METHOD TO MEASURE THE ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE OF TYRES ON A TEST RIG TR.1 to TR.5

METHOD FOR TESTING SNAP-IN TUBELESS TYRE VALVES TV.1 to TV.7

METHOD FOR TESTING SNAP-IN TUBELESS TYRE VALVES FOR HIGH PRESSURE TVHP.1 to TVHP.7
T
M

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
TESTING METHODS
Method to measure the Tyre Ground Pressure

INDEX PAGE
SCOPE TG.2

DEFINITIONS TG.2

TEST PROCEDURE TG.2, TG.3

CALCULATION OF THE TYRE GROUND PRESSURE TG.3

T
M

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TG.1
TESTING METHODS – Method to measure the Tyre Ground Pressure

1. Scope
To define the method for the determination of the 'Tyre Ground Pressure' transmitted to the road surface by
the contact area of the loaded tyre fitted to a vehicle.

2. Definitions
The following definitions of Annex II of Directive 92/23/EEC apply :

2.1. 'cold inflation pressure' means the internal pressure of the tyre with the tyre at ambient temperature and
does not include any pressure build up due to tyre usage. It is expressed in kPa.

2.2. 'virtual perimeter of the tyre footprint' means the convex polygonal curve circumscribing the smallest area
containing all points of contact between the tyre and the ground.

2.3. 'tyre contact area (Ac)' means the area of the flat surface contained within the virtual perimeter of the tyre
footprint.

'2.4. tyre ground pressure (F/Ac)' means the average specific load transmitted by the tyre through its contact
area to the road surface. It is expressed as the ratio between the vertical force (F), acting in static condi-
tions on the axis of the wheel and the tyre contact area (Ac) measured with the tyre inflated at the cold
inflation pressure recommended for the intended type of service. It is expressed in kN/m2.

3. Test procedure
3.1. Fit the tyre on the measuring rim, or on any other rim permitted for the tyre size, and inflate it to the cold
inflation pressure specified for the type of service.

3.2. Condition the tyre at ambient temperature for at least 3 hours.

3.3. In case of new tyre, break in the tyre on a drum with a diameter of 1.7 m for at least 100 km at the nominal
tyre load and at a speed of 200 rev/min. Alternatively, break in the tyre, on road and fitted on a vehicle,
for the same distance and at a speed of 60 km/h.

3.4. Keep the unloaded tyre and wheel assembly at ambient temperature for at least 6 hours.

3.5. Readjust the tyre inflation pressure to the specified value.

3.6. Place the tyre and wheel assembly normal to a rigid, smooth and flat surface on which a device suitable
for the measurement of the tyre contact area has previously been installed (for example an unused sheet
of carbon paper between two unused drawing sheets).

3.7. Apply gradually to the axle of the tyre and perpendicularly to the rigid surface, a force (F ) corresponding
to the maximum load acting on the tyre in service and keep it constant for at least 2 minutes. The force
to be expressed in N.

3.8. Remove gradually the force from the tyre and then lift the tyre,perpendicularly, from the rigid surface.

3.9. Rotate the tyre by approximately 180° around its axle of rotation and repeat as per previous items 3.6,
3.7 and 3.8

TG.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Method to measure the Tyre Ground Pressure – TESTING METHODS

3.10. Outline the virtual perimeter of the tyre footprint (see figure 1) for both measurements and calculate the
two corresponding contact areas Ac1 and Ac2 by means of a polar planimeter or any other similar ins-
trument of adequate precision.The values to be accurate to and expressed in cm2.

Figure 1 : Virtual perimeter


Note: the area inside the virtual perimeter represents the contact area of the tyre

4. Calculation of the Tyre Ground Pressure (F/Ac)


The Tyre Ground Pressure for the type of tyre is equal to: 20 F /(Ac1 +Ac2) [kN/m2]

T
where F is expressed in [N]
and Ac1 and Ac2 in [cm2]

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TG.3
TESTING METHODS
Treatment of tyres on vehicle test rigs

INDEX PAGE
PURPOSE TT.2

MOTORCYCLE TYRES ON VEHICLE PERFORMANCE TEST BENCHES TT.2

PASSENGER CAR TYRES ON PERFORMANCE TEST BENCHES TT.2

PASSENGER CAR TYRES ON BRAKE TEST BENCHES TT.2

PASSENGER CAR TYRES ON TEST BENCHES FOR FUNCTION CHECKS DURING


TT.2, TT.3
PRODUCTION

MISUSE CONTROL TT.3

REFERENCES TT.3

T
M

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TT.1
TESTING METHODS – Treatment of tyres on vehicle test rigs

TREATMENT OF TYRES ON VEHICLE TEST RIGS - Motorcycle and passenger car tyres

1. Purpose
Purpose of this ETRTO guideline is the preventive avoidance of damages on motorcycle and passenger car
tyres. One reason for this can be the overstress of tyres on vehicle test benches. By improper execution of test
runs visible or invisible tyre damages, e. g. hidden carcass separations are possible. Especially the invisible
damages are dangerous, as they can lead to sudden tyre failures as a result of long term changes.
By adherence to the following recommendation care is taken to a large extend, that by involvement of vehicle
test benches no causes for later occurring tyre damages are preset.

2. Motorcycle tyres on vehicle performance test benches


Motorcycle tyres, which were used on vehicle performance test benches, shall not be used in a later driving
service unless agreed by the tyre manufacturer.

3. Passenger car tyres on performance test benches

3.1 Basics
Main issue is the recommendation, to use special test tyres on performance test benches to prevent the vehicle
mounted tyres from damage. If the vehicle mounted tyres are used, not only the inflation pressure has to be
increased, but also some restrictions in high speed and test duration have to be observed. If these restrictions
are not applicable to reach the aim of the test, special test tyres for work shop purposes have to be used in
any case. There is no other way to reach the required aim of traffic safety.

3.2 Application on performance test benches


3.2.1 Winter tyres and tyres with rough block pattern (Off-Road tyres, On/Off road tyres, tyres with Military
pattern) shall not be used on performance test benches.
3.2.2 All test runs on performance test benches should only be carried out with so called special tyre sets for
work shop purposes, worn of removed tyres. The inflation pressure may be up to 400 kPa.
3.2.3 If the application of special test tyres according 3.2.2. is not possible, standard high way tyres as mounted
on the vehicle may be used, but only on test benches with roller diameters higher than 200 mm and under
the following conditions:

- The cold tyre has to be inflated to at least 250 kPa. The inflation pressure should not exceed 300 kPa, but
the recommended pressure of the vehicle manufacturer has to be used, if this lies above 300 kPa.
- The vehicle has not to be loaded. Hand baggage and tooling is not taken into account.
- The permitted maximum speeds and durations belong to the roller diameter of the performance test bench.
- For test durations above one minute the maximum speeds and durations at given roller diameters as shown
in graph 1 shall not be exceeded.
- For test durations up to one minute and roller diameter of 318 mm and above the speeds may be exceeded
by 125% of the indicated speeds.

3.2.4 In any case we discourage from several test runs with the same set of the vehicle mounted tyres. If this
can not be avoided, a cooling phase of at least one hour must be held between each test run.

4. Passenger car tyres on brake test benches

4.1 Brake test benches must be equipped with a blocking protection or blocking control.

4.2 The maximum speed on brake test benches with rollers, which are equipped with profiles, metal baffles
or similar devices to increase the coefficient of friction shall not exceed 10 km/h. For the maximum speed on
brake test benches with smooth rollers see graph 1.

4.3 During the brake test no blocking of the wheels must occur.

5. Passenger car tyres on test benches for function checks during production
Main issue for applications of tyres on test benches in the vehicle’s final inspection is the prevention of
stresses, which might reduce the durability of the tyres.

TT.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Treatment of tyres on vehicle test rigs – TESTING METHODS

Generally a temperature of 60°C at the belt edge shall not be exceeded for duration of maximum 15 minutes.
For checking, if a damage can be excluded, it is recommended, to carry out the following tests, depending on
the test bench configuration:
1. Visual control
Check of the tyre on changes. This can be cracks on the pattern surface, groove surface or sipes, tearing on
pattern blocks, but also chafing in the sidewall area. Also a movement on the rim can be a sign of high stresses.
2. Tyre examination
By non-destructive test (holography, shearography) can be clarified, if non visible damages occurred during
testing. For example belt or ply separations, but also buckling or bruise in the sidewall area.

6. Misuse control
It has to be insured by a suitable test bench control, that service related malfunctions are recorded, to detect
overstress coming from this. This is needed for a later decision, if such tyres are still suitable for street service.

7. References:
a) Basis document : WdK Guideline115 - part1 (with amendment March 92 : “motorcycle tyres on performance
test rigs” added)
b) TNPF – 1980 : Utilisation des bancs à rouleaux (Pneus tourisme)
c) RMA recommendation for “truck roller test rigs”

T
M

Graph 1 – Maximum speeds and test durations for passenger car tyres and motorcycle tyres on performance test rigs
with various cylinder diameters.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TT.3
TESTING METHODS
Methods to measure the Electrical Resistance
of tyres on a Test Rig

INDEX PAGE
SCOPE TR.2

TERMS AND DEFINITIONS TR.2

MEASUREMENT TR.2, TR.3

INTERPRETATION OF THE RESULTS TR.4

MEASUREMENT OF THE ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE OF TYRES ON A VEHICLE TR.4

MEASUREMENT OF THE ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE OF TYRES - Production Control Method TR.5

T
M

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TR.1
TESTING METHODS – Method to measure the Electrical Resistance of Tyre on a Test Rig

1. SCOPE
Occasions exist where static charges on the vehicle must be dissipated by way of the tyre. Electrical resistance
inversely measures the tyre ability to dissipate static charge from the vehicle.
The standard describes a test method to measure the electrical resistance of pneumatic and solid tyres, under
load, on a test rig.
Item 5 additionally specifies conditions for measurement on a vehicle.
Item 6 specifies simplified test conditions for 'production control routine'.
The method specifies procedures and equipment such that electrical resistance can be accurately determined
for tyres with values up to 1012 Ohm.

2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

2.1.CONNECTING POINT
Any point on the wheel or metal loading plate where the resistance-measuring instrument’s leads are connec-
ted.

2.2.TEST LOAD
The force applied to the tyre through the rim, it is normal to the metal loading plate onto which the tyre is
loaded.

2.3.TYRE ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE


The tyre electrical resistance (in Ohm) measured between the wheel of a mounted and inflated tyre-wheel
assembly and a metallic plate onto which the tyre is loaded at a specified load.

3. MEASUREMENT

3.1.DESCRIPTION
The electrical resistance of an inflated Tyre-wheel assembly is measured between the wheel and the conduc-
ting surface against which the tyre is loaded.

3.2.MEASURING EQUIPMENT
Resistance shall be measured by a commercial instrument capable of measuring electrical resistance in Ohm
and having a power source capable of 1000 V. The voltage shall be controlled as described in figure 1 and
shall not dissipate more than 3W in the test sample. The instrument shall be capable of determining the resis-
tance up to a value of 1012 Ohm with an accuracy of ± 5 %.
The metal loading plate shall be sufficient in dimensions to encompass the entire contact surface of the tyre
under test and with sufficient thickness to support the test loads described in 3.4 without visible deformation.
The plate shall be made of a conductive corrosive-resistant metal, for example, brass or stainless steel, free
from coating or obvious surface contamination, such as oxidation or corrosion. Aluminum shall not be used
for the plate because of its high susceptibility to the rapid development of surface oxides, which may adversely
affect reading accuracy.
A loading fixture (figure 1) capable to applying the tyre load normal to the metal loading plate. Test load mea-
surement accuracy shall be ±1 %.
A sheet insulating material such as polyethylene, PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene), or equivalent, with sufficient
strength to support the test loads described in 3.4 without visible deformation. The insulating material should
have dimensions of at least 50 mm greater, on all sides, than the metal loading plate. With insulating sheet
installed between the metal loading plate and the loading apparatus base (figure 1), the electrical resistance
between the metal loading plate and the loading apparatus should be at least 1014 Ohm.
In practice,the electrical resistance of the plate relative to loading apparatus must be at least two orders of
magnitude higher than that of the tyre being measured.

TR.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Method to measure the Electrical Resistance of Tyre on a Test Rig – TESTING METHODS

3.3.CONDITIONING
For at least 8 hours prior to measurement of passenger, light truck and motorcycle tyre applications (24 hours
for all other tyres), the tyre to be tested shall be kept at an ambient temperature of (23 ± 7)°C, and a relative
humidity less then 60 %.

3.4.MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS
The test load applied during the measurement is (80 ±5)% of the maximum tyre load capacity. The inflation
pressure, to be registered in the test report, shall be appropriate for the test load applied. Ambient temperature
during the measurement shall be maintained at (23 ±7)°C. Relative humidity during the measurement shall be
maintained at ≤ 60 %.

3.5.PROCEDURE
The approved wheel (steel preferred) must be stripped clean in the bead seat area, as well as at the connection
point.It is necessary to make sure the tyre is dry before taking the measurement. Mount the tyre dry, i.e.wit-
hout using any lubricant, if possible. To avoid damage to tyre in the case of difficult mounting conditions, a
water-soluble mounting solution can be used.
Any mounting solution on the sidewall or tread of the tyre must be cleaned and dried.
Mark a reference point on the tyre sidewall with a nonconductive material.
Set up the apparatus as shown in Figure 1. Clean the metal loading plate with isopropyl alcohol or a similar
agent and allow to dry. Conductive or nonconductive substances on the tyre such as mould release agents, or
paints, or both, which could affect the result, must be removed. The use of organic solvent as likely to attack
the rubber is prohibited. Connect the ohmmeter leads to the metal loading plate and the wheel.
Load the tyre-wheel assembly at the reference point to the value specified in 3.4, hold for 1 minute, and then
remove the load.

T
Repeat the load-unload cycle a second time.
If the resistance is less then 1010 Ohm the current shall be not less then 10-7 A and the voltage not more then
1000 V.
Load the tyre the third time to the test load and immediately apply the test voltage for at least two additional
circumferential locations evenly spaced around the tyre.
Record the resistance measurement 3 minutes ±10 s after the voltage has been applied. The voltage and the
load are to be applied continuously to the tyre until the final measurement is recorded. Unload the tyre. Repeat
the preload cycle and measurement for at least two additional circumferential locations evenly spaced around
the tyre.
M

Figure 1 : Apparatus

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TR.3
TESTING METHODS – Method to measure the Electrical Resistance of Tyre on a Test Rig

4. INTERPRETATION OF THE RESULTS


The resultant electrical resistance of the tyre is the mean of all the electrical resistance measurements in all
circumferential locations.

5. MEASUREMENT OF THE ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE OF TYRES ON A VEHICLE


The electrical resistance of an inflated tyre mounted on a vehicle that is placed with one tyre on a metal
loading plate is measured between the vehicle frame and the conducting surface against which the tyre is
loaded.
The vehicle should be placed with one tyre on a metal loading plate covered by a damp blotting paper to
minimize errors caused by contamination (figure 2). The frame should be clean in the connecting area

Figure 2 : Apparatus

TR.4 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Method to measure the Electrical Resistance of Tyre on a Test Rig – TESTING METHODS

6. MEASUREMENT OF THE ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE OF TYRES


Production Control Method
The electrical resistance of a tyre is measured between two conductive plates.
The metal plates should be placed as shown in figure 3.

T
Figure 3

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TR.5
TESTING METHODS
Methods for testing snap-in tubeless tyre valves

INDEX PAGE
1. SCOPE TV.2

2. REFERENCES TV.2

3. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TV.2, TV.3

4. TEST METHODS AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS


4.1. ADHESION TV.3
4.2. VALVE CORE SEAL TV.3, TV.4
4.3. VALVE CAP SEAL TV.4
4.4. VALVE TO RIM SEAL TV.5, TV.6
4.5.INSTALLATION TEST TV.6
4.6. BURST TV.6
4.7. OZONE RESISTANCE TV.7

T
4.8. FLEXING RESISTANCE TV.7

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TV.1
TESTING METHODS – Method for testing snap-in tubeless tyre valves

1. SCOPE
This standard contains recommended test methods for snap-in tubeless tyre valves V2.03.1 - V2.03.2 - V2.03.3
- V2.03.4 - V2.03.6 - V2.03.8 - V2.03.9, intended for, but not limited to highway applications. A snap-in valve
is a tyre valve having a rigid housing adhered to a resilient body designed to retain and seal the valve in the
rim hole.

2. REFERENCES
The following documents are used as references :
– Current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual,
– ISO 3877/2 - Tyres, valves, and tubes - List of equivalent terms,
– ISO 4000/2 - Passenger car tyres and rims -- Part 2: Rims.

3. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

3.1. MOULDING REQUIREMENTS


A snap-in valve is a unit free of rubber in the air passage, no rubber or cement above the second thread on
the housing and without flow cracks, blisters, voids, or other moulding defects. Mould parting line flash
should not exceed 1.3 mm in height and 0.15 mm thickness at the outer edge.

3.2. TEST FIXTURES


Break both edges on both sides of the valve hole either by a 45° chamfer or a radius from 0,3 to 0,4 mm. It
is recommended that material of the test fixture be representative of the material of the actual rim.
The primary external seal of a "snap-in" valve in a valve hole is obtained from the rubber compression of the
valve body onto the internal surface of the valve hole. Secondary external sealing may be present by the
contact of the remainder of the valve body exterior to the surface of the material around the valve hole. Either
or both of these seals may be affected by the compound curvatures in the wheel rims and by stock thickness.

NOMINAL HOLE NOMINAL HOLE NOMINAL HOLE


Reference DIAMETER DIAMETER DIAMETER
TEST 8.8 mm 11.3 mm 15.7 mm
Paragraph
test hole plate thickness test hole plate thickness test hole plate thickness
Valve to Rim Seal Test
low and high temperature 4.4 9.10 1.80 11.70 1.80 16.10 1.80
test
Burst or Unseating 4.6
9.10 1.80 11.70 1.80 16.10 1.80
Flexing Resistance 4.8
Installation Tests 4.5 8.85 1.80 11.35 3.50 15.75 3.50
Ozone Resistance 4.7 8.85 1.80 11.35 3.50 15.75 3.50

All dimensions are in mm.


Tolerance on all test Hole diameter: +0 / - 0.05
Tolerance on all test Plate thicknesses: ± 0.05

TV.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Method for testing snap-in tubeless tyre valves – TESTING METHODS

3.3. INSTALLATION

All valves, while wet by putting it into clear water at ambient temperature as a lubricant, shall be installed in
a proper test fixture by applying valve insertion force to the end of the valve metal insert or by applying valve
traction force to the mouth of the valve, perpendicular to the plane of the valve mounting hole and directly
through the centre of the valve mounting hole. No valve assembly, however, shall be tested which has damage
resulting from installation.
A valve shall be considered properly seated when the entire indicator ring is observed to be through the rim
or valve mounting hole fixture.
After installation, valve assemblies must be thoroughly dried in the sealing area before continuing tests.

3.4. DEFINITIONS

3.4.1. Unused valves are those that have completed final manufacturing processing at least 24 h previously,
have not been subjected to any test or service and have been stored for no longer than 4 months in the
dark, at ambient temperature, in optimal and non aggressive environment. Rubber compounds may
change characteristics during their life expectancy.
3.4.2. For the purpose of the present testing method, we define an aged valve as an unused valve that has
been subjected to 100 ± 3°C for 4 h in circulating hot air and cooled at 20-26°C for a minimum of 4
hours. If nothing specified, unused valves are the valves to test.
3.4.3. All tested valves must be in compliance with ETRTO standard book, pin height must meet core chamber
requirement (Standards Manual page V5).

4. TESTS METHODS AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

VALVE HOLES TEST METHODS PERFORMANCES


T
4.1. ADHESION

1)Make two axial, parallel cuts 180 deg apart through the full thickness of
the rubber cover down the entire length of the valve.
Any separation between brass and rubber,
brass and cement or cement and rubber in
M
2) Pull each side of the button base away from the insert towards the cap excess of 41 mm, on each valve, shall be
thread end at 150 ± 15 mm per minute with a traction machine considered as a failure.

The test shall be conducted at 23 ± 5°C. Any separation that made a strip along the
An alternative to the traction machine is to use pliers complete valve axis direction shall be
considered as a failure.

4.2.VALVE CORE SEAL

Valve cores installed in snap-in valve assemblies (fig 1)


Standard torque: 0.34 to 0.56 Nm with metallic sealing
0.23 to 0.56 Nm non metallic gasket

4.2.1. Room Completely immerse valve assembly in clean water at 23 ± 5°C with mouth Leakage at a rate less than 0.2 cc/min,
Temperature down vertically and not more than 100 mm below the surface of the water Is considered acceptable
Test (see following Fig.1).
Check for leakage with test pressure as following:
1. Cup gasket seal - Apply 35 kPa air pressure.
2. Barrel seal - Apply 450 kPa air pressure.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TV.3
TESTING METHODS – Method for testing snap-in tubeless tyre valves

VALVE HOLES TEST METHODS PERFORMANCES

4.2.2. Low 1) Depress and release valve core pin once after a 24 h minimum exposure Leakage at a rate less than 0.2 cc/min,
Temperature at -40 ± 3°C, and assembly pressure shall be maintained to 180 ± 15 kPa is considered acceptable
Test (see following Fig.1).
2) Check for leakage with -40 ± 3°C ethanol or methanol 25 mm above
valve mouth with assembly still pressurised to 180 kPa.
Begin leak detection after 1 min soak period.
(see following Fig.1).

4.2.3. High 1) Depress and release valve core pin once after 48 h minimum soak period Leakage at a rate less than 0.2 cc/min,
Temperature at 100 ± 3°C, and assembly pressure shall be maintained to 575 kPa air is considered acceptable
Test pressure.

2) Check for leakage with 66± 3°C clean water not more than 50 mm
above mouth of valve with assembly still pressurised to 575 kPa air
pressure.

4.3.VALVE CAP SEAL (Optional, for sealing caps only)

Screw the cap with sealing gasket at 0.15 - 0.20 Nm torque on a valve Leakage at a rate less than 0.2 cc/min,
without core. is considered acceptable
Completely immerse valve assembly in clean water at 23 ± 5°C with mouth
down vertically and not more than 100 mm below the surface of the water
(see following Fig.1).
Check for leakage with 450 kPa test pressure.

FIGURE 1

*$8*(

$,56833/<

:$7(5
/(9(/
PPPD[

5(*8/$725

TV.4 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Method for testing snap-in tubeless tyre valves – TESTING METHODS

VALVE HOLES TEST METHODS PERFORMANCES

4.4.VALVE TO RIM SEAL

Temperature tests are performed to subject the valves to extremes in


temperature. Flexing of valves simulates possible operational conditions.
The same valves and assemblies as shown may be used for both tests
provided the low temperature test is conducted first (See following Fig. 2).

4.4.1. Low 1) Test valves shall be mounted in a test plate as per paragraph 3.2 & 3.3. Leakage at a rate less than 0.2 cc/min,
Temperature 2) Assembly shall then be exposed to a temperature of -40 ± 3°C for 24 h is considered acceptable at the rim seal
Test minimum to insure the valve seal area is at the test temperature, and before, during, or after revolving and
pressure shall be maintained to 180 ± 15 kPa flexing the valve.
Test holes: 3) The valve assembly, still pressurised to 180 ± 15 kPa shall then be
• Ø 9.1 +0 / -0.05, immersed valve mouth up in ethanol or methanol at - 40 ± 3°C. Air inclusions during installation are not
1.8 ± 0.05 thick 4) With respect to the axis of the valve-mounting hole, the immersed valve considered
• Ø 11.7 +0 / -0.05, still pressurized shall be flexed to angle of 25 ± 3 deg. The cap end of the
1.8 ± 0.05 thick valve shall then be revolved one complete turn around the axis of the
• Ø 16.1 +0 / -0,05, mounting hole. This single revolution shall be executed at a uniform rate
1.8 ± 0.05 thick without the application of torque to the valve body and accomplished within
15-45s.
5) The assembly shall be returned in refrigerator at -40 ± 3°C after each
test and pressure shall be maintained to 180 ± 15 kPa.
6) Repeat points 3) to 5) at 0.5h interval minimum for a total of 5 times.

4.4.2. High
Temperature
Test
1) Test valve shall be mounted in a test plate as per paragraph 3.2 & 3.3
2) The test assembly shall then be exposed to a temperature of 100 ± 3°C
for 48 h in a hot air circulating oven to simulate ageing, and pressure shall
be maintained to 575 ± 15 kPa air pressure for Ø11.3mm nominal hole
diameter, else 450 ± 15 kPa..
Leakage at a rate less than 0.2 cc/min,
is considered acceptable at the rim seal
before, during, or after revolving and
flexing the valve.
T
Test holes:

M
• Ø 9.1 +0 / -0.05, 3) The assembly still pressurised is completely immersed valve mouth in Air inclusions during installation are not
1.8 ± 0.05 thick clean water at 66± 3°C. considered
• Ø 11.7 +0 / -0.05, 4) With respect to the axis of the valve mounting hole, the immersed valve
1.8 ± 0.05 thick still pressurized shall be flexed to angle of 25 ± 3 deg. The cap end of the
• Ø 16.1 +0 / -0,05, valve shall then be revolved one complete turn around the axis of the
1.8 ± 0.05 thick mounting hole. This single revolution shall be executed at a uniform rate
without the application of torque to the valve body and accomplished within
15-45s. Water temperature shall be maintained at 66± 3°C during the
whole test.
5) The assembly shall be returned to the hot air oven and pressure shall be
maintained to 575 ± 15 kPa air pressure for Ø11.3mm nominal hole
diameter, else 450 ± 15 kPa..
6) Repeat points 3) to 5) at 0,5 hour interval period minimum for a total of
5 times. The last test shall be performed at the end of the 72 h.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TV.5
TESTING METHODS – Method for testing snap-in tubeless tyre valves

VALVE HOLES TEST METHODS PERFORMANCES

FIGURE 2

*$8*(

ƒ

$,56833/<

:$7(5
25(7+$12/

5(*8/$725

4.5.INSTALLATION TESTS

4.5.1. Force to Seat Test valve shall be mounted in a test plate as per paragraph 3.2 & 3.3 at a The force to seat the valve must be included
Test holes: rate of 150 ± 15 mm per minute with a method of measuring the force between:
• Ø 8.8 +0.05 / -0, required.
1.8 ± 0.05 thick For Ø8.8 mm hole: 180 - 400 N
• Ø 11.3 +0.05 / -0, For Ø11.5 and 15.7 mm hole: 180 - 450 N
3.5 ± 0.05 thick
• Ø 15.7 +0.05 / -0, No tearing or rupturing of valve are
3.5 ± 0.05 thick permitted.

4.5.2. Force to 1) The valve is installed as in paragraph 4.5.1. Minimum force to apply must be :
Pull Out 2) Additional force shall be applied as in paragraph 4.5.1. and the force to
Test holes: break the valve or pull out shall be measured. For Ø8.8 mm hole: 480 N
• Ø 8.8 +0.05 / -0, For Ø11.5 and 15.7 mm hole: 600 N
1.8 ± 0.05 thick
• Ø 11.3 +0.05 / -0, This force is acceptable to break the valve
3.5 ± 0.05 thick base or to pull the valve out of the hole.
• Ø 15.7 +0.05 / -0,
3.5 ± 0.05 thick

4.6.BURST
Test holes: 1) Test valve shall be mounted in a test plate as per paragraph 3.2 & 3.3 The valve must not burst.
• Ø 9.1 +0 / -0.05, 2) Hydrostatic pressure shall be applied to the valve base to attain a
1.8 ± 0.05 thick
pressure of 1.3MPa air pressure, within 1 min interval..
• Ø 11.7 +0 / -0.05,
3) This test shall be conducted at 20-26°C. This maximum pressure shall be
1.8 ± 0.05 thick
• Ø 16.1 +0 / -0.05,
maintained for two additional minutes
1.8 ± 0.05 thick

TV.6 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Method for testing snap-in tubeless tyre valves – TESTING METHODS

VALVE HOLES TEST METHODS PERFORMANCES

4.7.OZONE RESISTANCE
Test holes: 1) The unmounted valve shall be aged for 72 h at 100 ± 3°C. The valve rubber cover shall exhibit
• Ø 8.8 +0.05 / -0, 2) The aged valve shall be mounted in a test plate as per paragraph 3.2 & resistance to ozone equivalent to a zero
1.8 ± 0.05 thick
3.3. rating at 2x magnification as per ASTM
• Ø 11.3 +0.05 / -0,
3) With respect to the axis of the mounting hole, the valve is deflected 10 D1171.
3.5 ± 0.05 thick
• Ø 15.7 +0.05 / -0,
deg from its axis and retained in that position for the duration of the test.
3.5 ± 0.05 thick 4) The retained valve is placed into a darkened enclosure at 20-26°C for a
minimum of 24 h.
5) The valve shall then be tested in ozone circulating chamber, maintaining
100 ± 5 parts of ozone to 100 million parts of air for 72 h at 38 + 3°C.

4.8.FLEXING RESISTANCE
Test holes: Flexing of valves simulates possible operational conditions. There shall be no failure after 40.000 cycles.
• Ø 9.1 +0 / -0.05, 1) The test valve shall be mounted in a test plate as per paragraph 3.2 & Failure is defined as a crack visible to the
1.8 ± 0.05 thick
3.3.(see following Fig 3). naked eye.
• Ø 11.7 +0 / -0.05,
2) The valve assembly pressure shall be maintained to 200 kPa and the
1.8 ± 0.05 thick
• Ø 16.1 +0 / -0.05,
flexing angle must be 25 ± 1 deg from the valve axis. The frequency must
1.8 ± 0.05 thick be 2 Hz

FIGURE 3

ƒ“
ƒ ƒ“
ƒ
*$8*(
T
$,56833/<
M
5(*8/$725

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TV.7
TESTING METHODS
Methods for testing snap-in tubeless tyre valves
for high pressure

INDEX PAGE
1. SCOPE TVHP.2

2. REFERENCES TVHP.2

3. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TVHP.2, TVHP.3

4. TEST METHODS AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS


4.1 ADHESION TVHP.3
4.2 VALVE CORE SEAL TVHP.3, TVHP.4
4.3 VALVE CAP SEAL TVHP.4
4.4 VALVE TO RIM SEAL TVHP.5, TVHP.6
4.5 VALVE TO RIM SEAL WITH FLEXING TVHP.6
4.6 INSTALLATION TEST TVHP.6

T
4.7 BURST TVHP.7
4.8 OZONE RESISTANCE TVHP.7

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TVHP.1
TESTING METHODS – Method for testing snap-in tubeless tyre valves for high pressure

1. SCOPE
This standard contains recommended test methods for HP snap-in tubeless tyre valves for high pressure
V3.23.1 and V3.23.2. A HP snap-in valve is a tyre valve having a rigid housing adhered to a resilient body
designed to retain and seal the valve in the rim hole.

2. REFERENCES
The following documents are used as references :
– Current E.T.R.T.O. Standards Manual,
– ISO 3877/2 - Tyres, valves, and tubes - List of equivalent terms,

3. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

3.1. MOULDING REQUIREMENTS


A HP snap-in valve is a unit frege of rubber in the air passage, no flow cracks, blisters, voids, or other moul-
ding defects are allowed. Mould parting line flash should not exceed 1.3 mm in height and 0.15 mm thickness
at the outer edge.

3.2.TEST FIXTURES
Break both edges on both sides of the valve hole either by a 45° chamfer or a radius from 0,3 to 0,4 mm. It
is recommended that material of the test fixture be representative of the material of the actual rim.

NOMINAL HOLE
Reference DIAMETER
TEST 11.3 mm
Paragraph
test hole plate thickness
Valve to Rim Seal Test
low and high temperature 4.4 11.70 1.80
test
Valve to rim seal with flexing 4.5
11.70 1.80
Burst or Unseating 4.6
Installation Tests 4.7 11.35 3.50
Ozone Resistance 4.8 11.35 3.50

All dimensions are in mm.


Tolerance on all test Hole diameter: +0 / - 0.05
Tolerance on all test Plate thicknesses: ± 0.05

TVHP.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Method for testing snap-in tubeless tyre valves for high pressure – TESTING METHODS

3.3.INSTALLATION

All valves, while wet by putting it into clear water at ambient temperature as a lubricant, shall be installed in
a proper test fixture by applying valve insertion force to the end of the valve metal insert or by applying valve
traction force to the mouth of the valve, perpendicular to the plane of the valve mounting hole and directly
through the centre of the valve mounting hole. No valve assembly, however, shall be tested which has damage
resulting from installation.
A valve shall be considered properly seated when the entire indicator ring is observed to be through the rim
or valve mounting hole fixture.
After installation, valve assemblies must be thoroughly dried in the sealing area before continuing tests.

3.4.DEFINITIONS

3.4.1. Unused valves are those that have completed final manufacturing processing at least 24 h previously,
have not been subjected to any test or service and have been stored for no longer than 4 months in the
dark, at ambient temperature, in optimal and non aggressive environment. Rubber compounds may
change characteristics during their life expectancy.
3.4.2. For the purpose of the present testing method, we define an aged valve as an unused valve that has
been subjected to 100 ± 3°C for 4 h in circulating hot air and cooled at 20-26°C for a minimum of 4
hours. If nothing specified, unused valves are the valves to test.
3.4.3. All tested valves must be in compliance with ETRTO standard book, pin height must meet core chamber
requirement (Standards Manual §.7 of valve section).

4. TESTS METHODS AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS


T
M
VALVE HOLES TEST METHODS PERFORMANCES

4.1.ADHESION

1) Make two axial, parallel cuts 180 deg apart through the full thickness of Any separation between brass and rubber,
the rubber cover down the entire length of the valve. brass and cement or cement and rubber in
2) Pull each side of the button base away from the insert towards the cap excess of 25 mm2, on each valve, shall be
thread end at 150 ± 15 mm per minute with a traction machine considered as a failure.

The test shall be conducted at 23 ± 5°C. Any separation that made a strip along the
An alternative to the traction machine is to use pliers complete valve axis direction shall be
considered as a failure.

4.2.VALVE CORE SEAL

Valve cores installed in HP snap-in valve assemblies (fig 1)


Standard torque: 0.34 to 0.56 Nm with metallic sealing
0.23 to 0.56 Nm non metallic gasket

4.2.1. Room Completely immerse valve assembly in clean water at 23 ± 5°C with mouth Leakage at a rate less than 0.2 cc/min,
Temperature down vertically and not more than 100 mm below the surface of the water is considered acceptable
Test (see following Fig.1).
Check for leakage with test pressure as following:
1. Cup gasket seal - Apply 35 kPa air pressure.
2. Barrel seal - Apply 550 kPa air pressure.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TVHP.3
TESTING METHODS – Method for testing snap-in tubeless tyre valves for high pressure

VALVE HOLES TEST METHODS PERFORMANCES

4.2.2. Low 1) Depress and release valve core pin once after a 24 h minimum exposure Leakage at a rate less than 0.2 cc/min,
Temperature at is considered acceptable
Test -40 ± 3°C, and assembly pressure shall be maintained to 180 ± 15 kPa
(see following Fig.1).
2) Check for leakage with -40 ± 3°C ethanol or methanol 25 mm above
valve mouth with assembly still pressurised to 180 kPa ± 15 kPa.
Begin leak detection after 1 min soak period.
(see following Fig.1).

4.2.3. High 1) Depress and release valve core pin once after 48 h minimum soak period Leakage at a rate less than 0.2 cc/min,
Temperature at is considered acceptable
Test 100 ± 3°C, and assembly pressure shall be maintained to 700 kPa ± 15
kPa air pressure.

2) Check for leakage with 66 ± 3°C clean water not more than 50 mm
above mouth of valve with assembly still pressurised to 700 kPa ± 15 kPa
air pressure.

4.3.VALVE CAP SEAL (Optional, for sealing caps only)

Screw the cap with sealing gasket at 0.15 - 0.20 Nm torque on a valve Leakage at a rate less than 0.2 cc/min,
without core. is considered acceptable
Completely immerse valve assembly in clean water at 23 ± 5°C with mouth
down vertically and not more than 100 mm below the surface of the water
(see following Fig.1).
Check for leakage with 550 kPa ± 15 kPa air pressure

FIGURE 1

*$8*(

$,56833/<

:$7(5
/(9(/
PPPD[

5(*8/$725

TVHP.4 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Method for testing snap-in tubeless tyre valves for high pressure – TESTING METHODS

VALVE HOLES TEST METHODS PERFORMANCES

4.4.VALVE TO RIM SEAL

Temperature tests are performed to subject the valves to extremes in


temperature. Flexing of valves simulates possible operational conditions.
The same valves and assemblies as shown may be used for both tests
provided the low temperature test is conducted first (See following Fig. 2).

4.4.1. Low 1) Test valves shall be mounted in a test plate as per paragraph 3.2 & 3.3. Leakage at a rate less than 0.2 cc/min,
Temperature 2) Assembly shall then be exposed to a temperature of -40 ± 3°C for 24 h is considered acceptable.
Test minimum to insure the valve seal area is at the test temperature, and
pressure shall be maintained to 180 ± 15 kPa Air inclusions during installation are not
Test holes: 3) The valve assembly, still pressurised to 180 ± 15 kPa shall then be considered
• Ø 11.7 +0 / -0.05, immersed valve mouth up in ethanol or methanol at -40 ± 3°C.
1.8 ± 0.05 thick 4) With respect to the axis of the valve-mounting hole, the immersed valve
still pressurized shall be flexed to angle of 10 deg. minimum. The cap end
of the valve shall then be revolved one complete turn around the axis of the
mounting hole. This single revolution shall be executed at a uniform rate
without the application of torque to the valve body and accomplished within
15-45s.
5) The assembly shall be returned in refrigerator at -40 ± 3°C after each
test and pressure shall be maintained to 180 ± 15 kPa.
6) Repeat points 3) to 5) at 0.5h interval minimum for a total of 5 times.

4.4.2. High
Temperature
Test
1) Test valve shall be mounted in a test plate as per paragraph 3.2 & 3.3
2) The test assembly shall then be exposed to a temperature of 100 ± 3°C
for 48 h in a hot air circulating oven to simulate ageing, and pressure shall
be maintained to 700 ± 15 kPa.
3) The assembly still pressurised is completely immersed valve mouth in
Leakage at a rate less than 0.2 cc/min,
is considered acceptable.

Air inclusions during installation are not


considered
T
Test holes:

M
• Ø 11.7 +0 / -0.05, clean water at 66 ± 3°C.
1.8 ± 0.05 thick 4) With respect to the axis of the valve mounting hole, the immersed valve
still pressurized shall be flexed to angle of 10 deg. minimum. The cap end
of the valve shall then be revolved one complete turn around the axis of the
mounting hole. This single revolution shall be executed at a uniform rate
without the application of torque to the valve body and accomplished within
15-45s. Water temperature shall be maintained at 66 ± 3°C during the
whole test.
5) The assembly shall be returned to the hot air oven and pressure shall be
maintained to 700 ± 15 kPa.
6) Repeat points 3) to 5) at 0,5 hour interval period minimum for a total of
5 times. The last test shall be performed at the end of the 72 h.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TVHP.5
TESTING METHODS – Method for testing snap-in tubeless tyre valves for high pressure

VALVE HOLES TEST METHODS PERFORMANCES

FIGURE 2

*$8*(

ƒPLQ

$,56833/<

:$7(5
25(7+$12/

5(*8/$725

4.5.VALVE TO RIM SEAL WITH FLEXING


Test holes: Flexing of valves simulates possible operational conditions. To the end of 40.000 cycles, the pressure
• Ø 11.7 +0 / -0.05, 1) The test valve shall be mounted in a test plate as per paragraph 3.2 & must be unchanged.
1.8 ± 0.05 thick
3.3.(see following Fig 3). Temperature of -23 ± 5°C.
2) Open the tap and regulate the pressure to 550 ± 15 kPa. Close the tap.
3) Flexing angle must be 10 deg. min. from the valve axis. The frequency
must be 2 Hz

FIGURE 3

PLQ ƒPLQ
ƒ
*$8*(

$,56833/<

5(*8/$725

TVHP.6 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
Method for testing snap-in tubeless tyre valves for high pressure – TESTING METHODS

VALVE HOLES TEST METHODS PERFORMANCES

4.6.INSTALLATION TESTS

4.6.1. Force to Seat Test valve shall be mounted in a test plate as per paragraph 3.2 & 3.3 at a The force to seat the valve must be included
Test holes: rate of 150 ± 15 mm per minute with a method of measuring the force between: 180 - 600 N.
• Ø 11.3 +0.05 / -0, required.
3.5 ± 0.05 thick No tearing or rupturing of valve are
permitted.

4.6.2. Force to 1) The valve is installed as in paragraph 4.6.1. Minimum force to apply must be : 750 N
Pull Out 2) Additional force shall be applied as in paragraph 4.6.1. and the force to
Test holes: break the valve or pull out shall be measured. This force is acceptable to break the valve
• Ø 11.3 +0.05 / -0, base or to pull the valve out of the hole.
3.5 ± 0.05 thick

4.7.BURST
Test holes: 1) Test valve shall be mounted in a test plate as per paragraph 3.2 & 3.3 The valve must not burst or dislodged from
• Ø 11.7 +0 / -0.05, 2) Hydrostatic pressure shall be applied to the valve base to attain a test hole.
1.8 ± 0.05 thick
pressure of 1.65 MPa air pressure, within 1 min interval..
3) This test shall be conducted at 20-26°C. This maximum pressure shall be
maintained for two additional minutes

T
4.8.OZONE RESISTANCE
Test holes: 1) The unmounted valve shall be aged for 72 h at 100 ± 3°C. The valve rubber cover shall exhibit
• Ø 11.3 +0.05 / -0, 2) The aged valve shall be mounted in a test plate as per paragraph 3.2 & resistance to ozone equivalent to a zero
3.5 ± 0.05 thick
3.3. rating at 2x magnification as per ASTM

M
3) With respect to the axis of the mounting hole, the valve is deflected 10 D1171.
deg. from its axis and retained in that position for the duration of the test.
4) The retained valve is placed into a darkened enclosure at 20-26°C for a
minimum of 24 h.
5) The valve shall then be tested in ozone circulating chamber, maintaining
100 ± 5 parts of ozone to 100 million parts of air for 72 h at 38 + 3°C.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 TVHP.7
LEGISLATIVE DATA

INDEX PAGE
SPEED LIMITS IN EUROPE
Passenger Cars and Motorcycles L.2
Commercial Vehicles L.3
Buses/Public Service Vehicles L.4
Road Trains (Caravans and Trailers) L.5
OVERVIEW OF TRUCK TYPES, AXLE CONFIGURATIONS AND TYRE TYPES
ON HEAVY GOODS VEHICLES IN EUROPE
Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight L.6
Maximum Axle Weight L.6
TYRE TREAD PATTERN DEPTHS IN EUROPE L.7

REQUIREMENTS FOR STUDDED TYRES IN EUROPE L.8

LEGAL REQUIREMENTS CONCERNING SNOW TYRES IN EUROPE L.9

LEGAL CONSTRAINTS FOR THE REPLACEMENT TYRES IN EUROPE L.11

APPLICATION OF UNECE TYRE REGULATIONS AND E.C. DIRECTIVES L.12 to L.29

INTERNATIONAL CODES FOR WHEELED VEHICLE CLASSIFICATION


L.29 to L.30
as per ECE/UN TRANS/WP 29/78 and Directive 2003/37

CLASSIFICATION OF TYRES ACCORDING THE GENERAL SAFETY


L.31
REGULATION 661/2009

L
ALTHOUGH ETRTO HAS PREPARED THIS ADVICE WITH CARE, NO ASSURANCE CAN BE GIVEN
THAT THE ADVICE IS COMPLETE AND CORRECT. ETRTO SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY
ERRORS OR OMISSIONS. THE READER ACKNOWLEDGES THIS AND AGREES THAT HE WILL
D
OBTAIN CONFIRMATION OF THE ACCURACY OF THIS INFORMATION FROM LOCAL AUTHORITIES
OR HIS OWN LEGAL ADVISERS.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.1
LEGISLATIVE DATA

SPEED LIMITS IN EUROPE FOR PASSENGER CARS AND MOTORCYCLES


SPEED LIMITS (km/h)
COUNTRY MOTOR- OTHER ROADS REMARKS
TOWN
WAYS 2 lanes 4 lanes

130 100 100


AUSTRIA 50
(100) (80) (80)
120* 90 (1) 120* *Minimum 70 km/h
BELGIUM 50 (1) some zones 70 km/h
(90) (60) (90)
* 100 km/h for motorcycles
BULGARIA 50 130* 90* 90** ** 80 km/h for motorcycles
DENMARK 50 110 80 80 Some motorways: 130 km/h
120 80 100
FINLAND 50 Winter time: 1.10 to 30.4
(100) (80) (100)
130 90, 110*
FRANCE 50 90 * If separated by a central strip of ground (or safety rails)
(90) (90)
GERMANY 50 No limit 100 100
GREECE 50 120 110 120 Motorways : 90 km/h for Motorcycles
HUNGARY 50 130 90 110
IRELAND 48 112 96 112
130 90 110
ITALY 50
(120) (90) (90)
130 (1) 90 (2) 90 (1) 110 km/h if rain.
LUXEMBOURG 50 (2) 70 km/h if rain.
(90) (60) (60)
(1) some zones 30 km/h
NETHERLANDS 50 (1) 120 (2) 80 80 (2) some zones 100 or 80 km/h
50 90 80 80
NORWAY
(50) (90) (80) (80) Winter time: 16.10 to 30.4

POLAND 60 130 90 110


On Motorways 40 km/h minimum
PORTUGAL 50 120* 90* 100* * with trailer, minus 10 km/h
SLOVENIA 50 130 90 120

SPAIN 50 120 100* / 90 100* / 90 *With


Road with minimum 1.5 m hard shoulder width.
trailer, minus 30 km/h on motorways and minus 20 km/h on other road.
50 110 70 - 110* * Depending on road width and traffic density
SWEDEN
(50) (90) (70 - 110)
80 100
SWITZERLAND 50 120
(80) (80)
TURKEY 50 130 90 130
UNITED KINGDOM 48 112 96 112
Maximum speeds shown in brackets ( ) are with studded Tyres when authorised.

L.2 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA

SPEED LIMITS IN EUROPE FOR COMMERCIAL VEHICLES


SPEED LIMITS (km/h)
COUNTRY MOTOR- OTHER ROADS REMARKS
TOWN
WAYS 2 lanes 4 lanes
AUSTRIA (7) 50 80 70 70
BELGIUM (7) 50 90 (1) 90 90 (1) for > 7.5T
BULGARIA (8) 50 100 80 / 70* 80 / 70* * vehicles with trailers over 750 kgs.
DENMARK (7) 50 80 80 80 If < 3,5T: see L2
FINLAND (7) 50 80 80 80 If < 3,5T: see L2
90 (**) (*) P.T.A.C.(4) > 12 t. (Dangerous Goods Transport).
90 80
FRANCE (7) 50 80 (**) P.T.A.C.(4) < or = 12 t. and if separated by a central strip of ground (or
80 (*) 60 (*) safety rails).
60 (*)
50 No limit* 100* 100* < 2.8 tonnes – * 80 km/h with trailer
GERMANY (7) 50 80 80* 80 2.8 to 7.5 tonnes – * 60 km/h with trailer
50 80 60 80 > 7.5 tonnes
HUNGARY 50 80 70 70
130 90 110 Light Commercial Vehicles (< 3.5 tonnes) as for P/cars
ITALY (7) 50 100 80 80 Commercial Vehicles < 12 tonnes (5)
80 70 70 Commercial Vehicles > 12 tonnes

LUXEMBOURG (7) (1) 70 km/h if rain


50 90 (1) 75 (2) 75 (2) (2) > 3.5T
NETHERLANDS (7) 50 80 80 80
NORWAY 50 80 80 80 If < 3,5T: see L2
130 (1) 90 (1) 110 (1) (1) < 3.5 tonnes.
POLAND 60 90 (2) 70 (2) 90 (2) (2) > 3.5 tonnes.
80 (3) 70 (3) 80 (3) (3) Dangerous Goods Transport.

* Vehicles < 3.5 T


PORTUGAL (7) 50 90 / 110* 80 80 / 90* With trailer, minus 20 km/h on motorways and minus 10 km/h on other road
for vehicles < 3.5T
Minus 10 km/h for school transport and dangerous goods.
SPAIN (7) 50 90 / 100** 80* / 70 80* / 70 **Vehicles < 3.5T
* Road with minimum 1.5m hard shoulder width.
SWEDEN (7) 50 80 80 80 If < 3,5T: see L2
SWITZERLAND

UNITED KINGDOM (7)


50

48
80
96
112
80
64
80
80
80
96
> 7.5 tonnes laden weight
Up to 7.5 tonnes laden weight
L
D
(4) P.T.A.C. = Poids Total Autorisé en Charge
= Total Authorized Laden Weight
(5) Spec.Vehicles Max. 40 km/h in town — Max. 60 km/h on roads.
(7) Speed Limitators: 85 km/h max. (N3 Category) from 01/01/95 onwards for European Community Member States.
(8) Speed limits for dangerous goods transport: town: 40 km/h, motorways: 90 km/h, outside built-up areas: 50 km/h

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.3
LEGISLATIVE DATA

SPEED LIMITS IN EUROPE FOR BUSES/PUBLIC SERVICE VEHICLES


SPEED LIMITS (km/h)
COUNTRY MOTOR- OTHER ROADS REMARKS
TOWN
WAYS 2 lanes 4 lanes
AUSTRIA (4) 50 100 80 80
BELGIUM (4) 50 90 (1) 90 90 (1) for >7.5T
BULGARIA 50 100 80/70* 80/70* * vehicles with trailer over 750 kgs
DENMARK (4) 50 80 80 80
FINLAND (4) 50 100 80 100* * Approval of bus required
100 (*) 100 (*)(**) (*) P.T.A.C.(2) < ou = 10 t.
FRANCE (4) 50 90
90 90 (**) if separated by a central strip of ground (or safety rails).
Also applies to buses with luggage trailer
50 80* 80* 80* *with special prerequisite

GERMANY (4) 50 100 80 100 With special permission


50 60 60 60 With standing passengers
50 50 50 50 With snow chains
HUNGARY 50 80 70 70
50 100 80 80 > 8 tonnes.
ITALY (4)
50 130 90 110 < 8 tonnes.
(2) 70 km: if rain
LUXEMBOURG (4) 50 90 (2) 75 (5) 75 (5) (5) > 3.5T
NETHERLANDS (4) 50 80 80 80 Motorways 60 km/h minimum
NORWAY 50 80 80 80
POLAND 60 100 70 100
* Road with minimum 1.5M hard shoulder width.
On motorways 40 km/h minimum.
PORTUGAL (4) 50 100 90* / 80 90* / 80 With trailer, minus 10 km/h on motorways and roads with minimum 1.5M
hard shoulder width
Minus 10 km/h for school transport and dangerous goods.
SPAIN (4) 50 100 80* / 70 80* / 70 * Road with minimum 1.5m hard shoulder width.
SWEDEN (4) 50 90 90 90
SWITZERLAND 50 100 80 80
112 80 96 < 12 m length
UNITED KINGDOM (4) 48
96 80 96 > 12 m length
(2) P.T.A.C. = Poids Total Autorisé en Charge
= Total Authorized Laden Weight
(3) Also applicable to vehicles authorised to transport both goods and passengers during one and the same journey.
(4) Speed Limitators: 100 km/h max. (M3 Category) from 01/01/95 onwards for European Community Member States.

L.4 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA

SPEED LIMITS IN EUROPE FOR ROAD TRAINS (CARAVANS AND TRAILERS)


SPEED LIMITS (km/h)
COUNTRY MOTOR- OTHER ROADS REMARKS
TOWN
WAYS 2 lanes 4 lanes
100 80 80 Trailer weight up to 750 kg.
AUSTRIA (2) 50
(70) (60) (60) ( ) > 3.5 tonnes with trailer weight > 750 kg.
Motorways 70 km/h minimum.
BELGIUM (2) 50 120 (*) 90 (*) 90 (*) (*) caravan
BULGARIA 50 100 80/70* 80/70* * vehicles with trailers over 750 kgs
DENMARK (2) 50 70* 70 70 * 80 km/h when overtaking is forbidden

FINLAND (2) 60 km/h maximum for trailers without brakes, towed by Commercial
50 80 80 80 Vehicles.

60 (*) (*) Same as for the towing vehicle, but with the weight of the trailer included
FRANCE (2) 50 (*) (*) in the overall weight
(**) (**) PTRA (3) > 12t.
GERMANY (2) 50 80 80 80
HUNGARY 50 80 70 70
ITALY (2) 50 90 70 70
LUXEMBOURG (2) 50 90 (*) 75 (*) 75 (*) (*) caravan
Motorways 60 km/h minimum.
NETHERLANDS (2) 50 80 80(*) 80 (*) 60 km/h for multi-axle trailers and caravans on
secondary roads
NORWAY 50 80 80 80 60 km/h maximum for trailers without brakes towed by Commercial Vehicles

PORTUGAL (2) With trailer, minus 10 km/h.


50 90 80 80 On motorways, 40 km/h minimum.
Minus 10 km/h for dangerous goods.
SPAIN (2) 50 90 80 (*)/70 80 (*)/70 (*) Roads with minimum 1.5 m hard shoulder width.
SWEDEN (2) 50 80 80 80
SWITZERLAND 50 80 80 80 60 km/h maximum for trailers > 1 tonne
96 80 96 Up to 7.5 tonnes combined laden weight
UNITED KINGDOM (2) 48
96 64 80 Over 7.5 tonnes combined laden weight
(1) Roads with minimum 1.5 m side lane width.
(2) Speed Limitators: 90 km/h max. (N2 and N3 Categories) from Directives 2002/85/CE and 2004/11/CE.

L
(3) P.T.A.C. = Poids Total Autorisé en Charge
= Total Authorized Laden Weight

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.5
LEGISLATIVE DATA

OVERVIEW OF TRUCK TYPES, AXLE CONFIGURATIONS AND TYRE TYPES


ON HEAVY GOODS VEHICLES IN EUROPE
Legislation of Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) for Truck-Trailer-Units and Tractor-Semitrailer-Units
in Different European Countries
The Gross Vehicle Weights (GVW) allowed for trucks and units have not been harmonised in Europe up to now.
The Table below shows the GVW limits for heavy goods units in different European countries.

Truck Trailer Unit Tractor-Semitrailer Unit


COUNTRY GVW (t) GVW (t)
AXLES 2+2 2+3 3+2 3+3 2+1 2+2 2+3 3+2 3+3 Cont. (6)
BELGIUM 39 44 29 39 44
BULGARIA 36 40 - 36 (10) 40 44
GERMANY 36 40 28 38 40 44
DENMARK(8) 38 42 44 48 28 38 42 44 48
FINLAND (5) 38 48 46 56 28 38 42 44 50
FRANCE 38 40 32 38 40 44
GREECE 36 40 38 40 44
UNITED KINGDOM (4) 36 40 40 41 (9) 26 38 40 41 (9) 44
IRELAND 32 34 38 40 26 36 34 38
ITALY 40 44 40 44 44
LUXEMBOURG 39 44 39 44
NETHERLANDS 40 50 30 40 50
AUSTRIA 38 (1) 38 (1) 42
PORTUGAL 37 40 28 38 40 (7) 44
SWEDEN (5)(3) 38 48 46 56 28 38 42 44 50
SPAIN 36 40 28 38 40 44
NORWAY 38 48 46 50 28 38 42 44 50
ISLAND 36 40 44 49 28 38 40 44 49
EC REG. 36 40 38 40 44 (3)
(1) + Tolerance 5 %
(2) depending of axle distance and number of axles
(3) International border crossing transport inside EC countries
(4) since 01.01.1999
(5) 60 t only with 7 axles (3+4). 25,25m is allowed
(6) Container transport in combined traffic
(7) 60T for wood transport
(8) Drive axle with single fitment maximum 10T
(9) From 1st February 2001, 44T
(10) 38T for articulated vehicle with 4 axles (2+2), where the distance between the axles of the semi-trailer is over 1,8m, provided that the MPW of the motor (18T) and of the tandem axle of the
semi-trailer (20T) are respected and the driving axle is fitted with tyres and pneumatic suspension or equivalent.

MAXIMUM AXLE WEIGHT

TYPE TONNE
SINGLE 10
TWIN 10
11.5
DRIVING AXLE 25% on driven Axle
18 (not driven)
BOGIE LOAD 19 (twin, pneumatic suspension)
TRIDEM 24

L.6 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA
EUROPEAN ROAD VEHICLE TYRE TREAD PATTERN DEPTHS
MINIMUM TREAD PATTERN TREAD WEAR (1)
COUNTRY REMARKS
(mm) INDICATORS (mm)
1.0 – Mopeds < 50 km/h
4.0 M+S all Radial Tyres
AUSTRIA (1) 1.6 – Motorcycles 5.0 M+S Diagonal (CV Tyres only)
2.0 – Comm.Veh. ≥ 3.5 t.
BELGIUM (1) 1.6
BULGARIA 1.6
1.0 – M/cycles
CZECH REPUBLIC
1.6 – other Motor Vehicles
1.0 – Motorcycles
DENMARK (1) 1.6 – P/cars and other < 3.5 T.
1.0 – Vehicle > 3.5 T.
1.0 – M/cycles On vehicles < 3.5 tonnes during Dec, Jan and Feb, "Winter Tyres"
with min. Tread depth 3.0 mm obligatory.
FINLAND (1) On vehicles ≥ 3.5 tonnes, one of the tyres in dual fitment can have
1.6 – other Motor Vehicles 0 mm
1.0 – Motorcycles
FRANCE (1) < 1 mm allowed at one point only. Variations ≤ 5 mm permitted
1.6 – P/cars and other < 3.5 T. on a given axle (Passenger cars).
1.0 – Vehicle > 3.5 T.
GERMANY (1) All motor Vehicles 1.6, exc. 1.0 MOPED
GREECE (1)
1.6 – P/cars
Min. 3.0 for Agricultural tyres with overall diameter over 750 mm,
HUNGARY 1.6 – Com. Veh. Tyre Ø ≤ 750 mm on all types of Vehicles and Implements
3.0 – Com. Veh. Tyre Ø > 750 mm
IRELAND (1)
1.6 – Trucks, Buses/Trailers/cars
ITALY (1) 1.0 – Motorcycles
0.5 – Mopeds
LUXEMBOURG (1) 1.6
NETHERLANDS (1) 1.6 < 3.5 tonnes > 3.5 tonnes, casing must not be exposed.
On vehicles < 3.5 tonnes during Dec, Jan and Feb, "Winter Tyres"
1.0 – Motorcycles with min. Tread depth 3.0 mm obligatory.
NORWAY 1.6 – P/cars and other < 3.5 T. On vehicles ≥ 3.5 tonnes, from 01.11 to the first Monday after
1.0 – Vehicle > 3.5 T. Easter Monday min. tread depth allowed is 5.0 mm (for Northern
Norway period is from 15.10 to 01.05)
1.0 – M/cycles
PORTUGAL (1) 1.6 – P/cars and other < 3.5T
1.0 – Vehicles > 3.5T
To show minimum tread
SLOVAKIA 1.6
pattern depth clearly
1.0 – M/cycles

L
* Tread pattern visible on the central part of the tyre, and in 3/4
SPAIN (1) 1.6 – P/cars and other < 3.5T parts of the width.
Vehicles > 3.5T*
1.0 – M/cycles On vehicles < 3.5 tonnes during Dec to March "Winter Tyres" with
SWEDEN (1) min. Tread depth 3.0 mm obligatory if winter conditions.
1.6 – other Motor Vehicles On vehicles ≥ 3.5 tonnes the outer tyre in dual fitment or the
whole bogie axle can have 0 mm.
SWITZERLAND

UNITED KINGDOM (1)


1.6
1.6 – P/cars + others, see (1)
1.0 – Vehicles Trailers > 3.5 tonnes
Full Tread

(2)
(1) Directive 89/459/EEC, effective 1/1/1992, applicable to vehicles M1and N1 and their trailers, requires a minimum tread depth of 1.6 mm in the Principal grooves of the tread surface, over 75%
of central tread width around the whole circ. with visible pattern over the remainder.
D
(2) Second Hand Tyres sold as Part Worn Tyres - Reg n° 7 (UK)
- must bear an ECE Regulation or EU Directive Approval Mark,
- must have a minimum groove depth of 2 mm accross full breadth of tread,
- must be permanently and legebly marked "Part Worn" in upper-case letters at least 4 mm high (not hot branded or cut into Tyre),
- must be capable of operating safely at the load and speed indicated on the tyre,
- if repaired, must be repaired to BSAU159f

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.7
LEGISLATIVE DATA
REQUIREMENTS FOR STUDDED TYRES IN EUROPE
STUD PROTRUSION
PERIOD NUMBER OF STUDS
COUNTRY (mm) REMARKS (1) (2)
OF USAGE
P/Car (5) Bus/CV (5) P/Car (5) Bus/CV(5)
Varies annually Only for vehicles ≤ 3.5 tonnes
Approx 110 ≤ ø13 1.5 Max Studding of steel belted radials only.
AUSTRIA - All tyres must be studded
November to March/ 130 > ø13 1.0
April Vehicle plaque required
Max. speed 60 or 90 km/h.
130 > ø13 110 < ø13 Max. diameter at basis of stud: 7mm.
BELGIUM 01.11 to 31.03 Max vehicle weight 3.5 t., except spec. vehicles and
PC, Bus and CV
busses.
BULGARIA PROHIBITED
CZECH REP. PROHIBITED
DENMARK 01.11 to 15.04 — — — — If studded, all tyres must be studded (one in duals)
01.11 to 31.03 or the < ø13 - 90 Max
1st monday ø14-15 - 110 Max Av. 1.2mm Av. 1.5mm Up to 3.5 t if studded, all tyres must be studded (one in
FINLAND (3)(4) duals) Tubular studs are banned. Protrusion measured
after Easter. Winter > ø15 - 130 Max. (P/ P/CAR 2.0 C.V. : 2.5 on new tyres.
tyres are compulsary Cars), 150 Max. (Bus + Max Max No studs in central 1/3 of tread pattern width.
for P/Car. Light Trucks + C.V)
No stud in central 1/3 of tread pattern width.
(2) (6) (2) By authorisation of the local Commissaire de la
100 Min. République, if requested by atmospheric conditions and
110 Min. 1.8 Max. 2.5 Max.
FRANCE 1.11 to 31.03 150 Max only on following vehicles: Emergency, First-Aid,
300 Max 1.5 Min. 2.0 Min. Essential Goods, Perishable products, Dangerous Goods,
< 2 gr.
< 4.5 gr. Winter practicability. Max. speed 60/90 km/h for CV/
Buses, Public Service Vehicles respectively.
GERMANY PROHIBITED
HUNGARY PROHIBITED
80 Min. All tyres must be studded. Mudflaps obligatory. Not
ITALY 15.11 to 15.03 1.5 allowed over 3.5 ton.
160 Max.
Max vehicle weight 3.5 t., except spec. vehicles and
LUXEMBOURG 1.12 to 31.03 110 Max busses.
NETHERLANDS PROHIBITED
16.10 to 30.4 < ø13 - 90 Max < 3,5T: if studded all tyres must be studded (one in
Av. 1,2
Winter tyres are ø14-15 - 110 Max Av. 1,5 mm duals)
mm
NORWAY (3) compulsary for P/Car > ø15 - 130 Max. (P/ Max 2,5 Tubular studs are banned. Protrusion measured on new
Max 2,0 tyres. Max. weight of studs: P/Car 1,1gr; CV<3.5T:
when winter Cars), 150 Max. (Bus + mm
mm 2,3gr; CV≥ 3,5T: 3,0gr
conditions (see L.9) Light Trucks + C.V.)
POLAND PROHIBITED
PORTUGAL PROHIBITED
SLOVAKIA 15.11 to 31.03 < 3 tonnes, all tyres must be studded.
SPAIN 15.11 to 31.03 2 2
01.10 to 30.04 <ø13 - 90 Max CV<3.5T: av. protrusion 1,2 mm
Av. 1,2
Winter tyres are ø14-15 - 110 Max Av. 1,5 mm Tubular studs are banned. Protrusion measured on new
mm
SWEDEN (3) compulsary for P/Car >ø15 - 130 Max. (P/ Max 2,5 tyres.
Max 2,0 <3,5T: if studded: all tyres must be studded (one for
1.12 to 31.3 when Cars), 150 Max. (Bus + mm
mm duals)
winter conditions Light Trucks + C.V.)
110 ≤ ø13 Studs banned on motorways.
SWITZERLAND 1.11 to 31.04 1.5 < 3 tonnes all tyres must be studded.
130 > ø13 Requirements also apply to trailers
Although all tyres must be suitable having regard to the use to which the motor vehicle is being put, therefore studded tyres may
UNITED KINGDOM NO RESTRICTION
not be appropriate for dry tarmac roads.
(1) For speed restrictions with studded tyres, see page L. 3.
(2) Consult National Autorities regarding stud types, weights and dimensions.
(3) Max. Stud Force/Weight : P/Car, Extra load, Reinf. < 3.5 t. 120 N/1.1 gr.; Light Trucks C-Tyres < 3.5 t. 180 N/2.3 gr in Sweden, Norway + Finland; Light Trucks C-Tyres > 3.5 t. 340 N/3.0 gr
(Norway); CV-Tyres > 3.5 t. 340 N/3.0 gr.
(4) Finland have Stud Approval for Stud Force (Test on 2 Tyre Sizes from 2 different makes), valid for Norway and Sweden.
(5) P/Car ≤ 3.5 t. (P.T.A.C. for France). BUS/CV > 3.5 t. (P.T.A.C. for France). P.T.A.C. = Poids Total Autorisé en Charge/Total Authorized Laden Weight.
(6) Complete steering axle. At least one complete Driving Axle. Only internal Tyres of the dual fitments.

L.8 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA

LEGAL REQUIREMENTS CONCERNING SNOW TYRES IN EUROPE


MINIMUM TYRE TREAD
COUNTRY SNOW TYRES MANDATORY MAX. SPEED LIMIT MIX FITTING REMARK
PATTERN DEPTH
FITMENT DATE
M1&N1<3.5T
Passenger Car: no mix
M+S tyres mandatory Radial tyres: ≥ 4 mm
1. Nov. to 15. Apr. allowed
on all axles in wintery Diagonal: ≥ 5 mm
road conditions.
AUSTRIA M2, M3, N2and N3 (1)
1. Nov. to 15. Trucks must carry
M+S tyres at least on Radial: ≥ 5 mm Commercial: on one snow chains for at
Mar.(M2,M3)
one drive axle (Special Diagonal: ≥ 6 mm axle no mix allowed least 2 drive wheels
1. Nov. to 15. from 1.Nov. to
use tyres allowed
Apr.(N2,N3) 15.Apr.
alternatevely)
If spped capability of
the tyre is not
enough for max.
speed of the vehicle
BELGIUM No Legal Requirement No Legal Requirement No Special Requirement then M+S tyres are
not allowed from
April 1 till October
30
Chains depending on
BULGARIA No Special Requirement No Special Requirement Mix not allowed
conditions
No Legal Requirement For STUDDED tyres
DENMARK No Special Requirement (1) Mix not recommended
(see also page L.8) 1 Nov. to 15 Apr.
Winter tyres (marked Max. 100 km/h
1.11 to 31.3 or first
M+S) are compulsory For Passenger car ≥ 3 1/10 to 30/4
FINLAND Monday after Easter Mix not allowed
for P/Car. (see also mm (Dec. - Feb.) (all types of tyres in
Monday
page L.8) October and April)
On same axle same
FRANCE No Legal Requirement No Legal Requirement No special Requirement (1) category of use front/
rear mixed allowed
Winter tyres
mandatory according Passenger car: under
to weather conditions winter weather
GERMANY No Legal Requirement No Special Requirement (1)
(ice, snow, melting conditions, no mix
snow, freezing rain, allowed.
frost).
M + S / Tyres or chains
ITALY No Legal Requirement No Special Requirement (1) No Special Requirement
on roads with sign

LUXEMBOURG
Winter tyres
mandatory according
weather conditions (ice,
snow, melting snow,
No legal Requirement No Special Requirement (1)
Commercial: on drive
axle only
L
freezing rain, frost) for
PC and CV
NETHERLANDS No Legal Requirement No Legal Requirement No Special Requirement
Vehicles<3.5T
M+S tyres or summer
1 Nov. to first Monday
(1) No Special Requirement
D
after Easter Monday
tyres with chains are ≥ 3 mm
(16 Oct. to 30 Apr. for
compulsory when in Tyres on the same axle
Northern Norway)
winter conditions. must have
No special requirement approximately Must bring 3-7
NORWAY
≥ 5 mm the same chains depending of
Vehicles, Trailers≥3.5T charachteristics number of axles.
from 1 Nov. to first
M+S tyres on all axles from 1 Nov. to first
15 Nov. to 31 Mar. Monday after Easter Monday after Easter
(except retractable
Monday (16 Oct. to 30 Apr. Monday (16 Oct. to
axles).
for Northern Norway) 30 Apr. for Northern
Norway)

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.9
LEGISLATIVE DATA

MINIMUM TYRE TREAD


COUNTRY SNOW TYRES MANDATORY MAX. SPEED LIMIT MIX FITTING REMARK
PATTERN DEPTH
FITMENT DATE
Chains on roads with
PORTUGAL No Legal Requirement
sign
M+S Tyres or chains on
SPAIN No Legal Requirement No Special Requirement
roads with sign
Winter tyre is
PC ≥ 3 mm (Dec. - Mar.) defined as:
For STUDDED tyres
Winter tyres are CV below 3.5t ≥ 3 mm "Specifically
1 Oct. to 15 Apr.
SWEDEN compulsory when (Dec. - Mar.) No special requirement Mix not recommended. developped for
M+S or 3PMSF winter conditions
winter conditions. CV above 3.5t ≥ 5 mm
1 Dec. - 31 Mar. and marked M+S,
(Dec. - Mar.) M&S or 3PMSF"
Truck, buses and
trailers only M+S
Fitment mandatory from 1 Dec. until 1 April marking.
No Special CV: on drive axle only Minibus,Automobile
TURKEY of the following year No Special Requirement and light truck M+S
Requirement (axle gear)
(for trailers from 1 Dec 2014) marking or M+S and
3PMSF or only
3PMSF
UK No Legal Requirement No Legal Requirement No Special Requirement (2) No Legal Requirement
(1) European Union : According to Directive 92/23, sticker, if Speed Symbol < vehicle max speed.
(2) Speed capability of the tyre in use must be equal to the maximum speed limit (i.e. 70 mph currently).

L.10 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA

LEGAL CONSTRAINTS FOR THE REPLACEMENT TYRES IN EUROPE


SAME TYRE SIZE
COUNTRY OTHER TYRE SIZE DESIGNATIONS
DESIGNATIONS AS O.E. (*)
AUSTRIA (*) L.I. ≥ S.S. ≥ (1)
Diameter +1.5% -2% compared with tyre sizes on the Certificate of
BELGIUM (*) L.I. ≥ S.S. ≥ (1) Conformity.
BULGARIA L.I. ≥ S.S. ≥ (1) Not permitted
It is not allowed to have at the same time on a vehicle, tyres of
different sizes and/or constructions. It is allowed to have different
tyres only in emergency cases (puncture etc.). In case of difference, it
must be written in Certificate of Conformity of the vehicle. Only
identical tyres must be used on the same axle.
CZECH REPUBLIC (*) L.I. ≥ S.S. ≥ (1) Construction of tyre means construction cross ply, radial or bias belted.
Identical tyres mean tyres of the same size, construction, type of the
pattern and brand. Type of the pattern means summer type, winter
type (sidewall marking M+S, or M.S or M/S or MS) and cross-country
pattern.
DENMARK (*) L.I. ≥ S.S. ≥ (1) Dimmensions homologated by the car manufacturer.
FINLAND (*) L.I. ≥ S.S. ≥ Q (4) Dimmensions homologated by the car manufacturer.
Allowed if published, for the vehicle model, in tables under
FRANCE (*) L.I. ≥ S.S. ≥ (1) responsibility of tyre manufacturer or car producer.
GERMANY L.I. ≥ S.S. ≥ (1) Allowed if approved by TÜV and then listed on vehicle documents.
Special allowances to replace obsolete sizes or equivalent Code vs.
ITALY (*) L.I. ≥ S.S.≥ (1) Metric markings. Additional sizes to be approved by O.E. and then
listed on vehicle documents.
NETHERLANDS (*) L.I. ≥ S.S. ≥ (1) No special restrictions
NORWAY L.I. ≥ S.S. ≥ (1) Rolling circumference max +/- 5%
POLAND — — Not permitted
Only the tyre sizes who are designated in the technical documentation
PORTUGAL (*) L.I. ≥ S.S. ≥ of the vehicle.
SPAIN (*) L.I. ≥ S.S. ≥(1) Overall design diameter ± 3%
Change of dimmension allowed "if not changing the performance of
SWEDEN (*) L.I. ≥ S.S. ≥ (1) the car".
No requirement, but less than 6 month ageing, except ECE marked
TURKEY — — Tyres.
U.K. (*) L.I. ≥ S.S. ≥ (2) Permitted
If the size of a replaced tyre is different from the OE tyre as mentionned in the vehicle documents, refer to local National rules.

(*) European Union Directive 92/23/EEC apply, reference being the vehicle documents or the vehicle type approval (L.1.≥ : Tyre Load Index higher or equal that of
O.E. ; S.S. ≥ Speed Symbol higher or equal that of O.E.)
(1) Except for ‘M+S’ tyres occasionally fitted for winter season, where speed Symbol ‘Q’ for M1 vehicles (Cars,...) or ‘J’ for heavy vehicles (Bus, Truck, Light Truck,...) is
permitted with a sticker on dashboard. This is also part of Directive 92/53 for new vehicles, and Directive 92/23/EEC.
(2) or S.S. in competence with maximum speed limit.
(3) Equivalence conditions : Overall Diameter equal with tolerance R.30, R.54 ; adequate rim ; no mechanical interference.
L
D
(4) If Summer tyres are mounted with less Speed Symbole than the car’s top speed, it must be visible for the driver by a sticker or similar.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.11
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 30 — PASSENGER CAR TYRES


Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Pneumatic Tyres for Motor Vehicles and their Trailers
(Date of Entry in to Force, 1st April 1975)

APPLICATION (1)
DATE OF
COUNTRY Original REMARKS
SIGNING Replacement
Equipment (2)
E 1 Germany (x) 03.06.77 01.10.96 01.10.98 All tyres must comply from 01.10.98 Production Date (ZR from 01.01.99).
E 2 France (x) 22.05.77 01.01.95 01.01.95 All tyres must comply from this date, ZR Tyres inclusive.
E 3 Italy (x) 05.04.77 08.05.95 08.05.95 All tyres must comply from this date, ZR Tyres inclusive.
E 4 Netherlands (x) 01.04.75 01.01.95 (Date to be confirmed)
E 5 Sweden (x) 01.04.75 01.01.96
E 6 Belgium (x)) 16.10.82 01.01.98 03.04.00
E 7 Hungary 26.03.84
E 8 Czech Republic 26.09.77 01.01.85 01.01.85 All tyres must comply from this date, ZR Tyres inclusive.
E 9 Spain (x) 03.09.83 09.01.86 09.01.86 All tyres must comply from this date.
E 10 Serbia and Montenegro 27.04.92
Applies only to replacement radial tyres sold after 1/1/85. Applies to diagonal
E 11 United Kingdom (x) 01.04.75 01.10.77 01.01.85 ply, bias belted tyres and ZR, VR Tyres from 01.01.97 (3).
E 12 Austria (x) 25.12.79 01.01.85 01.01.85 Applies to all tyres marketed after this date, ZR Tyres inclusive.
E 13 Luxembourg (x) 25.09.77 01.01.96 01.01.98
E 14 Switzerland 01.10.83 01.01.96 01.01.96
E 16 Norway 02.04.78 Load and Speed Symbol Marking mandatory
E 17 Finland (x) 19.08.77 01.01.92 01.01.97
E 18 Denmark (x) 24.03.81 01.01.96 01.01.98
E 19 Romania 21.02.77
E 20 Poland 04.03.88
E 21 Portugal (x) 28.03.80 01.01.96 01.01.98
E 22 Russian Federation 17.02.87
E 23 Greece (x) 03.12.95 01.01.96 01.01.98
E 24 Ireland (x) 24.03.98 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 25 Croatia 08.10.91
E 26 Slovenia 17.08.79
E 27 Slovakia 26.09.77 01.01.85 01.01.85 All tyres must comply from this date.
E 28 Belarus 02.07.95
E 29 Estonia 25.07.99
E 31 Bosnia and Herzegovina 06.03.92
E 32 Latvia 18.01.99
E 34 Bulgaria 21.01.00
E 36 Lithuania 29.03.02
E 37 Turkey 22.11.98 25.07.00 25.01.01
E 39 Azerbaijan —
E 40 Macedonia 17.09.91
The European Type Approvals are granted by The European Community Members States using their
E 42 24.03.98 respective ECE Symbol.
Community (x)
E 43 Japan 24.11.98 01.01.05 07.07.03 Recall Law effective from 01.01.04 onwards
E 45 Australia 25.04.00 31.07.10
E 46 Ukraine 08.10.02
See notes and list of Amendments next page.

L.12 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 30 — PASSENGER CAR TYRES (Cont’d)


Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Pneumatic Tyres for Motor Vehicles and their Trailers
(Date of Entry in to Force, 1st April 1975)

APPLICATION (1)
DATE OF
COUNTRY Original REMARKS
SIGNING Replacement
Equipment (2)
E 47 South Africa 17.06.01
E 48 New Zealand 19.03.02
E 49 Cyprus (x) 01.05.04 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 50 Malta (x) 01.05.04 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 51 Republic of Korea
E 52 Malaysia 04.04.06
E 54 Albania 05.11.11
E 56 Montenegro 03.06.06
E 58 Tunisia
E 62 Egypt 03.02.13
Unless indicated otherwise, refers to tyres manufactured after the dates given.
Directive 92/53EEC : New vehicle type approval compulsory after 10/95 and for new Vehicle registration after 10/96. Optional compliance from 01/01/93. – Dir 2001/43/EC (Tyre/Road Noise) :
New vehicle type approval after 04.02.04 and for new vehicle registrations after 04.02.05.
Exemptions : Vintage Car Tyre (a tyre designed primarly to fit the wheel of a vehicule manufactured before 1st Jan. 1933) and Bias Belted or diagonal ply tyres designed for fitting to a vehicule
manufactured before 01 January 1949.
(x) Directive 92/23/EEC compulsory for new vehicles, but equivalent to UN/ECE Reg.30 Dir 2001/43 EC (Tyre/ Road Noise) : - For all new EC Tyre Type Approvals from 04.08.03
- Replacement market - if nominal section ≤ 185 after 01.10.09
≤ 215 after 01.10.10
- all new passenger car tyres with nominal section > 215 after 01.10.11

AMENDMENTS
Status of the document Date of entry into force Document reference E/ECE/324 Rev.1- E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.1
01 25.09.77 Add.29/Amend.1 and Amend.1/Corr.1
02 15.03.81 Add.29/Amend.2
Supplement 1 to 02 05.10.87 Add.29/Amend.3
Supplement 2 to 02 22.11.90
Supplement 3 to 02 24.09.92 Add.29/Rev.1
Corr.1 to Supplement 3 to 02 23.08.93
Supplement 4 to 02 01.03.94 Add.29/Rev.1/Amend.1
Supplement 5 to 02 08.01.95 Add.29/Rev.1/Amend.2
Supplement 6 to 02 26.12.96 Add.29/Rev.1/Amend.3

L
Supplement 7 to 02 05.03.97 Add.29/Rev.1/Amend.3
Supplement 8 to 02 14.05.98 Add.29/Rev.1/Amend.4
Supplement 9 to 02 06.02.99 Add.29/Rev.2
Supplement 10 to 02 13.01.2000 Add.29/Rev.2/Amend.1
Supplement 11 to 02 28.12.2000 Add.29/Rev.2/Amend.2
Supplement 12 to 02
Corr. 1 to Supplement 12 to 02
Supplement 13 to 02
Corr. 1 to Supplement 10 to 02
20.02.2002
26.06.2002
26.02.2004
10.03.2004
Add.29/Rev.2/Amend.3 - (New Zealand 20/04/2002)
Add.29/Rev.2/Amend.3 /Corr.1
Add.29/Rev.2/Amend.4
Add.29/Rev.2/Amend.1/Corr.1
D
Supplement 14 to 02 18.01.2006 Add.29/Rev.2/Amend.5
Revision 3 ------ Add.29/Rev 3
Supplement 15 to 02 10.11.2007 Add.29/Rev 3 / Amend. 1
Supplement 16 to 02 17.03.2010 Add.29/Rev 3 / Amend. 2
Supplement 17 to 02 27.01.2013 Add.29/Rev 3 / Amend. 3
Supplement 18 to 02 ------ Add.29/Rev 3 / Amend. 3

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.13
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 54 — COMMERCIAL VEHICLE TYRES


Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Pneumatic Tyres for Motor Vehicles and their Trailers
(Date of Entry in to Force, 1st March 1983)

APPLICATION (1)
DATE OF
COUNTRY Original REMARKS
SIGNING Replacement
Equipment (2)
E 1 Germany (x) 19.05.86 01.01.98 01.10.98 All tyres must comply from 01.10.98 production date.
E 2 France (x) 01.03.83 01.01.95 01.01.95 All tyres must comply from this date.
E 3 Italy (x) 06.04.84 08.05.95 08.05.95 All tyres must comply from this date.
E 4 Netherlands (x) 01.03.83 01.01.95
E 5 Sweden (x) 07.10.83
E 6 Belgium (x) 05.07.83 01.01.98 01.01.99 All tyres must comply from 01.01.99.
E 7 Hungary 26.03.83 01.11.99 01.11.99 All tyres must comply from 01.11.99.
E 8 Czech Republic 18.12.83
E 9 Spain (x) 09.08.87 01.01.90 01.01.90 All tyres must comply from this date
E 10 Serbia and Montenegro 27.04.92
E 11 United Kingdom (x) 15.07.83 01.04.91 01.04.91 All tyres must comply from this date
E 12 Austria (x) 03.09.83 01.01.86 01.01.86
E 13 Luxembourg (x) 01.05.83 01.01.96 01.01.98
E 14 Switzerland 04.10.88 01.01.96 01.01.96
E 16 Norway 21.02.88
E 17 Finland (x) 12.07.87 01.01.92 01.01.97
E 18 Denmark (x) 24.03.98 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 19 Romania 05.04.85
E 20 Poland 06.06.92
E 21 Portugal (x) 11.08.89
E 22 Russian Federation 17.02.87
E 23 Greece (x) 03.12.95
E 24 Ireland (x) 24.03.98 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 25 Croatia 08.10.91
E 26 Slovenia 05.01.85
E 27 Slovakia 18.12.83 01.01.85 01.01.85 All tyres must comply from this date.
E 28 Belarus 02.07.95
E 29 Estonia 25.07.99
E 31 Bosnia and Herzegovina 06.03.92
E 32 Latvia 18.01.99
E 34 Bulgaria 21.01.00
E 36 Lithuania 29.03.02
E 37 Turkey 22.11.98 25.10.00 25.04.01
E 39 Azerbaijan —
E 40 Macedonia 17.09.91
The European Type Approvals are granted by The European Community Members States using their
E 42 24.03.98 respective ECE Symbol.
Community (x)
E 43 Japan 24.11.98 01.01.05 07.07.03 Recall Law effective from 01.01.04 onwards
E 45 Australia 25.04.00
E 46 Ukraine 08.10.02
E 47 South Africa 17.06.01
See notes and list of Amendments next page.

L.14 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 54 — COMMERCIAL VEHICLE TYRES (Cont’d)


Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Pneumatic Tyres for Motor Vehicles and their Trailers
(Date of Entry in to Force, 1st March 1983)

APPLICATION (1)
DATE OF
COUNTRY Original REMARKS
SIGNING Replacement
Equipment (2)
E 48 New Zealand 19.03.02
E 49 Cyprus (x) 01.05.04 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 50 Malta (x) 01.05.04 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 51 Republic of Korea
E 52 Malaysia 04.04.06
E 54 Albania 05.11.11
E 56 Montenegro 03.06.06
E 58 Tunisia
E 62 Egypt 03.02.13
Unless indicated otherwise, refers to tyres manufactured after the dates given.
Directive 92/53EEC: Optional compliance from 1/1/93 (Directive 92/23/EEC for tyres). – Dir 2001/43/EC (Tyre/Road Noise) : New vehicle type approval after 04.02.04 and for new vehicle regis-
trations after 04.02.05.
(x) Directive 92/23/EEC compulsory for new vehicles, but equivalent to UN/ECE Reg. 54 – Dir 2001/43 EC (Tyre/ Road Noise) : For all new EC Tyre Type Approvals from 04.08.03
Replacement market after 01.10.09

AMENDMENTS
Status of the document Date of entry into force Document reference E/ECE/324 Rev.1- E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.1
Supplement 1 to 00 13.03.88 Add. 53/Amend 1
Rectification 1 to 00 28.04.88 Add. 53/Corr 1
Supplement 2 to 00 03.08.89 Add. 53/Amend 2
Supplement 3 to 00 18.08.91
Supplement 3 to 00 15.06.92 Add. 53/Amend 3
Supplement 4 to 00 14.01.93
Supplement 5 to 00 10.06.94 Add. 53/Rev.1 (+)
Supplement 6 to 00 18.04.95
Supplement 7 to 00 15.08.95 Add. 53/Rev.1
Supplement 8 to 00 26.12.96 Add. 53/Rev.1
Supplement 9 to 00 22.02.97 Add. 53/Rev.1
Supplement 9 to 00 23.06.97 Add. 53/Rev.1/Amend.1/Corr 1

L
Supplement 10 to 00 24.05.98 Add. 53/Rev.1/Amend.1
Supplement 11 to 00 07.02.99 Add. 53/Rev.1/Amend.2
Supplement 12 to 00 29.12.00
Add. 53/Rev.1/Amend.3
Supplement 13 to 00 29.03.01
Supplement 14 to 00 21.02.02 Add. 53/Rev.1/Amend.4 (New Zealand : 21/04/2002)
Supplement 15 to 00
Corr.1 to Supplement 15 to 00
Supplement 16 to 00
Corr. 1 to rev.2
30.10.03
23.06.04
13.11.04
09.03.05
Add. 53/Rev.1/Amend.5
Add. 53/Rev.2/Corr 1
Add. 53/Rev.2/Amend.1
Add. 53/Rev.2/Corr.2
D
Supplement 17 to 00 17.03.10 Add. 53/Rev.2/Amd.2
Supplement 18 to 00 27.01.13 Add. 53/Rev.3
Corr.1 to Rev.3 13.11.13 Add. 53/Rev.3/Corr.1
Corr.2 to Rev.3 25.06.14 Add. 53/Rev.3/Corr.2
(+) This document includes all previous amendments.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.15
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 64 — PASSENGER CARS FITTED WITH SPARE UNITS


Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles Equipped with
Temporary Use Spare Wheels/Tyres (2) (3)
(Date of Entry in to Force, 1st October 1985)

DATE OF APPLICATION (2)


COUNTRY REMARKS
SIGNING Original Equipment
E 1 Germany (1) 03.10.90 01.10.96
E 2 France (1) 04.03.95
E 3 Italy (1) 31.03.86 05.12.86 New vehicles only.
E 4 Netherlands (1) 01.10.85 01.01.95
E 5 Sweden (1) 28.02.86
E 6 Belgium (1) 07.08.90
E 7 Hungary 07.09.97
E 8 Czech Republic 18.10.92
E 9 Spain (1) 29.05.92 01.01.93
E 10 Serbia and Montenegro
E 11 United Kingdom (1) 01.10.85 01.04.87 New vehicles only.
E 12 Austria (1) 24.03.98 24.03.95 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 13 Luxembourg (1) 21.01.94
E 14 Switzerland 01.01.96
E 16 Norway 07.03.99 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 17 Finland (1) 12.07.87
E 18 Denmark (1) 24.03.98 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 19 Romania 24.09.94
E 20 Poland 01.05.04
E 21 Portugal (1) 24.03.98 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 22 Russian Federation 08.04.96
E 23 Greece (1) 03.12.95
E 24 Ireland (1) 24.03.98 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 25 Croatia
E 26 Slovenia 31.01.97
E 27 Slovakia 18.10.92
E 28 Belarus 11.02.13
E 29 Estonia 25.07.99
E 31 Bosnia and Herzegovina
E 32 Latvia 18.01.99
E 34 Bulgaria 01.01.07
E 36 Lithuania 29.03.02
E 37 Turkey 17.02.96
E 39 Azerbaijan
E 40 Macedonia 19.08.02
The European Type Approvals are granted by The European Community Members States using their
E 42 24.03.98 respective ECE Symbol.
Community
E 43 Japan 24.11.98
E 45 Australia 25.04.00
E 46 Ukraine 30.06.00
E 47 South Africa
E 48 New Zealand 19.03.02
See notes and list of Amendments next page.

L.16 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 64 — PASSENGER CARS FITTED WITH SPARE UNITS


(Cont’d)
Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles Equipped with

DATE OF APPLICATION (2)


COUNTRY REMARKS
SIGNING Original Equipment
E 49 Cyprus (x) 01.05.04 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 50 Malta (x) 01.05.04 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 51 Republic of Korea
E 52 Malaysia 04.04.06
E 54 Albania 05.11.11
E 56 Montenegro 03.06.06
E 58 Tunisia
E 62 Egypt 03.02.13
Directive 92/53EEC : New Vehicle Type Approval compulsory after 10/95 and for New Vehicle Registration after 10/96. Optional compliance from 1/1/93.
Tyres must comply with E.C.E. Regulation N° 30 or Directive 92/23/EEC, and have a minimum speed capability of 120 km/h.
Unless indicated otherwise, refers to new vehicles type approved after the date given.
Vehicles are not required to be fitted with Spare Wheels. If Spare Wheel is foreseen, weight shall be taken into account in the total Mass of the Vehicle.

AMENDMENTS
Status of the document Date of entry into force Document reference E/ECE/324 Rev.1- E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.1
Supplement 1 to 00 17.09.89 Add 63/Amend 1
Supplement 2 to 00 30.10.03 Add 63/Amend 2
01 03.02.2008 Add 63/Amend 3
Corr.1 to 01 03.02.2008 Add 63/Amend 3
02 19.08.2010 Add 63/Rev.1
Corr.1 to 02 19.08.2010 Add 63/Rev.1
Supplement 4/Corr.1 09.11.2010 Add 63/Rev.1/Corr.1
Supplement 1 to 02 13.04.2012 Add 63/Rev.1/Amend.1
Supplement 2 to 02 27.01.2013 Add 63/Rev.1/Amend.2

L
D

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.17
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 75 — MOTORCYCLE TYRES


Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Pneumatic Tyres for Motorcycles
(Date of Entry in to Force, 1st April 1988)

APPLICATION (1)
DATE OF
COUNTRY Original REMARKS
SIGNING Replacement
Equipment
E 1 Germany (x) 20.08.91 01.01.98 01.10.98 All tyres must comply from 01.10.98 Production Date
E 2 France (x) 06.06.92
E 3 Italy (x) 01.04.88 17.06.99 17.06.99 All tyres must comply from this date
E 4 Netherlands (x) 27.01.89
E 5 Sweden (x) 02.08.97
E 6 Belgium (x) 07.08.90
E 7 Hungary 07.09.97
E 8 Czech Republic 01.04.88
E 9 Spain (x) 24.03.98 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 10 Serbia and Montenegro 13.07.04
Excludes Tyres designed for fitting to a vehicle manufactured before 01.01.49 and
E 11 United Kingdom (x) 28.11.89 01.01.98 01.01.98 tyres designed primarly to fit the wheel of a vehicle manufactured before 1 january
1933.
E 12 Austria (x) 24.03.98 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 13 Luxembourg (x) 28.08.90
E 14 Switzerland
E 16 Norway 24.05.93
E 17 Finland (x) 12.04.91
E 18 Denmark (x) 24.03.98 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 19 Romania 08.04.96
E 20 Poland 01.12.01
E 21 Portugal (x) 24.03.98 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
Russian
E 22 08.04.96
Federation
E 23 Greece (x) 24.03.98 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 24 Ireland (x) 24.03.98 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 25 Croatia 08.10.91
E 26 Slovenia 15.07.96
E 27 Slovakia 01.04.88
E 28 Belarus 11.02.13
E 29 Estonia 15.07.99
E 31 Bosnia and Herzegovina
E 32 Latvia 18.01.99
E 34 Bulgaria 01.01.07
E 36 Lithuania 29.03.02
E 37 Turkey 22.11.98
E 39 Azerbaijan
E 40 Macedonia 17.11.91
The European Type Approvals are granted by The European Community Members States using their
E 42 24.03.98 respective ECE Symbol.
Community (x)
E 43 Japan 24.11.98 01.01.05 07.07.03 Recall Law effective from 01.01.04 onwards
E 45 Australia 25.04.00
E 46 Ukraine 30.06.00
See notes and list of Amendments next page.

L.18 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 75 — MOTORCYCLE TYRES (Cont’d)


Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Pneumatic Tyres for Motorcycles
(Date of Entry in to Force, 1st April 1988)

APPLICATION (1)
DATE OF
COUNTRY Original REMARKS
SIGNING Replacement
Equipment
E 47 South Africa
E 48 New Zealand 19.03.02
E 49 Cyprus (x) 01.05.04 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 50 Malta (x) 01.05.04 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 51 Republic of Korea
E 52 Malaysia 04.04.06
E 54 Albania 05.11.11
E 56 Montenegro 03.06.06
E 58 Tunisia
E 62 Egypt 03.02.13
Unless indicated otherwise, refers to tyres supplied after the dates given.
(x) Directive 97/24/EC Chapter 1 : all Tyres supplied must comply from 17 June 1999 onwards, but the Directive 97/24/EEC is equivalent to UN/ECE Reg.75.

AMENDMENTS
Status of the document Date of entry into force Document reference E/ECE/324 Rev.1- E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.1
Corr.1, Corr.2 01.04.88 Add. 74
Supplement 1 to 00 01.03.94
Supplement 2 to 00 01.03.94 Add. 74/Rev.1 (+)
Corr.1 to Suppl.1 (french only) 01.03.94
Supplement 3 to 00 23.10.94 Add. 74/Rev.1 (+)
Supplement 4 to 00 02.02.95 Add. 74/Rev.1 (+)
Supplement 5 to 00 26.02.96 Add. 74/Rev.1 (+)
Supplement 6 to 00 26.12.96 Add. 74/Rev.1 (+)
Supplement 7 to 00 23.02.97 Add. 74/Rev.1 (+)
Corr.1 to Rev.1 23.06.97 Add. 74/Rev.1/Amend.1
Supplement 8 to 00 07.05.98 Add. 74/Rev.1/Amend.1
Supplement 9 to 00 07.02.99 Add. 74/Rev.1/Amend.2
Supplement 10 to 00 05.12.01 Add. 74/Rev.1/Amend.3
Supplement 1 to 00
Corr.2 to Rev.1
Supplement 12 to 00
Supplement 13 to 00
16.07.03
22.06.2005
03.02.2008
24.10.2009
Add. 74/Rev.1/Amend.4
Add. 74/Rev.1/Corr.1
Add. 74/Rev.1/Amend.5
Add. 74/Rev.2
L
D
Corr.1 to Rev.2 22.06.2011 Add. 74/Rev.2/Corr.1
(+) This document includes all previous amendments.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.19
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 88 – RETROREFLECTIVE TYRES FOR TWO-WHEELED


VEHICLES
Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Retroreflective Tyres for some Two-Wheeled Vehicles (+)
(Date of Entry in to Force, 10th April 1991)

APPLICATION (1)
DATE OF
COUNTRY Original REMARKS
SIGNING Replacement
Equipment
E 1 Germany 20.08.96
E 2 France
E 3 Italy
OE: only if tyres have sidewall reflexion, they must follow Reg 88.
E 4 Netherlands 10.04.91 17.11.94 01.07.95 Replacement: either Reg 88 or national requirements.
E 5 Sweden 16.08.93
E 6 Belgium 10.04.91
E 7 Hungary 07.09.97
E 8 Czech Republic
E 9 Spain
E 10 Serbia and Montenegro
E 11 United Kingdom
E 12 Austria
E 13 Luxembourg 30.11.97
E 14 Switzerland 02.02.96
E 16 Norway 24.05.93
E 17 Finland 19.04.94
E 18 Denmark 07.10.97
E 19 Romania
E 20 Poland
E 21 Portugal
E 22 Russian Federation 11.05.02
E 23 Greece
E 24 Ireland By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 25 Croatia
E 26 Slovenia
E 27 Slovakia 14.01.97
E 28 Belarus 11.02.13
E 29 Estonia
E 31 Bosnia and Herzegovina
E 32 Latvia
E 34 Bulgaria
E 36 Lithuania 29.03.02
E 37 Turkey 07.07.00
E 39 Azerbaijan
E 40 Macedonia
The European Type Approvals are granted by The European Community Members States using their
E 42 respective ECE Symbol.
Community
E 43 Japan
E 45 Australia
E 46 Ukraine 22.03.10
See notes and list of Amendments next page.

L.20 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 88 – RETROREFLECTIVE TYRES FOR TWO-WHEELED


VEHICLES (Cont’d)
Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Retroreflective Tyres for some Two-Wheeled Vehicles (+)
(Date of Entry in to Force, 10th April 1991)

APPLICATION (1)
DATE OF
COUNTRY Original REMARKS
SIGNING Replacement
Equipment
E 47 South Africa
E 48 New Zealand
E 49 Cyprus (x)
E 50 Malta (x)
E 51 Republic of Korea
E 52 Malaysia 04.04.06
E 54 Albania 05.11.11
E 56 Montenegro
E 58 Tunisia
E 62 Egypt 03.02.13
Unless indicated otherwise, refers to tyres manufactured after the dates given.
(+) Bicycles and Mopeds only.

AMENDMENTS
Status of the document Date of entry into force Document reference E/ECE/324 Rev.1- E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.1
00 10.04.1991 Add 87
Corr.1 to 00 27.09.1993 Add 87/Corr.1
Supplement 1 to 00 18.06.2007 Add. 87/Amend.1

L
D

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.21
LEGISLATIVE DATA
E.C.E. REGULATION N° 106 — AGRICULTURAL TYRES
Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Pneumatic Tyres for Agricultural Vehicles and their Trailers
(Date of Entry in to Force, 07 May 1998)
APPLICATION
DATE OF
COUNTRY Original REMARKS
SIGNING Replacement
Equipment
E 1 Germany 07.05.98
E 2 France 07.05.98
E 3 Italy 07.05.98
E 4 Netherlands 07.05.98
E 5 Sweden 07.05.98
E 6 Belgium 07.05.98
E 7 Hungary 07.05.98
E 8 Czech Republic 07.05.98
E 9 Spain 07.05.98
E 10 Serbia and Montenegro 07.05.98
E 11 United Kingdom 07.05.98
E 12 Austria 07.05.98
E 13 Luxembourg 07.05.98
E 14 Switzerland 07.05.98
E 16 Norway 07.05.98
E 17 Finland 07.05.98
E 18 Denmark 07.05.98
E 19 Romania 07.05.98
E 20 Poland 07.05.98
E 21 Portugal 07.05.98
E 22 Russian Federation 07.05.98
E 23 Greece 07.05.98
E 24 Ireland 28.10.01 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 25 Croatia 07.05.98
E 26 Slovenia 07.05.98
E 27 Slovakia 07.05.98
E 28 Belarus 07.05.98
E 29 Estonia 07.05.98
E 31 Bosnia and Herzegovina 14.06.02
E 32 Latvia 03.09.02
E 34 Bulgaria 01.01.07
E 36 Lithuania 29.03.02
E 37 Turkey 07.05.98
E 39 Azerbaijan 14.06.02
E 40 Macedonia 07.05.98
The European Type Approvals are granted by The European Community Members States using their
E 42 28.10.01 respective ECE Symbol.
Community
E 43 Japan
E 45 Australia
E 46 Ukraine 22.03.10
E 47 South Africa
E 48 New Zealand
E 49 Cyprus (x) 01.05.04 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 50 Malta (x) 01.05.04 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 51 Republic of Korea
See notes and list of Amendments next page.

L.22 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 106 — AGRICULTURAL TYRES (Cont’d)


Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Pneumatic Tyres for Agricultural Vehicles and their Trailers
(Date of Entry in to Force, 07 May 1998)
APPLICATION
DATE OF
COUNTRY Original REMARKS
SIGNING Replacement
Equipment
E 52 Malaysia 04.04.06
E 54 Albania 05.11.11
E 56 Montenegro 03.06.06
E 58 Tunisia 01.01.08
E 62 Egypt 03.02.13
AMENDMENTS
Status of the document Date of entry into force Document reference E/ECE/324 Rev.2- E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.2
00 07.05.1998 Add. 105
Suppl.1 to 00 13.01.2000 Add. 105/Amend.1
Corr.1 to 00 26.06.2002 Add. 105/Corr.1
Suppl.2 to 00 31.01.2003 Add. 105/Amend.2
Corr.1 to Suppl.2 to 00 10.03.2004 Add. 105/Amend.2/Corr.1
Suppl.3 to 00 13.11.2004 Add. 105/Amend.3
Suppl.4 to 00 02.02.2007 Add. 105/Amend.4
Suppl.5 to 00 10.11.2007 Add. 105/Amend.5
Corr.1 to Suppl.5 to 00 25.06.2008 Add. 105/Amend.5/Corr.1
Suppl.6 to 00 26.02.2009 Add. 105/Rev.1
Erratum to Rev.1 - Add. 105/Rev.1/Corr.1
Suppl.7 to 00 24.10.2009 Add. 105/Rev.1/Amend.1
Suppl.8 to 00 10.03.2010 Add. 105/Rev.1/Amend.2
Suppl.9 to 00 27.01.2013 Add. 105/Rev.1/Amend.3
Suppl.10 to 00 [03.11.2013]

L
D

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.23
LEGISLATIVE DATA
E.C.E. REGULATION N° 108 — RETREADED TYRES FOR PASSENGER CARS
Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval for the Production of Retreaded Pneumatic Tyres
for Motor Vehicles and their Trailers
(Date of Entry in to Force, 23.06.1998)
DATE OF
COUNTRY APPLICATION REMARKS
SIGNING
E 1 Germany 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 2 France 27.09.01 01.01.02 All supplied Tyres must comply from 01.01.08 onwards
E 3 Italy 23.07.98 13.09.06 Voluntary basis from 01.01.03
E 4 Netherlands 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 5 Sweden 23.07.98 01.01.05
E 6 Belgium 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 7 Hungary 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 8 Czech Republic 23.07.98 01.01.03
E 9 Spain 23.07.98 01.01.03
E 10 Serbia and Montenegro 23.07.98
E 11 United Kingdom 23.07.98 01.01.04 Voluntary basis from January 1998
E 12 Austria 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 13 Luxembourg 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 14 Switzerland 23.07.98
E 16 Norway 23.07.98
E 17 Finland 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 18 Denmark 23.07.98 01.07.03
E 19 Romania 23.07.98 01.01.07
E 20 Poland 23.07.98 01.02.02 Leading Time until May 2003
E 21 Portugal 23.07.98 01.01.04
E 22 Russian Federation 23.07.98
E 23 Greece 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 24 Ireland 28.10.01 13.09.06 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 25 Croatia 23.07.98
E 26 Slovenia 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 27 Slovakia 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 28 Belarus 23.07.98
E 29 Estonia 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 31 Bosnia and Herzegovina 23.06.98
E 32 Latvia 18.01.99 13.09.06
E 34 Bulgaria 01.01.07 01.01.07
E 36 Lithuania 29.03.02 13.09.06
E 37 Turkey 23.06.98
E 39 Azerbaijan 14.06.02
E 40 Macedonia 23.06.98
The European Type Approvals are granted by The European Community Members States using their
E 42 28.10.01 13.09.06 respective ECE Symbol.
Community
E 43 Japan
E 45 Australia
E 46 Ukraine 22.03.10
E 47 South Africa
E 48 New Zealand 19.03.02
E 49 Cyprus (x) 01.05.04 13.09.06 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 50 Malta (x) 01.05.04 13.09.06 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 51 Republic of Korea
E 52 Malaysia 04.04.06
See notes and list of Amendments next page.

L.24 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 108 — RETREADED TYRES FOR PASSENGER CARS


(Cont’d)
Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval for the Production of Retreaded Pneumatic Tyres

DATE OF
COUNTRY APPLICATION REMARKS
SIGNING
E 54 Albania 05.11.11
E 56 Montenegro 03.06.06
E 58 Tunisia 01.01.08
E 62 Egypt 03.02.13

AMENDMENTS
Status of the document Date of entry into force Document reference E/ECE/324 Rev.2- E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.2
00 23.06.98 Add. 107
Corr.1 to 00 10.03.99 Add. 107/Corr.1
Supplement 1 to 00 30.10.03 Add. 107/Amend.1
Supplement 2 to 00 23.06.05 Add. 107/Amend.2
Corr.2 to 00 09.04.08 Add. 107/Corr.2
Supplement 3 to 00 17.03.10 Add. 107/Amend.3
Erratum to Supplement 3 to 00 - Add. 107/Amend.3/Corr.1

L
D

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.25
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 109 — RETREADED TYRES FOR COMMERCIAL VEHICLES


Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval for the Production of Retreaded Pneumatic Tyres
for Commercial Vehicles and their Trailers
(Date of Entry in to Force, 23.06.1998)
DATE OF
COUNTRY APPLICATION REMARKS
SIGNING
E 1 Germany 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 2 France 27.09.01 01.01.02 All supplied Tyres must comply from 01.01.08 onwards
E 3 Italy 23.07.98 13.09.06 Voluntary basis from 01.01.03
E 4 Netherlands 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 5 Sweden 23.07.98 01.01.05
E 6 Belgium 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 7 Hungary 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 8 Czech Republic 23.07.98 01.01.03
E 9 Spain 23.07.98 01.01.03
E 10 Serbia and Montenegro 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 11 United Kingdom 23.07.98 01.01.04 Voluntary basis from january 1998
E 12 Austria 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 13 Luxembourg 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 14 Switzerland 23.07.98
E 16 Norway 23.07.98
E 17 Finland 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 18 Denmark 23.07.98 01.07.03
E 19 Romania 23.07.98 01.01.07
E 20 Poland 23.07.98 01.02.02 Leading Time until May 2003
E 21 Portugal 23.07.98 01.01.04
E 22 Russian Federation 23.07.98
E 23 Greece 23.07.98 13.09.06
E 24 Ireland 28.10.01 13.09.06 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 25 Croatia 23.07.98
E 26 Slovenia 23.07.98
E 27 Slovakia 23.07.98
E 28 Belarus 23.07.98
E 29 Estonia 23.07.98
E 31 Bosnia and Herzegovina 23.06.98
E 32 Latvia 18.01.99
E 34 Bulgaria 01.01.07 01.01.07
E 36 Lithuania 29.03.02 13.09.06
E 37 Turkey 23.06.98
E 39 Azerbaijan 14.06.02
E 40 Macedonia 23.06.98
The European Type Approvals are granted by The European Community Members States using their respective
E 42 28.10.01 13.09.06 ECE Symbol.
Community
E 43 Japan
E 45 Australia
E 46 Ukraine 22.03.10
E 47 South Africa
E 48 New Zealand 19.03.02
E 49 Cyprus (x) 01.05.04 13.09.06 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 50 Malta (x) 01.05.04 13.09.06 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 51 Republic of Korea
E 52 Malaysia 04.04.06
See notes and list of Amendments next page.

L.26 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 109 — RETREADED TYRES FOR COMMERCIAL VEHICLES


Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval for the Production of Retreaded Pneumatic Tyres
for Commercial Vehicles and their Trailers
(Date of Entry in to Force, 23.06.1998)
DATE OF
COUNTRY APPLICATION REMARKS
SIGNING
E 56 Montenegro 03.06.06
E 58 Tunisia 01.01.08
E 62 Egypt 03.02.13

AMENDMENTS
Status of the document Date of entry into force Document reference E/ECE/324 Rev.2- E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.2
00 23.06.1998 Add. 108
Corr.1 10.03.99 Add. 108/corr.1
Supplement 1 21.02.02 Add. 108/Amend.1 (New Zealand : 21/04/2002)
Corr.1to Suppl.1 12.03.03 Add. 108/Amend.1/corr.1
Supplement 2 13.11.04 Add. 108/Amend.2
Supplement 3 09.11.05 Add. 108/Amend.3
Supplement 4 10.11.07 Add. 108/Amend.4
Supplement 5 24.10.09 Add. 108/Rev.1
Supplement 6 17.03.10 Add. 108/Rev.1
Corr.1 to Rev.1 Add. 108/Rev.1/Corr.1

L
D

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.27
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 117 — ROLLING SOUND EMISSIONS FOR TYRES


Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of tyres with regard to rolling sound emissions
(Date of Entry in to Force, 6.04.2005)
DATE OF
COUNTRY APPLICATION REMARKS
SIGNING
E 1 Germany 06.04.05
E 2 France 06.04.05
E 3 Italy 06.04.05
E 4 Netherlands 06.04.05
E 5 Sweden 06.04.05
E 6 Belgium 06.04.05
E 7 Hungary 06.04.05
E 8 Czech Republic 06.04.05
E 9 Spain 06.04.05
E 10 Serbia and Montenegro 06.04.05
E 11 United Kingdom 06.04.05
E 12 Austria 06.04.05
E 13 Luxembourg 06.04.05
E 14 Switzerland 06.04.05
E 16 Norway 06.04.05
E 17 Finland 06.04.05
E 18 Denmark 06.04.05
E 19 Romania 06.04.05
E 20 Poland 06.04.05
E 21 Portugal 06.04.05
E 22 Russian Federation 06.04.05
E 23 Greece 06.04.05
E 24 Ireland 06.04.05
E 25 Croatia 06.04.05
E 26 Slovenia 06.04.05
E 27 Slovakia 06.04.05
E 28 Belarus 06.04.05
E 29 Estonia 06.04.05
E 31 Bosnia and Herzegovina 06.04.05
E 32 Latvia 06.04.05
E 34 Bulgaria 06.04.05
E 36 Lithuania 06.04.05
E 37 Turkey 06.04.05
E 39 Azerbaijan 06.04.05
E 40 Macedonia 06.04.05
The European
E 42 06.04.05
Community
E 43 Japan
E 45 Australia
E 46 Ukraine 06.04.05
E 47 South Africa 06.04.05
E 48 New Zealand 06.04.05
E 49 Cyprus (x) 01.05.04 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 50 Malta (x) 01.05.04 By Virtue of Accession to The 1958 Agreement by The European Community.
E 51 Republic of Korea
E 52 Malaysia 04.04.06
E 54 Albania 05.11.11
See notes and list of Amendments next page.

L.28 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA

E.C.E. REGULATION N° 117 — ROLLING SOUND EMISSIONS FOR TYRES


Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of tyres with regard to rolling sound emissions
(Date of Entry in to Force, 6.04.2005)
DATE OF
COUNTRY APPLICATION REMARKS
SIGNING
E 56 Montenegro 03.06.06
E 58 Tunisia 01.01.08
E 62 Egypt 03.02.13

AMENDMENTS
Status of the document Date of entry into force Document reference E/ECE/324 Rev.2- E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.2
00 06.04.2005 Add. 116
Corr.1 to 00 22.06.2005 Add. 116/Corr.1
Cor.2 to 00 21.06.2006 Add. 116/Rev.1
01 02.02.2007 Add. 116/Rev.1
Corr.1 to 01 14.03.2007 Add. 116/Rev.1
Erratum to Rev.1 - Add. 116/Rev. 1 /Corr.1
Corr.2 to 01 25.06.2008 Add. 116/Rev. 1 /Corr.2
Corr.3 to 01 10.03.2009 Add. 116/Rev. 1 /Corr.3
02 30.01.2011 Add. 116/Rev.2
Corr.1 to 02 30.01.2011 Add. 116/Rev.2
Corr.2 to 02 22.06.2011 Add. 116/Rev.2
Corr.3 to 02 22.06.2011 Add. 116/Rev.2
Suppl. 1 to 02 18.11.2012 Add. 116/Rev. 2/Amend.1
Suppl. 2 to 02 15.07.2013 Add. 116/Rev. 2/Amend.2
Suppl. 3 to 02 03.11.2013 Add. 116/Rev. 2/Amend.3
Suppl. 4 to 02 [13.02.2014]
Suppl. 5 to 02 [10.06.2014]

INTERNATIONAL CODES FOR WHEELED VEHICLE CLASSIFICATION


as per ECE/UN TRANS/WP 29/78 and Directive 2003/37
Category L: Motor vehicles with less than four wheels
Category L1 Two-wheeled vehicles with an engine cylinder capacity in the case of a thermic engine not exceeding 50 cm3

L
and whatever the means of propulsion a maximum design speed not exceeding 50 km/h.
Three-wheeled vehicles of any wheel arrangement with an engine cylinder capacity in the case of a thermic
Category L2 engine not exceeding 50 cm3 and whatever the means of propulsion a maximum design speed not exceeding
50 km/h.
Category L3 Two-wheeled vehicles with an engine cylinder capacity in the case of a thermic engine exceeding 50 cm3 or

D
whatever the means of propulsion a maximum design speed exceeding 50 km/h.
Category L4 Vehicles with three wheels asymmetrically arranged in relation to the longitudinal median plane with an
engine cylinder capacity in the case of a thermic engine exceeding 50 cm3 or whatever the means of propulsion
a maximum design speed exceeding 50 km/h (motor cycles with sidecars).
Category L5 Vehicles with three wheels asymmetrically arranged in relation to the longitudinal median plane with an
engine cylinder capacity in the case of a thermic engine exceeding 50 cm3 or whatever the means of propulsion
a maximum design speed exceeding 50 km/h.

Category L6 Vehicles with four wheels whose unladen mass is not more than 350 kg, not including the mass of the batteries
in case of electrical vehicles, whose maximum design speed is not more than 45 km/h, and whose engine cyl-
inder capacity does not exceed 50 cm3 for spark (positive) ignition engines, or whose maximum net power
output does not exceed 4 KW in the case of other internal combustion engines, or whose maximum continuous
rated power does not exceed 4 KW in the case of electric engines.
Category L7 Vehicles with four wheels, other than that classified for the category L6 , whose unladen mass is not more
than 400 kg (550 kg for vehicles intended for carrying goods), not including the mass of batteries in the case
of electrical vehicles and whose maximum continuous power does not exceed 15 KW.

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.29
LEGISLATIVE DATA

INTERNATIONAL CODES FOR WHEELED VEHICLE CLASSIFICATION (Cont’d)


as per ECE/UN TRANS/WP 29/78 and Directive 2003/37
Power-driven vehicles having at least four wheels or having three wheels
Category M:
when the maximum weight exceeds 1 tonne, and used for the carriage of passengers
Category M1 Vehicles used for the carriage of passengers and comprising not more than eight seats in addition to the driver’s
seat.
Category M2 Vehicles used for the carriage of passengers, comprising more than eight seats in addition to the driver’s seat
and having a maximum mass not exceeding 5 tonnes.
Category M3 Vehicles used for the carriage of passengers, comprising more than eight seats in addition to the driver’s seat
and having a maximum mass exceeding 5 tonnes.
Power-driven vehicles having at least four wheels or having three wheels
Category N:
when the maximum weight exceeds 1 tonne, and used for the carriage of goods
Category N1 Vehicles used for the carriage of goods and having a maximum mass not exceeding 3.5 tonnes.
Category N2 Vehicles used for the carriage of goods and having a maximum mass exceeding 3.5 tonnes but not exceeding
12 tonnes.
Category N3 Vehicles used for the carriage of goods and having a maximum mass exceeding 12 tonnes.
Category O: Trailers (including semi-trailers)
Category O1 Trailers with a maximum mass not exceeding 0.75 tonnes.
Category O2 Trailers with a maximum mass exceeding 0.75 tonnes, but not exceeding 3.5 tonnes.
Category O3 Trailers with a maximum mass exceeding 3.5 tonnes, but not exceeding 10 tonnes.
Category O4 Trailers with a maximum mass exceeding 10 tonnes.
Category T: Agricultural and Forestry Tractors
Category T1 Tractors with a maximum design speed of 40 km/h, the minimum track width of at least one of the axles of
which is not less than 1150 mm, the unladen mass, in running order, is more than 0,6 tonne and the ground
clearance is not more than 1000 mm.
Category T2 Tractors with a maximum design speed of 40 km/h, the minimum track width of which is less than 1150 mm,
the unladen mass, in running order, is more than 0,6 tonne and the ground clearance is not more than 1000
mm. However, when the heigt of the gravity center of the tractor (measured from the ground), divided by the
average of the minimum track widths is higher than 0.90, the maximum design speed is limited to 30 km/h.
Category T3 Tractors with a maximum design speed of 40 km/h, having an unladen mass, in running order, of not more
than 0,6 tonne.
Category T4 Special tractors with a maximum design speed of 40 km/h, not falling within any other category.
Category T5 Tractors having a design speed of more than 40 km/h.
Category R: Agricultural Trailers
Category R1 Trailers having a maximum weight less or equal to 1,5 tonne per axle
Category R2 Trailers having a maximum weight exceeding 1,5 tonne/axle but not exceeding 3,5 tonnes/axle
Category R3 Trailers having a maximum weight exceeding 3,5 tonnes/axle but not exceeding 21 tonnes/axle
Category R4 Trailers with a maximum weight exceeding 21 tonnes/axle.
Category S: Implements: Machines or Tools
Category S1 Interchangeable towed machinery intended for agricultural or forestry use, the sum of the technically permis-
sible masses per axle of which does not exceeds 3500 kg.
Category S2 Interchangeable towed machinery intended for agricultural or forestry use, the sum of the technically permis-
sible masses per axle of which exceeds 3500 kg.

L.30 European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016
LEGISLATIVE DATA

CLASSIFICATION OF TYRES ACCORDING


THE GENERAL SAFETY REGULATION 661/2009
Tyres designed primarily for vehicle category
Load Index Speed Symbol
(according ECE Resolution R.E.3)
M1 Vehicles used for the carriage of passengers and comprising not more than eight
seats in addition to the driver's seat.
No limitation N1 Vehicles used for the carriage of goods and having a maximum mass not excee-
C1 ding 3.5 tonnes.
O1 Trailers with a maximum mass not exceeding 0.75 tonnes.
O2 Trailers with a maximum mass exceeding 0.75 tonnes, but not exceeding 3.5
tonnes.
M2 Vehicles used for the carriage of passengers, comprising more than eight seats
in addition to the driver's seat, and having a maximum mass not exceeding 5 tonnes.
M3 Vehicles used for the carriage of passengers, comprising more than eight seats
≤ 121 ≥N in addition to the driver's seat, and having a maximum mass exceeding 5 tonnes.
C2 N Power-driven vehicles having at least four wheels and used for the carriage of
goods
O3 Trailers with a maximum mass exceeding 3.5 tonnes, but not exceeding 10
tonnes.
O4 Trailers with a maximum mass exceeding 10 tonnes.
M2 Vehicles used for the carriage of passengers, comprising more than eight seats
≤ 121 ≤ M in addition to the driver's seat, and having a maximum mass not exceeding 5 tonnes.

or M3 Vehicles used for the carriage of passengers, comprising more than eight seats
in addition to the driver's seat, and having a maximum mass exceeding 5 tonnes.
≥ 122 no limit
C3 N Power-driven vehicles having at least four wheels and used for the carriage of
goods
O3 Trailers with a maximum mass exceeding 3.5 tonnes, but not exceeding 10
tonnes.
O4 Trailers with a maximum mass exceeding 10 tonnes.

L
D

European Tyre and Rim Technical Organisation – Engineering Design Information – 2016 L.31

You might also like